Kathrein Cat 2013

Broadband
HFC
Communication Systems
Catalogue 2012/2013
Broadband communication systems
Catalogue 2012/2013
The products listed in this catalogue are intended for are familiar with and follow the applicable safety stipulations,
exclusive use in TV and radio reception systems. regulations and standards.
Any claims under the warranty or claims for liability are With the publication of this catalogue, the 2010/2011 edition
excluded in case of misuse. is no longer valid. This catalogue may be valid beyond 2013.
The reception systems are only to be mounted, installed, If in doubt about its validity, please inquire at our plant or
repaired and earthed by qualified specialist personnel who visit our website.
Technical Values
The technical data indicated here have been calculated Please understand that we must reserve the right to make
and defined in accordance with the specifications of modifications to the design and the values.
the trade association for reception antennas in the ZVEI. All data are typical values unless stated otherwise.
The values given for amplifiers were determined in accord- For up-to-date information on our products, please consult
ance with EN 50083 and EN 60728. Design and values of our product database on the Internet on “www.kathrein.de”,
the listed articles correspond to the situation at the time this “Broadband communication systems”, “Product search”.
catalogue went to press.
General Terms and Conditions
In Germany: Our products are sold through wholesalers. Our specialist

The respective valid version of our General Terms and retail and specialist trade clients are charged the net prices
Conditions (general delivery and payment terms) applies. for catalogue articles by these wholesalers.
The packaging units stated in the catalogue are the mini-
mum order units. In other countries, please request the price list from our
representatives in your own country (see pages 380-383
for addresses).
“Quality leads the way”
As the world’s oldest and largest antenna manufacturer, Our quality and environment management system covers
every day we live up to our claim “Quality leads the way”. all areas of the organisation and has been certified by TÜV
We constantly strive to fulfill our mission, which involves in accordance with EN ISO 9001 and EN ISO 14001.
finding optimum solutions for our customers.
Catalogue 2012/2013 3
Product range
Professional satellite reception systems
The components of professional

14-15
reception units Mast brackets 36
Information on mounting 15 Stand-alone stub masts 37
Offset parabolic antennas 16-18 Mounting accessories 38-39
Parabolic antenna 19 4-way transformation element 40
Overview accessories for Cable connection box 41
parabolic antennas 20 ■ Feed systems
■ Mechanical accessories General, Safety instructions 42
Overview mechanical accessories 21 Overview feed systems 43
Multi-feed adapter plates 22-24 Feed system without LNB 44-45
Azimuth fine adjustment 25 Quatro feed systems for
■ Heating systems & professional/semi-professional use 46-49
temperature control units Cable set for feed systems 50
Overview heating systems and Warranty terms 50
temperature control units 26-27 ■ Terrestrial antennas
Heating systems 28-30 Mast calculation method 51
Temperature control units 31-32 Overview terrestrial antenna receptions 52
Reflector outside temperature control unit 33 VHF channel antennas 53
■ Mounting accessories UHF channel-group antennas 54
Overview mounting accessories 34-35 FM antennas 55-56
Optical Broadband Platform
General 58 Broadband amplifier 76

In Detail 59 Directly modulated broadcast transmitter 78
19” broadband platform for optical Directly modulated broadcast twin
modules 60 transmitter 80
Net element controller module Ethernet 61 Optical downstream receiver 82
Overview KOBRA components 63-65 Optical return path receivers 84-87
Directly modulated broadcast transmitters 66 RFoG return path receiver 88
Externally modulated transmitters 68 Optical amplifiers 90-93
Directly modulated narrowcast Optical fibre switch 94
downstream transmitters 70
Externally modulated transmitters 96
Directly modulated broadcast
downstream transmitters 72 Directly modulated broadcast transmitters 98
Directly modulated narrowcast Optical amplifiers (19” design) 100
twin transmitters 74 Overview of downstream transmitters 102
Special brochure 102
Optical transmission systems
Optical compact receivers 104-114 ■ Optical BK components

Optical micro-nodes 115 Net element controller Ethernet 135
Overview accessories for Optical return path receiver 136
compact receivers 117-119 Directly modulated broadcast
Optical accessories 120-129 downstream transmitters 138
Optical return path transmitters 130 Optical transceivers 140-143
Hand-held unit 132 Optical amplifiers 144
Monitoring transponders 133-134 Connection examples 146
4
Catalogue 2012/2013
Product range
Radio Frequency over Glass (RFoG)
General 148-149 Optical Mux/Demux 170-173

Overview RFoG components 150-151 FTTX/RFoG splitters 174-176
Optical micro-nodes 152-163 Experiences and recommendations
Fibre management box 164 for RFoG projects 177-181
Optical passive racking 165
RFoG return path receivers 166-169
Passive optical components
Overview couplers and patch cables 184-185 1550

5 0 nm
n Optical splitters 195-198
DWDM (72)
2)
13
1310
13
310
10 nm
10
Optical couplers 186 1 C02 ... C04 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

CWD
CWDM
C W
WD
WDM
DM (18
8))
Optical taps 199
W
Wellenlä nge
Optical patch cables 187-188 Pa

ass-Band
1 00 nm
130 1400 nm 1500 nm EDFA
FA 1600 nm
Verteiler
Vertteiiler Overview opt. Mux/Demux 200-201
BOC xxx
B
Splitter
S
Passive racking 19” 189 Pa

ass-Band
BOV xxx-CWDM
B
WDM /ADM
DM Optical multiplexers/demultiplexers 202-205
Re
effle
ec
ct
Overview passive optical components 189 Optical CWDM multiplexers/

BWM
B WMR
R RFOG
Pa
Pa
as
ss-Band
Re
efflect BWMR
WM
MR-K15
15
Pa
ass-B
Ban
nd
Overview FTTX/RFoG splitters 190

Re
eflect
Pa
ass
s-Band
BWM
B MR-131
10 demultiplexers 206-213
Reflect
Optical attenuators 214

Pass-Band BWMR
BW
B WMR-1
W
WMR
MR-1
MR
R---1
R 1610
16
FTTX/RFoG splitters 191-193 Pass-Band
Pass-Band
BW
BW
BWMR
BWM
WMR-TP
WMR-T
WMR
WM
BW
M
BWM
MR
R
WMR 1310
WMR 0//1550
1550
Overview optical splitters and taps 194
Fibre-to-the-Home
General 216 Overview optical network termination

219
units
Optical network termination units
Fibre management box 218 (100 Mbps) 220-225
(1 Gbps) 226-234
Amplifier systems
Inte
■ BK amplifier system
Deemphase
Overview amplifiers 236-237 0 / 10 dB 2 / 0 / 4 dB 6 / 0 / 12 dB 2 / 0 / 4 dB 6 / 0 / 12 dB 4 / 0 / 8 dB 1/
dB dB
■ Compact amplifiers Dääm

Dämp
Dämpfung
D ämp
ämpf
ooder
Preempha
Preemph
Pr
Preempha
Preemp
Pree
eerr
Preemphase
Preemphas
Preem
reemphase
reemphas
reemph
rreemp
eemphase
eempha
eemph
eem
e ph
emp
Preemphase Dämpfung
Überwachungs-Transponder
Preemphase Dä
A/B amplifiers 270
(HMS)
Compact amplifiers, controlled 238-247 855 - 862 MHz

MH
MH
Hzz
Sttr
Stro
S
Strom
Tempera
Temper
trom
mperat
rooom
rom
Temperatu
Tempe
emperatu
emper
mperatu
mper
pera
peratu
m
p rraat r
Ubb
U
TV
TV
TVM
VM
M 8850/H
TVM
TVM
oode
od
oder
ddeer
M 1100
1000
1000
000
Bridger amplifier 271
IC
IC
ICSCS
S
Compact amplifiers, uncontrolled 248-250

5 - 655 M
MHHz
Optio
Option
Opti
O ption
p tii n
tion
Return path amplifiers 272
3300 dB
d
Overview
2211 dB
d
Distribution network amplifiers 251-254

3 / 0 / 6 dB 2 / 0 / 4 dB 6 / 0 / 12
12 dB
dB Abge
Abgeschalte
A
Abgeschalt
Abgesc
bgeschalte
b
bgesch
bg
gescha
geschalte
geschal
gesscha
g chalt t
dB
dB d
dB
accessories for the BK amplifier system 273-274
House connection amplifiers 255-258 Preemphas
Preempha
Preemph
P
Preemphase
reemphase
reemphas
reeemphas
eemphase
eeempha
ee
emphas
empha
5-65
mphas
mphase
m
-65 M
pphas
hhaase
MH
MHzH
as
Hzz
Dämpfun
Dämpfu
D
Dämpfung
Dä
Däm
äämpfung
mpfung
nngg
inte
inter
intern
in
nnte
ntern
tern
teern
rrnn
Teeest
Test
-10
stt 3
10 ddB
10 B (P
(P = 60 dBμV)
V) Accessories for the BK amplifier system 275-282
Overview
accessories for compact amplifiers 259-260 ■ Accessories for the GGA 8 amplifier system
Accessories for compact amplifiers 261-266
intern
Tee 1
Test
T
-20
20 dB
20 B
Overview accessories
bbidirekti
bidirekt
bidire
bidirektio
idir
idirektio
id
direktio
direk
irrrektio
ekt
ktio
tio
ti
tio
ionnal
na
aall
for the GGA 8 amplifier system 283
Accessories for
electronically adjustable amplifiers 267-269 Eiing
Eiingang
nga
gaan
gaang Loop
opp thro
thr ugh
ugg
= Scch
chieb
ieebe
eb
besschalter
be schalte
ter
err
Amplifier housings 284
PG11
PG1 PG11
PG11
Power injection filters 285-286

Power supply units 287-288
Product range
Data technology
Cable modem with M-BUS 290 Cable modem with monitoring inputs 296
Special brochure 293 M-Bus Ethernet converter 299
Ethernet interface with M-Bus interface 294 Special brochure 300
IPTV
■ IPTV rackmount system ■ Hotel software for IPTV systems

General 302-305 “Hotel” user package 307
Special brochures 306 “Hotel” Video-on-Demand 307
Content Management System 308
Multi-media capable building distribution
House transfer point 1,000 MHz 310 Modem outlet (selective) 316
Modem outlets (selective) 312 Connection example 317
Modem outlets (broadband) 314 Architecture of a modern
house distribution network 318
Taps and splitters
Overview taps and splitters 320-321 1-way taps

12-way end multi-taps 322 with flexible connection cables 328
1-way taps for outdoor installation 323 2-way taps
2-way taps for outdoor installation 324 with flexible connection cables 329
with flexible connection cables 330
Splitters and feed-in diplexer for
outdoor installation 326 4-way taps
Mounting bracket for wall mounting 327
2-way splitters
6
Catalogue 2012/2013
Product range
Cables, plugs and accessories
19” support frame 334 Cable transfer point/housing ducts 343

Accessories for the 19” frame 334-335 5/8” cable fittings 344
19” module rack 335 5/8” connectors 345
19” BK module carrier 336 N-type connector 345
BK module carriers 336-339 Ingress test socket 345
Coaxial cables 340 KES connectors 346
PG 11 connectors 341 RF connection cables 347-348
Blind caps, cable fittings 342 Power supply cables 348
Cable plugs for professional applications 343
Technical appendix
Rx
Terrestrial antennas 350 CWDM CWDM Tx
Catalogue data 362-363
1470 nm 1470 nm
Mast calculation method 351 1490 nm
1 GF
1490 nm
Planning and installation instructions 364-365
Optical components 352-357 1510 nm 1510 nm
Earthing, Potential equalisation,
1530 nm
Useful levels, Media law 366
1530 nm
Television standards 358

Channel allocation 359-360 Guidelines, Standards, Sources 367-368
CENELEC channel plan 361
Glossary
Specialist Terms and Abbreviations 370-378

FTA C CWDM DOCSIS
MP
MPEG
MPPEG
EG
EG
Smartcar
Smar
Sm aartca
ar t arrrd
d
Addresses
■ International representatives - Africa 383

- Europe 380-382 - Asia 383
- Australia 382
Addresses in Germany 384
- America 382
Index
Type Order no. Page Type Order no. Page Type Order no. Page
A BOD 05C-1310- BWMR 1550-1310-

24810253 212 24810257 170
UL-K13-OM-BK 60-LC-RFoG
BOD 08C-UL- BWMR 1550-1310-
AFP 07 210345 55 24810229 208 24810257 204
K11-OD 60-LC-RFoG
BOD 08C-UL- BWMR 1550-1310-
24810230 208 24810265 171
B K11-OM 60-SC-RFoG
BOD 09C-1310- BWMR 1550-1310-
24810078 213 24810265 205
UL-K11-OD 60-SC-RFoG
BBT 000 25210048 336
BOD 09C-1310- BWMR 1550-1610-
BBT 001 25210036 337 24810079 213 24810255 170
UL-K11-OM 60-LC-RFoG
BBT 002 25210037 338 BOS 2016LC 25010069 174 BWMR 1550-1610-
24810255 204
BBT 003 25210038 339 60-LC-RFoG
BOS 2016LC 25010069 191
BOC 003-CWDM 24810231 199 BWMR 1550-1610-
BOS 2016SC 25010070 174 24810263 171
60-SC-RFoG
BOC 004-CWDM 24810232 199 BOS 2016SC 25010070 191
BWMR 1550-1610-
BOC 005-CWDM 24810233 199 24810263 205
BOS 2032LC 25010066 175 60-SC-RFoG
BOC 006-CWDM 24810234 199 BOS 2032LC 25010066 192 BWMR C15-SC 24810192 173
BOC 007-CWDM 24810235 199 BOS 2032SC 25010067 175 BWMR C15-SC 24810192 202
BOC 008-CWDM 24810236 199 BOS 2032SC 25010067 192 BWMR C18-SC 24810260 173
BOC 009-CWDM 24810237 199 BOS 2064LC 25010071 176 BWMR C18-SC 24810260 202
BOC 010-CWDM 24810238 199 BOS 2064LC 25010071 193
BOC 012-CWDM 24810239 199 BOS 2064SC 25010065 176 C
BOC 014-CWDM 24810240 199 BOS 2064SC 25010065 193
BOD 03C-1310- BOV 002-CWDM 24810162 195 CAS 23 316200 19
24810082 209
UL-K11-OD
BOV 002-CWDM-BK 24810164 196 CAS 90gr/HD 21610032 16
BOD 03C-1310- UL-
24810066 210 BOV 002-CWDM-LC 24810258 197 CAS 90ws/HD 21610031 16
K11-OM
BOD 03C-1310- BOV 002-CWDM-SC 24810246 197 CAS 124 216236 17
24810083 209
UL-K13-OD CAS 180 216235 17
BOV 003-CWDM 24810184 195
BOD 03C-1310- UL- CFP 09 214251 56
24810067 210 BOV 004-CWDM 24810160 195
K13-OM
BOV 004-CWDM-BK 24810161 196 CUP 12/21-30 214275 54
BOD 03C-1310-
24810084 209 CUP 12/28-37 214276 54
UL-K15-OD BOVR 02-SC 24810097 126
BOD 03C-1310- UL- BOVR 02-SC 24810097 198 CUP 12/38-50 214277 54
24810068 210
K15-OM
BWM 011-D 24810168 206 CUP 12/49-60 214278 54
BOD 03C-1310-
24810085 209 BWM 015-A/B 24810169 207 CUP 12/61-68 214279 54
UL-K17-OD
BWMR 1310 24810197 127 CVP 09/5-6 214310 53
BOD 03C-1310- UL-
24810069 210
K17-OM BWMR 1310 24810197 172 CVP 09/7-8 214311 53
BOD 05C-1310- BWMR 1310 24810197 203 CVP 09/9-10 214312 53
24810187 211
UL-K11-OD
BWMR 1310/1550 24810098 128 CVP 09/11-12 214309 53
BOD 05C-1310-
24810188 211 BWMR 1310-1610-
UL-K11-OM 24810256 170
60-LC-RFoG
E
BOD 05C-1310-
24810074 211 BWMR 1310-1610-
UL-K13-OD 24810256 204
60-LC-RFoG
BOD 05C-1310- EAC 90-1G 24510116 121
24810075 211 BWMR 1310-1610-
UL-K13-OM 24810264 171
60-SC-RFoG EAC 90-1G 24510116 262
BOD 05C-1310-
24810134 212 BWMR 1310-1610- EAC 93-1G 24510115 121
UL-K13-OD-BK 24810264 205
60-SC-RFoG
8
Catalogue 2012/2013
Index
EAC 93-1G 24510115 262 EAU 90 272149 329 EMP 35 275300 341
EAC 94-1G 24510114 121 EAU 91 272626 329 EMP 40 275305 344
EAC 94-1G 24510114 262 EAV 80 272276 331 EMP 42 275307 344
EAN 208 24510086 323 EAV 81 24510001 331 EMP 43 275308 344
EAN 212 24510087 323 EAV 85 272277 331 EMP 47 275312 345
EAN 216 24510088 323 EAV 86 24510002 331 EMP 49 275314 345
EAO 208 24510089 324 EAV 90 272278 331 EMP 51 275315 345
EAO 211 24510090 324 EAV 91 24510003 331 EMP 52 275316 345
EAO 214 24510091 324 EAX 15 272166 322 EMU 29 273243 341
EAO 217 24510092 324 EAX 16 272168 322 EMU 75-50 23710003 40
EAO 220 24510093 324 EBC 00-1G 24510119 120 ERC 22 24510085 120
EAO 223 24510094 324 EBC 00-1G 24510119 261 ERC 22 24510085 261
EAO 226 24510095 324 EBC 01E-1G 24510121 120 ERD 100 25710xxx 278
EAO 229 24510096 324 EBC 01E-1G 24510121 261 ERD 810 24510110 123
EAP 208 24510097 325 EBC 90-1G 24510113 121 ERD 810 24510110 263
EAP 211 24510098 325 EBC 90-1G 24510113 262 ERD 813 24510117 123
EAP 214 24510099 325 EBC 802 272644 278 ERD 813 24510117 264
EAP 217 24510100 325 EBC 803 272669 279 ERD 814 24510120 123
EAP 220 24510101 325 EBK 202 24510105 326 ERD 814 24510120 264
EAP 223 24510102 325 EBK 203 24510106 326 ERD 900 25710072 280
EAP 226 24510103 325 EBU 30 272598 332 ERM 22 273269 263
EAP 229 24510104 325 EBU 31 24510022 332 ERS 800 24510109 122
EAR 80 272238 330 ELSM 124/180 26910001 32 ERS 800 24510109 266
EAR 85 272239 330 EMK 53 273249 345 ERZ 630 24510108 265
EAR 90 272241 330 EMK 98 273153 282 ERZ 900 25710128 275
EAS 124 227243 44 EMK 104 273195 342 ERZ 906B2 25710051 275
EAS 126 227249 45 EMK 105 273196 342 ERZ 910B2 25710052 275
EAS 272 23410003 46 EMK 106 273197 342 ERZ 914B2 25710053 275
EAS 483 23410001 47 EMK 180 25010014 343 ERZ 918B2 25710054 275
EAS 484 23410004 48 EMK 181 25010015 343 ERZ 918B2K 25710069 276
EAS 485 23410002 49 EMP 01 275260 341 ERZ 918B2T 25710061 276
EAT 80 272137 328 EMP 03 275273 346 ERZ 922B2 25710055 275
EAT 81 272476 328 EMP 06 25010073 346 ERZ 922B2K 25710070 276
EAT 85 272138 328 EMP 07 25010006 346 ERZ 922B2T 25710062 276
EAT 86 272477 328 EMP 08 25010010 346 ERZ 925A 272687 275
EAT 90 272140 328 EMP 10 275267 346 ERZ 925B2 25710056 275
EAT 91 272478 328 EMP 26 275281 341 ERZ 925B2K 25710071 276
EAU 80 272147 329 EMP 28 275283 341 ERZ 925B2T 25710063 276
EAU 81 272624 329 EMP 29 275284 341 ERZ 925K 25710127 276
EAU 85 272148 329 EMP 31 275286 341 ERZ 925T 25710126 276
EAU 86 272625 329 EMP 34 275289 341 ERZ 940 24510059 124
Index
ERZ 940 24510059 265 F MSW 4000 V 26210106 226

ESA 1085XA-E 24610140 96 MSW 4000 V 26210481 229
ESA 1085XA-E 24610252 96 FMB 400 25810012 218 MSW 4000 VC 26210482 229
ESA 1100XA-E 24610351 96 FMB 500 25810020 164 MSW 4000 VC 26210427 226
ESM 20 21110008 316 FMB 501 25810021 164 MSW 4000 VCW 26210411 226
ESM 30 274429 314 MSW 4000 VS 26210437 232
ESM 31 274430 314 G MSW 4000 VS 26210484 232
ESM 32 21110010 314 MSW 4000 VSW 26210438 232
ESM 40 274456 312 GMG 51 279129 280
ESM 41 274457 312 GMG 51 279129 284 N
ESM 42 274458 312 GMG 52 279128 284
ESO 06 24310005 335 GMZ 55 25010020 286 NCE 10 26210078 135
ESO 75 371914 28 NCM 10 26210079 61
ESO 91 271978 28 H
ESO 95 271983 30 O
ESO 96 271985 33 HTE 10 25010005 132
ESO 97 271986 31 HTE 10 25010005 267 OBA 116D-E 24910020 144
ESO 99 271988 32 OBA 1165ST-E 24910055 144
ESO 101 271990 32 K OBA 2165DT-E 24910056 144
ESO 124 271982 29 OBA 4165DT-E 24910057 144
ESO 126 26910036 29 KAP 10 25010013 282 OBM 0420Y-E 24910043 92
ESO 128 26910057 29 KBP 4000R 25010022 60 OBM 0820Y-E 24910044 92
ESO 129 26910058 29 KBP 4048R 25010021 60 OBM 113S-E 24910028 90
ESO 180 271984 29 KOP 10 25010023 165 OBM 116S-E 24910031 90
EspFi 25010068 281 KOP 10 25010023 189 OBM 213S-E 24910029 90
EspFi 25010068 285 OBM 216D-E 24910032 90
EVK 60 25010032 310 L OBM 413D-E 24910030 90
EVK 73 275247 343 OBM 416D-E 24910033 90
EVK 74 25010012 345 LCM 33 271623 340 OBM 1616Y-E 24910046 92
EVK 75 25010034 342 LCM 50 271622 340 OBM 1620Y-E 24910045 92
EVK 76 25010037 343 LCM 52 271600 340 OBV 820 24910035 100
EVZ 61 25010024 311 LCM 96 271624 340 OBV 820W 24910053 100
EVZ 62 25010025 311 LSO 77 23710006 50 OBV 1616 24910037 100
EVZ 63 25010026 311 OBV 1620 24910034 100
EVZ 64 25010027 311 M OBV 3216 24910036 100
EVZ 65 25010028 311 ODF 01/E 24810141 214
EVZ 66 25010030 311 MSW 400 V 26210088 220 ODF 02/E 24810142 214
EVZ 67 25010031 311 MSW 400 VC 26210098 220 ODF 03/E 24810143 214
MSW 400 VCW 26210434 220 ODF 04/E 24810144 214
MSW 400 VS 26210435 223 ODF 05/E 24810145 214
MSW 400 VSW 26210436 223 ODF 06/E 24810146 214
10
Catalogue 2012/2013
Index
ODF 07/E 24810147 214 ORA 219-RFoG 24710056 158 OTB 2308X-E 24610431 72
ODF 08/E 24810148 214 ORA 219D-RFoG 24710069 161 OTB 2508X-E 24610432 72
ODF 09/E 24810149 214 ORA 920E 24710024 110 OTB 2708X-E 24610433 72
ODF 10/E 24810150 214 ORA 920SC 24710025 110 OTB 2908X-E 24610434 72
OFC 050/E yellow 24810152 187 ORA 921E 24710031 110 OTB 3108X-E 24610435 72
OFC 050/E red 24810151 187 ORA 921SC 24710032 110 OTB 3308X-E 24610436 72
OFC 90/SC 24810101 129 ORA 9022-1G 24710033 104 OTB 3508X-E 24610437 72
OFC 90/SC 24810101 188 ORD 21 24810092 125 OTB 3708X-E 24610438 72
OFC 90/SC-E 24810102 129 ORD 120 24810177 125 OTD 06C11C12-E 24610393 74
OFC 90/SC-E 24810102 188 ORM 10DS-E 24710045 82 OTD 06C13C14-E 24610394 74
OFC 150/E yellow 24810154 187 ORM 22E 24710026 84 OTD 06C15C16-E 24610395 74
OFC 150/E red 24810155 187 ORM 22SC 24710046 84 OTD 06C17C18-E 24610396 74
OFC 300/E 24810110 188 ORM 40E 24710018 86 OTD 1304X-E 24610391 80
OFC 300/E yellow 24810157 187 ORM 43E-RFoG 24710047 88 OTN 3111L-E 24610397 70
OFC 300/E red 24810156 187 ORM 43E-RFoG 24710047 166 OTN 3311L-E 24610213 70
OFC 300/LC 24810126 188 ORR 40E 24710012 136 OTN 3511L-E 24610398 70
OFC 300/LC-E 24810174 188 ORR 43E-RFoG 24710049 168 OTN 3711L-E 24610399 70
OFC 300/SC 24810104 188 OSA 1305X-E 24610211 138 OTR 910E-3 24610110 140
OFC 300/SC-E 24810262 188 OSA 1308X-E 24610212 138 OTR 926E-C11-C12 24610132 142
OFC 300/SC-LC 24810173 188 OSA 1311X-E 24610137 138 OTR 926E-C13-C14 24610133 142
OFC 1000/E yellow 24810227 187 OSA 1313X-E 24610138 138 OTR 926E-C15-C16 24610134 142
OFC 1000/E red 24810226 187 OSA 1314X-E 24610139 138 OTR 926E-C17-C18 24610135 142
OFS 112-E 24810223 94 OSR 9003 24610201 130 OTS 1303N-E 24610334 98
OKU 01/E 24810100 129 OSR 9003-P65-C11 24610424 130 OTS 1305N-E 24610340 98
OKU 01/E 24810100 186 OSR 9003-P65-C12 24610425 130 OTS 1308N-E 24610405 98
OKU 01/SC 24810031 129 OSR 9003-P65-C13 24610426 130 OTS 1313N-SC 24610404 98
OKU 01/SC 24810031 186 OSR 9003-P65-C14 24610427 130
OKU 01/SC-E 24810099 129 OSR 9003-P65-C15 24610385 130 T
OKU 01/SC-E 24810099 186 OSR 9003-P65-C15 24610428 130
ORA 100 24710042 115 OSR 9003-P65-C17 24610429 130 TDA 10-232 26210700 299
ORA 110-RFoG 24710043 152 OSR 9003-P65-C18 24610430 130 TDA 10-CS 26210694 299
ORA 110D-RFoG 24710071 155 OTA 1303X2-E 24610353 66 TDK 10 26210054 132
ORA 118-RFoG 24710050 152 OTA 1305X2-E 24610354 66 TDK 10 26210054 267
ORA 118D-RFoG 24710072 155 OTA 1308X2-E 24610355 66 TDK 12 26210076 132
ORA 119-RFoG 24710053 152 OTA 1311X2-E 24610356 66 TDK 12 26210076 267
ORA 119D-RFoG 24710073 155 OTA 1313X2-E 24610357 66 TDS 10 26210221 290
ORA 200 24710065 115 OTA 1314X2-E 24610358 66 TDS 10-Eth 26210702 294
ORA 210-RFoG 24710057 158 OTA 1508X-E 24610401 78 TDS 10-PWR 26210712 296
ORA 210D-RFoG 24710067 161 OTA 1585D23X-E 24610362 68 TFN 43 24410057 287
ORA 218-RFoG 24710055 158 OTA 1585X-E 24610361 68 TFN 43F 24410095 287
ORA 218D-RFoG 24710068 161 OTA 1585X-E-SAT 24610363 68 TFN 43P2 24410097 287
Index
TFN 44 24410092 288 VGF 9040 24410109 248 ZSO 27 23710012 37

TGZ 10 236430 335 VGO 939-1G 24410101 251 ZSO 28 23710002 38
TGZ 15 24310006 335 VGP 9030 24410106 245 ZSO 29 23710019 38
TOG 05 236198 336 VGP 9033-1G 24410103 238 ZSO 38 23710007 39
TUG 100 24310003 334 VGP 9040 24410107 245 ZSO 38 23710007 40
TVB 815K 25110016 270 VGP 9041 24410054 238 ZSO 40 23710009 39
TVB 816K 25110030 270 VGP 9240 24410114 241 ZSO 74 276249 334
TVC 810 25110018 271 VOS 952-1G 24410098 255 ZSO 115 276277 36
TVK 01 236914 348 VOS 953-1G 24410099 255 ZSO 120 376214 37
TVK 04 236900 348 ZSO 123 376228 19
TVK 05 236924 348 W ZSO 125 376215 37
TVK 44 23710004 41 ZSO 127 276029 30
TVK 901 236799 347 WFS 202 24510107 326 ZSO 180 23710014 37
TVK 901G 25210014 348 WFS 865 222283 277 ZSO 181 23710015 37
TVK 901W 25210015 348 ZSO 200 24310004 334
TVK 902 236798 347 Z ZSO 210 24310007 335
TVK 903 236797 347 ZSO 215 23710016 36
TVK 904 236796 347 ZAS 27 318601 19
TVK 904G 25210016 348 ZAS 33 23710010 38
TVK 904W 25210017 348 ZAS 34 23710011 38
TVK 905 236795 347 ZAS 79 23710005 40
TVK 906 236794 347 ZAS 90 218684 22
TVK 907 236793 347 ZAS 124 218662 17
TVK 908 236779 347 ZAS 128 23710001 38
TVK 909 236778 347 ZAS 138 23710013 38
TVK 910 236764 347 ZAS 180 218661 17
TVK 927W 25210033 348 ZAS 181 218667 17
TVK 930 25210034 347 ZAS 186 218676 17
TVM 850/H 26210077 133 ZAS 187 218688 23
TVM 850/H 26210077 268 ZAS 188 23710018 24
TVM 1000 26210086 134 ZAS 189 23710017 25
TVM 1000 26210086 269 ZFS 10 25710034 277
TVO 1024 25110033 76 ZGF 01 25510001 282
TVR 12 25110012 272 ZMP 51 25010033 282
TVR 12F 25110035 272 ZMP 200 25010029 327
TVR 12TR 25110019 272 ZOH 04 24810159 124
ZSO 01 276201 39
V ZSO 21 276278 39
ZSO 22 276279 39
VGF 939-1G 24410100 251 ZSO 23 376212 37
VGF 9030 24410108 248 ZSO 25 276281 39
12
Catalogue 2012/2013
Professional
satellite reception systems
The components of
professional reception units 14-15 Mast brackets 36
Information on mounting 15 Stand-alone stub masts 37
Offset parabolic antennas 16-18 Mounting accessories 38-39
Parabolic antenna 19 4-way transformation element 40
Overview accessories for Cable connection box 41
parabolic antennas 20 ■ Feed systems
■ Mechanical accessories General safety information 42
Overview mechanical accessories 21 Overview feed systems 43
Multi-feed adapter plates 22-24 Feed systems without LNB 44-45
Azimuth fine adjustment 25 Quatro feed systems for
■ Heating systems and professional/semi-professional use 46-49
temperature control units Cable set for feed systems 50
Overview heating systems and Warranty terms 50
temperature control units 26-27 ■ Terrestrial reception antennas
Heating systems 28-30 Mast calculation method 51
Temperature control units 31-32 Overview terrestrial reception antennas 52
Reflector outside temperature control unit 33 VHF channel antennas 53
■ Mounting accessories UHF channel-group antennas 54
Overview mounting accessories 34-35 FM antennas 55-56
13
General
The components of a professional reception unit
The components of Kathrein antenna heating systems
14
General
The components of a Sat-IF downlead from Kathrein
Information on mounting offset parabolic antennas
In order to ensure perfect reception, there must

be a clear line of sight to the satellite, at an angle
of approximately 30°.
The following satellites * will then be available:
1 TÜRKSAT 42° East

2 ASTRA 2 Group 28.2° East
5 EUTELSAT W 2 16° East
6 EUTELSAT-HOTBIRD 13° East
7 EUTELSAT W 1 10° East
8 HISPA-Sat 30° West
Ensure that there are no obstacles between the

antenna and the respective satellite (e.g. trees,
* Reception dependent on the location and the footprint of the respective satellite
roof or building sections, other antennas).
These can hamper reception to such a degree
that there is no reception at all during bad
weather conditions or even make reception
impossible in general.
Professional satellite reception systems 15

Satellite reception systems
Offset parabolic antennas
CAS 90ws/HD 21610031

CAS 90gr/HD 21610032
 Includes reflector, feed system support and

mast support
 Reflector made of aluminium, powder coated, no logo
 Feed system support made of galvanised sheet steel,

plastic coated, slewable LNB support plate
 Clamping piece made of sheet steel, hot-dip galvanised
 Optimal electrical data in smallest mechanical

dimensions due to offset-feed
 Available in graphite and white
 No additional components are required to be able to

mount two universal feed systems to receive the signals
of satellites 3° to 4° or 6°(e.g. ASTRA/EUTELSAT-
HOTBIRD) apart on the boom
 HD: For sites with demanding requirements,

robust fixing material
For any other combination, the ZAS 90 multi-feed adapter plate (see page 22) is additionally required.
For multi-feed reception, Kathrein recommends using a parabolic reflector with a diameter of at least 90 cm or larger.
Type CAS 90ws/HD CAS 90gr/HD

Order no. 21610031 21610032
Diameter/colour mm 987/white 987/gray

Reception range GHz 10.70-12.75
Antenna gain at 10.70-11.70 GHz dBi 38.6
Half-power beam width ¹ )
° < 1.9
Cross-polarisation decoupling dB > 27
Wind load ²) N 730
Max. allowable wind speed km/h 190
Mast clamp range mm 48-90
Setting range Elevation/Azimuth ° 5-50/360
. ³)
Dimensions width/max. height/protrusion max mm 987/1,030/880
Packing unit dimensions (L x W x H) mm 1,015 x 1,015 x 210
Approx. weight (net/gross) kg 9.3/11.9
¹) At mid-band
²) At a dynamic pressure of 800 N/m² acc. to DIN 57855 or VDE 0855
³) From mast centre without feed system
16
Offset parabolic antennas
CAS 124 216236

CAS 180 216235
ZAS 124 218662
ZAS 180 218661
ZAS 181 218667
ZAS 186 218676
ZAS 189 23710017
 Proven aluminium reflector, powder-coated,

colour: white, matt
 Feed system support of squared aluminium tubing

and an aluminium feed system mounting plate
 Mast clamp of aluminium and stainless steel
 Optimal electrical data in smallest mechanical

dimensions due to offset-feed
 Multi-feed systems can be set up using compact

feed systems. Up to two compact feed systems
for reception of satellites 3° to 6° (CAS 124) or
3° (CAS 180) apart can be mounted onto the
feed system support.
For any other combination, an additional multi-feed

adapter plate is required
 The following components are required:
 For CAS 124:
Offset parabolic reflector CAS 124 (Order no. 216236),

ZAS 124 feed system support (Order no. 218662) and
ZAS 180 azimuth/elevation support (Order no. 218661)
 For CAS 180:
Offset parabolic reflector CAS 180 (Order no. 216235), CAS 180 with feed system EAS 485 and feed system
ZAS 181 feed system support (Order no. 218667) and support ZAS 181 on azimuth/elevation support ZAS 186
ZAS 186 azimuth/elevation support (Order no. 218676)
 Azimuth fine adjustment for CAS 180/CAS 124:

ZAS 189 (Order no. 23710017)
 Stub masts for CAS 124:

ZSO 120 (Order no. 376214),
ZSO 125 (Order no. 376215)
 Stub masts for CAS 180:

ZSO 180 (Order no. 23710014),
ZSO 181 (Order no. 23710015)

Technical data
Type CAS 124 CAS 180

Order no. 216236 216235
Diameter m 1.2 1.8

Reception range GHz 10.70-12.75 10.70-12.75
Antenna gain at 10.70-11.70 GHz dBi 41.50 44.50
Half power beam width ° 1.43 0.9
System figure of merit (G/T) See feed system See feed system
Cross-polarisation decoupling dB > 30 > 30
Wind load ¹) N 1,296 3,396
Mast clamp range ZAS 180/ZAS 186 mm 75-114 75-114
Setting range Elevation ° 5-50 5-50
Setting range Azimuth ° 360 360
Dimensions width mm 1,234 1,980
Max. dimensions height mm 1,501 1,511
Max. dimensions (from mast centre to end of LNB boom without LNB) mm 1,353 1,900
Packing unit dimensions (L x W x H) mm 1,430 x 1,430 x 370 2,230 x 2,120 x 390
Approx. weight net/gross kg 18.4/30.7 60.0/81.5
¹) At a dynamic pressure of 800 N/m² acc. to DIN 57855 and VDE 0855
Accessories
Az/el fine adjustment ZAS 189 Azimuth/elevation support ZAS 186 Stub mast ZSO 181 Stub mast ZSO 180
Note:
You will find an overview of the accessories for offset parabolic antennas on page 20.
18
Parabolic antenna
CAS 23 316200
ZAS 27 318601
ZSO 123 376228
 No permanent deformation
at wind speeds up to 200 km/h
 Suitable for operation with

an antenna heating system
 Conforms to the technical delivery conditions

of Kabel Deutschland
 The following components are required (2.2 m installation):
 Parabolic antenna: CAS 23 (Order no. 316200)

 Azimuth/elevation support: ZAS 27 (Order no. 318601)
 Struts for CAS 23: ZSO 123 (Order no. 376228)
 Stub masts: ZSO 23 (Order no. 376212),
ZSO 27 (Order no. 23710012)
Type CAS 23
Order no. 316200
Diameter m 2.2
Reflector material Aluminium
Reception range GHz 10.70-12.75
Antenna gain at 10.95-11.70 GHz dBi 46.10-46.60
Half-power beam width ° 0.84
System figure of merit G/T See feed system
Cross-polarisation decoupling dB > 30
Wind load ¹) kN 12
Setting range Elevation/Azimuth ° 10-40/360
Weight approx. kg 51
¹) At a dynamic pressure of 2 kN/m²
Accessories
Azimuth/elevation support ZAS 27
Stub mast ZSO 27

Overview accessories for parabolic antennas
Offset parabolic antenna

Accessories CAS 90 CAS 120 CAS 124 CAS 180 CAS 23
ZAS 124 Feed system support 
ZAS 181 Feed system support 
ZAS 180 Azimuth/elevation support 
ZAS 189 Azimuth fine adjustment  
ZSO 120 Stub mast 
ZSO 125 Stub mast 
ZAS 187 Multi-feed adapter plate 
ZSO 215 Mast bracket 
ZSO 115 Mast bracket 
ZSO 28 Installation set 
ZSO 29 Compound anchor 
ZSO 123 Struts 
ZAS 128 Wall mounting 
ZAS 138 Wall mounting 
ZAS 34 Tension-belt clamp    
ZAS 33 Tension-belt clamp    
TVK 44 Cable connection box    
EAS 124 LNB   
EAS 126 LNB   
EAS 272 LNB 
EAS 483 LNB  
EAS 484 LNB   
EAS 485 LNB   
LSO 77 Cable set  
ESO 101 Opto-sensor   
ELSM 124/180 Mounting support  
ESO 95 Reflector heating system 
ESO 124 Heating panel 
ESO 96 Reflector outside temperature control unit 
ESO 97 Outside temperature controller  
ESO 99 Outside temperature controller  
Compatible, optional Compatible, mandatory
20
Overview mechanical accessories
Suitable for
Type
Product type Description parabolic
Order no.
antenna
To mount two or three universal feed

ZAS 90
systems to receive max. three satellites
218684 Multi-feed
on one parabolic antenna. ZAS 90 is only CAS 90
adapter plate
required if two satellites 9° apart from one
Page 22
another or three satellites are to be received
The multi-feed adapter plate is designed for

use with the CAS 180 to allow multi-feed
ZAS 187 reception operations which cannot be solved
218688 Multi-feed using the standard multi-feed adapter plate
CAS 180
adapter plate as delivered together with the ZAS 181 feed
Page 23 system support. The ZAS 187 allows multi-
feed reception for typical satellite orbital
spacing up to maximally 10.5°
The multi-feed adapter plate is designed for

use with the CAS 180 to allow multi-feed
ZAS 188 reception operations which cannot be solved
23710018 Multi-feed using the standard multi-feed adapter plate
CAS 180
adapter plate as delivered together with the ZAS 181 feed
Page 24 system support. The ZAS 188 allows multi-
feed reception for typical satellite orbital
spacing up to maximally 10.5°
The azimuth fine adjustment is an

ZAS 189 adjustment aid for easy, accurate positioning
CAS 180
23710017 Azimuth fine of professional satellite reception antennas.
adjustment
CAS 124
Page 25 The fine adjustment can be removed after
adjustment has been made
ZAS 27
Azimuth/ Suitable for mast tip mounting
318601
elevation CAS 23
support Pipe diameter: 194 mm
Page 19

Accessories for satellite reception systems
Multi-feed adapter plate for CAS 90
ZAS 90 218684
 To mount two or three universal feed systems to

receive max. three satellites on one parabolic antenna
 The ZAS 90 adapter plate is only suitable for the

parabolic antennas CAS 90gr/HD and 90ws/HD
 Kathrein feed systems in both compact or modular

form e.g. EAS 483 and EAS 484 or EAS 485, EAS 124
and EAS 126 can be used
 ZAS 90 is only required if two satellites 9° apart from

one another or three satellites are to be received
Mounting positions
Note:
Mounting positions 2 and 3 cannot be used simultaneously.
You can find the elevation values for your reception site using the azimuth/
elevation calculator on our website (http://www.kathrein.de/en/sat/index_satpos.htm).
22
ZAS 187 218688
The multi-feed adapter plate is designed for use with the

CAS 180 offset parabolic antenna to allow multi-feed
reception operations which cannot be solved using the
standard multi-feed adapter plate as delivered together with
the ZAS 181 LNB feed system support. The adapter plate
allows multi-feed reception for typical satellite orbital spacing
up to maximally 10.5°.
 ZAS 187 adapter plate is suitable for the CAS 180

offset parabolic antenna fitted with the ZAS 181
feed system support

 The predetermined raster enables implementation

of the arrangements below (see table)
Allocation of feed systems

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
ASTRA 2 x x x DFS x x ASTRA 1

28.2° x x x 23.5° x x 19.2°
x DFS x x ASTRA 1 x EUTELSAT x
x 23.5° x x 19.2° x 16° x
ASTRA 1 x x EUTELSAT x EUTELSAT x EUTELSAT
19.2° x x 16° x 13° x 10°
EUTELSAT x x EUTELSAT x EUTELSAT x EUTELSAT
16° x x 13° x 10° x 7°
x x ASTRA 1 x EUTELSAT x EUTELSAT x
x x 19.2° x 16° x 13° x
x x EUTELSAT x EUTELSAT x EUTELSAT x
x x 16° x 13° x 10° x
x x x ASTRA 1 x EUTELSAT x x
x x x 19.2° x 16° x x
x x x EUTELSAT x EUTELSAT x x
x x x 16° x 13° x x
x x x 13° x 10° x x
x x x 10° x 7° x x
x x x Telecom 2B x Telecom 2A x x
x x x -5° x -8° x x
22.3 22.5 23.7 24.4 24.7 24.4 23.7 22.3
G/T [dBi/K]
Note:
Due to lack of space, for orbit position spacing less than 4.5° (e.g. 19.2°/23.5°) either two compact feed systems (e.g. EAS 484)
must be mounted or one modular (e.g. EAS 485) and one compact feed system. This combination is possible for satellite spacing
up to 3°. For an arrangement with two modular feed systems such as EAS 485, a satellite spacing of min. 4.5° is required.

ZAS 188 23710018
The multi-feed adapter plate is designed for use with the

CAS 180 offset parabolic antenna to allow multi-feed
reception operations which cannot be solved using the
standard multi-feed adapter plate as delivered together with
the ZAS 181 feed system support. The adapter plate allows
multi-feed reception for typical satellite orbital spacing up to
maximally 10.5°.
 ZAS 188 adapter plate is suitable for the CAS 180

offset parabolic antenna fitted with the ZAS 181
feed system support

 The ZAS 188 offers infinite adjustability of feed systems.

This enables optimal adjustment of satellite combina-
tions in any order
 For settings, see manual
Note:
Due to lack of space, for orbit position spacing less than 4.5° (e.g. 19.2°/23.5°) either two compact feed systems (e.g. EAS 484)
must be mounted or one modular (e.g. EAS 485) and one compact feed system. This combination is possible for satellite spacing
up to 3°. For an arrangement with two modular feed systems such as EAS 485, a satellite spacing of min. 4.5° is required.
Mounting option for two and three satellites
EAS 485
2 1
2 3 1
EAS 484
-dx 0 +dx -dx 0 +dx
24
Azimuth fine adjustment for CAS 124/180
ZAS 189 23710017
The azimuth fine adjustment is an adjustment aid for easy,

accurate positioning of professional satellite reception
antennas. The fine adjustment can be removed after
adjustment has been made.
 For azimuth adjustment when mounting

the parabolic antennas CAS 124/180
 Enables easy, exact azimuth alignment
 Can be removed after adjustment,

therefore re-usable many times
Type ZAS 189

Order no. 23710017
Angle degree/degree per

Azimuth positioning 1.8
screw shackle turn
Suitable for mast diameters from ... to mm 76 ... 114
Weight kg 2.3
Azimuth fine alignment
The azimuth alignment After fine alignment of the

of the antenna can be azimuth, tighten the
optimised by turning the clamping piece nuts to a
turnbuckle alternately. torque of 60 Nm and lock
them.
The nuts must be tightened
alternately, so that the
optimum azimuth setting
that was found is not
disturbed.

Overview heating systems and

temperature control units
Suitable for
Type
Order no.
antenna
Specially designed heating panels with inte-

ESO 75
grated heat insulation guaranteeing effective
371914
heat distribution. Heating elements are
Heating protected against humidity and fail-safe
ESO 91 CAS 23
systems even at high temperatures.
271978
ESO 75: Outer reflector heating system
Page 28
ESO 91: Centre reflector heating system
ESO 124
271982 Pr
Prevent ice and snow build-up on the reflector
su
surface. Specially designed heating panels with
ESO 128 in
integrated heat insulation guaranteeing effective
CAS 180
26910057 Heating heat
he distribution.
systems
CAS 124
ESO 180 ESO
ES 128:
271984 High-power
H heating for CAS 180,
2,750
2, W/230 VAC
Page 29
113 W/230 V
ESO 126 Heating
CAS 124
26910036 system for
Protection category: IP 56 with
feed system
ZAS 124
Page 29 support
For operation with ESO 97/99
1 W/230 V
181
ESO 129 Heating
CAS 180
26910058 system for
P
Protection category: IP 56 with
feed system
ZAS 181
Page 29 support
F operation with ESO 97/99
For
CAS 09
ESO 95 Prevents ice and snow build-up on the
CAS 90
271983 reflector surface.
Reflector
heating CAS 90/R
Specially designed heating panel with
system
integrated heat insulation guaranteeing
CAS 90/ws
Page 30 effective heat distribution.
CAS 90/gr
26
Overview heating systems and

temperature control units
Suitable for
Type
Order no.
antenna
Complete set, including:

ZSO 127
276029 - Offset parabolic antenna CAS 90/HD
Complete set
- Mounted reflector heating system ESO 95
Page 30 - Reflector outside temperature control unit
ESO 96
CAS 124/
E
Electronic two-point control unit with
ESO 97 ESO 124
Outside v
variable temperature threshold.
271986
temperature
controller T reflector is heated whenever the outside
The
Page 31 CAS 180/
t
temperature sinks below a set value.
ESO 180
CAS 23
The reflector is heated whenever the outside
ESO 99 and reflector temperature sinks below the set
271988 values and whenever ice or snow are identified
Heating CAS 124/
on the reflector surface.
system ESO 124
control unit
Signalises fouling on the reflector surface.
Page 32
CAS 180/
Manual or remote operation are possible.
ESO 180
CAS 09
ESO 96
Electronic two-point control unit with CAS 90
271985 Reflector
variable temperature threshold.
outside
CAS 90/R
temperature
The reflector is heated whenever the outside
control unit
temperature sinks below a set value. CAS 90/ws
Page 33
CAS 90/gr

Reflector heating systems for CAS 23
ESO 75 371914
ESO 91 271978
 For use with the CAS 23 parabolic antenna
 Prevent ice and snow build-up on the reflector surface
 Specially designed heating panels with integrated

heat insulation guaranteeing effective heat distribution
 Heating elements are protected against humidity

and fail-safe even at high temperatures
 Required controller and sensor: ESO 99 and ESO 101
 ESO 75: Outer reflector heating system ESO 75
 ESO 91: Centre reflector heating system
Type ESO 75 ESO 91

Order no. 371914 271978
Number of heating segments pcs. 6 -

Mains voltage per segment VAC 230 230
Mains frequency Hz 50/60 50/60
Current drain per segment A 1.4 -
Current drain total A 8.2 -
Power consumption per segment W 315 -
Power consumption total W 1,890 -
Weight per segment kg Approx. 1.3 Approx. 1.3
Protection class IP 65 IP 65
28
Heating systems for CAS 124/180
ESO 124 271982

ESO 180 271984
ESO 128 26910057
ESO 126 26910036
ESO 129 26910058
Heating panels ESO 124/ESO 180:
 For use with the

CAS 124/CAS 180 offset parabolic antennas
 Prevent ice and snow build-up

on the reflector surface, power: 650 W/1,400 W

 Integrated temperature switch as overheating protection
 Heating panels for exposed locations ESO 128:

 High-power heating for CAS 180, 2,750 W/230 VAC
 Heating system ESO 126:

 Heating for ZAS 124 feed system support
(CAS 124 offset parabolic antenna), 113 W/230 VAC;
protection category: IP 56
 For operation with ESO 97/99
 Heating system ESO 129:

 Heating for ZAS 181 feed system support
(CAS 180 offset parabolic antenna), 181 W/230 VAC;
protection category: IP 56
 For operation with ESO 97/99
ESO 126 ESO 129
Type ESO 124 ESO 180

Order no. 271982 271984
Suitable for parabolic antenna CAS 124 CAS 180

Required controller and sensor ESO 97/ESO 99 ESO 97/ESO 99
Number of heating segments pcs. 2 4
Mains voltage per segment VAC 230 + 6 %/- 10 % 230 + 6 %/- 10 %
Mains frequency Hz 50/60 50/60
Nominal current A 3 6
Power consumption total W 650 1,400
Weight per segment kg Approx. 1.5 Approx. 1.5
Protection class IP 65 IP 65
60° C contact element
Temperature protection 60° C contact element
in segments 1 + 4

Reflector heating system for CAS 09/90/HD/90R
ESO 95 271983
ZSO 127 276029
 For use with CAS 09/90/HD/90R

offset parabolic antennas
 Prevents ice and snow build-up

on the reflector surface

 Integrated temperature switch as overheating protection
 Required controller: ESO 96
ZSO 127 (Order no. 276029):
 Complete set, including:
 CAS 90/HD parabolic antenna

 ESO 95 mounted reflector heating system
 ESO 96 reflector outside temperature control unit
 Colour: Graphite grey without labelling
Type ESO 95
Order no. 271983
Suitable for parabolic antenna CAS 09/90/HD/90R

Required controller ESO 96
Number of heating segments pc. 1
Mains voltage per segment VAC 230 ± 6 %/- 10 %
Mains frequency Hz 50/60
Nominal current A 1.5
Power consumption total W 345
Weight per segment, approx. kg 1.5
Protection class IP 65
Temperature protection 60° C opener
Packing unit/weight pc./kg 1/6.5
30
Outside temperature controller for ESO 124/ESO 180
ESO 97 271986
 To control the
ESO 124/ESO 180 Kathrein reflector heating systems
 Electronic two-point controller with

adjustable temperature threshold
 The reflector is heated whenever the

outside temperature sinks below a set value
Type ESO 97
Order no. 271986
Suitable for reflector heating systems ESO 124/ESO 180

Voltage supply VAC 230 ± 10 %/50 Hz
Breaking capacity Max. 16 A/230 V
Measurement input PT 100 (2-lead)
Setting range °C -5 to +15
Ambient temperature range °C -30 to +80
Type of control Two-point control
Output Relay contact
Signalling Heating ON (yellow)
Housing material Polycarbonate
Dimensions (W x H x D) mm 254 × 180 × 90
Weight approx. kg 1.5
Cable insertions 2 × PG 7; 4 × PG 9; 1 × PG 16

Heating system control unit
ESO 99 271988
ESO 101 271990
ELSM 124/180 26910001
 ESO 99 (Order no. 271988):
To control the ESO 75/124/180 Kathrein reflector

heating systems and to analyse the following
parameters:
 Outside temperature
 Reflector temperature
 Ice and snow buld-up on the reflector
 Fouling
 The reflector is heated whenever the outside and
reflector temperature sinks below the set values and
when ice or snow are identified on the reflector surface
 Signalises fouling on the reflector surface
 Over-heating protection
 Manual or remote operation are possible
 Requires ESO 101 and ESLM 124/180
for CAS 124 and CAS 180
 ESO 101 (Order no. 271990):
 Suitable sensor with terminal box

to control the ESO 99
 Opto-sensor to identify ice or build-up
and fouling
 Temperature sensors to measure the outside
and reflector temperatures
 ELSM 124/180 (Order no. 26910001):
 To mount the opto-sensor onto the boom of the

ZAS 124 or ZAS 181 feed system supports
 Suitable for CAS 124 or CAS 180
 Requires ESO 101
Type ESO 99
Order no. 271988
Nominal voltage VAC 230

Operating temperature °C -20 to +60
Temperature setting range
Ambient temperature upper threshold/lower threshold °C -3 to +5/-25 to -5
Reflector temperature °C +20 to +60
Switching hysteresis °C 1
Residual heat time Min. 3-180
32
Reflector outside temperature control unit
ESO 96 271985
 To control the ESO 95 reflector heating system
 Electronic two-point controller with

adjustable temperature threshold
 The reflector is heated whenever the

outside temperature sinks below a set value
 With tension-belt for mounting on masts
Type ESO 96
Order no. 271985
Suitable for reflector heating system ESO 95

Voltage supply VAC 230 ± 10 %/50 Hz
Breaking capacity Max. 16 A/230 V
Measurement input PT 100, 2 conductor
Setting range °C -5 to +15
Type of control Two-point controller
Output Relay contact
Signal lamp Heating ON (yellow)
Housing material Polycarbonate
Dimensions mm 130 x 130 x 75
Mast clamp range mm 48-90
Weight approx. kg 0.7
Cable insertions 1 x PG 7; 1 x PG 11; 1 x PG 16

Overview mounting accessories
Type Suitable
Product type Description
Order no. for antenna
ZSO 115
276277 Mast bracket
Mast bracket CAS 124
for 219 mm-Ø piping
Page 36
Mast bracket
ZSO 215
for 219 mm-Ø piping
23710016
Mast bracket CAS 180
Conforms to the technical
Page 36
delivery conditions of Kabel Deutschland
ZSO 180 Can be taken apart

23710014 Stand-alone
CAS 180
stub mast Conforms to the technical
Page 37 delivery conditions of Kabel Deutschland

CAS 180

CAS 23
ZAS 128
23710001
Wall mounting Wall
W mounting for CAS 124 CAS 124
Page 38
34
Overview mounting accessories
Type Suitable
Order no. for antenna
ZSO 28
23710002
Installation set Installation set for ZAS 128/ZAS 138 CAS 124
Page 38
ZSO 29
23710019 Compound
Compound anchor for ZSO 180/181 CAS 180
anchor
Page 38
ZAS 33
ZAS 33: Tension-belt clamp
23710010
60-120 mm Ø for TVK 44
ZAS 34 Tension-belt
All
23710011 clamp
ZAS 34: Tension-belt clamp
120-300 mm Ø for TVK 44
Page 38
ZSO 25
276281 Clamping
Clamping plate for ZSO 23/27/180/181 All
plate
Page 39
ZSO 01
276201 Cable
Cable earthing kit 3/8” All
earthing kit
Page 39
EMU 75-50
23710003 Transformation Transformation element between a
All
element 50 Ω and a 75 Ω connection point
Page 40
ZSO 38
23710007
Wall mount Suitable for EMU 75-50 All
Page 40
ELSM
124/180 To mount the opto-sensor onto CAS 124
Mounting
26910001 the boom of the ZAS 124 or ZAS 181
bracket
feed system supports CAS 180
Page 32
TVK 44 TVK 44 cable connection box serves as an

23710004 Cable interface between the flexible connection
All
connection box cables of a feed system and the outgoing
Page 41 feeder to a signal processing system

Mast brackets
ZSO 115 276277

ZSO 215 23710016
 ZSO 115:
 Mast bracket for 219 mm-Ø piping

 Suitable for the CAS 124 offset parabolic antenna
 ZSO 215:
 Mast bracket for 219 mm-Ø piping

 Suitable for the CAS 180 offset parabolic antenna
 Conforms to the technical
ZSO 215 ZSO 115
Type ZSO 115 ZSO 215

Order no. 276277 23710016
ZSO xxx wind load kN 0.29 0.52

Torque on pipe support kNm 0.9 1.65
Transferable torque on 219 mm-Ø piping kNm 3.66 3.82
Weight approx. kg 27 50
36
Stand-alone stub masts
ZSO 120 376214

ZSO 125 376215
ZSO 180 23710014
ZSO 181 23710015
ZSO 23 376212
ZSO 27 23710012
 Can be taken apart
 Conform to the technical

ZSO 27 ZSO 181 ZSO 180
Type ZSO 120 ZSO 125 ZSO 180 ZSO 181 ZSO 23 ZSO 27
Order no. 376214 376215 23710014 23710015 376212 23710012
Sutable for offset parabolic antenna CAS 124 CAS 180 CAS 23
Wind load kN 5.7 7.53 12
Torque on pipe support kNm 0.9 1.62 4.7
Forces active on the attachment points (wind speed: 200 km/h)
- Pressure kN 6.2 8.6 19.6 18.8 20.5 20.1
- Pull kN 4.9 8.9 18.3 13.1 20.5 15.9
Dimensions (tension-Ø/height) mm 114/1,405 114/2,405 114/2,640 114/1,455 194/2,550 194/1,650
Weight approx. kg 56 70 200 137 171 129
Radial load (shearing strain) kN 8.7 11.2 10.9 9.6 14.3 10.4

Mounting accessories
ZAS 33 23710010
ZAS 34 23710011
ZAS 128 23710001
ZAS 138 23710013
ZSO 28 23710002
ZSO 29 23710019
ZAS 33 ZSO 28 ZAS 128
Type Order no. Description
ZAS 33 23710010 Tension-belt clamp 60-120 mm Ø for TVK 44

ZAS 34 23710011 Tension-belt clamp 120-300 mm Ø for TVK 44
ZAS 128 23710001 Wall mounting for CAS 124
ZAS 138 23710013 Wall mounting for CAS 180
ZSO 28 23710002 Installation set for ZAS 128/ZAS 138 (two ZSO 28 required)
ZSO 29 23710019 Compound anchor for ZSO 180/181 on CAS 180
38
Mounting accessories
ZSO 01 276201
ZSO 21 276278
ZSO 22 276279
ZSO 25 276281
ZSO 38 23710007
ZSO 40 23710009
ZSO 25 ZSO 01
Type Order no. Description
ZSO 01 276201 Cable earthing kit 3/8”

ZSO 21 276278 Adhesive anchors for ZSO 120/125
ZSO 22 276279 Clamping plate for ZSO 120/125
ZSO 25 276281 Clamping plate for ZSO 23/27/180/181
ZSO 38 23710007 Wall mounting for EMU 75-50, also for mounting in the ZAS 79 cabinet
ZSO 40 23710009 Installation frame/mounting angle for EMU 75-50 on a grating

4-way 75/50 Ω transformation element
EMU 75-50 23710003

ZAS 79 23710005
ZSO 38 23710007
 The EMU 75-50 serves as transformation element

between a 50 Ω and a 75 Ω connection point
(e.g. EAS 485 with 50 Ω outgoing feeder)
 Transformer elements remote-feed suitable
 To be used only in weather-proof rooms

or housings (protection category: at least IP 54)
 ZAS 79 (Order no. 23710005):
 The ZAS 79 cabinet is solely designed for insertion

of an EMU 75-50 4-way transformation element
(not included in delivery scope)
 The internal cabling required to connect the
EMU 75-50 is built in, the required fastenings
are included in the package
 For mast mounting of the ZAS 79, two mounting rails,
two clips with tensioning belts and the appropriate
fastenings are supplied. The mast clamp range is
Ø 34 mm to Ø 300 mm
 The housing is ventilated to avoid
condensation water from developing
 ZSO 38 (Order no. 23710007):

Wall mount for EMU 75-50
Type EMU 75-50

Order no. 23710003
Frequency range MHz 950-2,150

Through loss dB 0.2
Adaptation dB 20
Screening factor 950-1,000 MHz dB 65
Screening factor 1,000-2,150 MHz dB 55
Impedance (SMA socket) Ω 50
Impedance (F-type socket) Ω 75
Remote-feed current (max.) A 2
Temperature range °C -25 to +65
Protection class To be used only in weather-proof rooms (at least IP 54)
Packing dimensions (W x H x D) mm 195 × 125 × 40
Weight kg 0.12
40
Cable connection box
TVK 44 23710004
 TVK 44 cable connection box serves as an interface

between the flexible connection cables of a feed system
and the outgoing feeder to a signal processing system
 With earthing point
 Remote-feed suitable
Type TVK 44
Order no. 23710004

Through loss dB 0.2
Adaptation dB 20
Impedance Ω 75
Remote feed current (max.) A 2
Connections 8 × F-type socket
Weight kg 1.5
Packing unit pc. 1

Feed systems
The feed system is the heart of a satellite

atellite reception system. HDTV (High Definition Television) can be received
with any Kathrein LNB.
Here, the signals are processed and amplified.
Satellite TV currently uses the following two frequency As far as long-term usage is concerned, the feed systems
ranges: The high band (11.70-12.75 GHz) and the are sealed in such a manner that they are protected against
low band (10.70-11.70 GHz). rain water and can therefore be used in adverse weather
conditions.
Since both the high and low band is required for
reception of all programmes, Kathrein feed systems A low noise figure and a high system figure of merit ensure
are factory-equipped for both ranges. an excellent reception quality, even with smaller reflectors.
Due to their compact design, up to three Kathrein feed
The systems are technologically mature and systems for multi-feed reception can be mounted on one
offer top picture and sound quality at all times. parabolic antenna.
General safety information
The Kathrein parabolic antennas CAS 90/HD (90 cm Ø), The dynamic properties of the antenna and the structure
CAS 120/124 (120 cm Ø), CAS 180 (180 cm Ø) and can mutually influence each other and cause detrimental
CAS 23 (220 cm Ø) were designed to comply with the changes.
EN 60728 and fulfil the European standard
ETS 300019-2-4 (12.94) regarding vibration requirements. Non-observance of these norms and guidelines may
cause antenna parts to fall off!
On choosing the installation site, building-specific
characteristics (e.g. vibration-prone buildings) and thereby
caused excessive working loads and wind loads acc. to Note:
DIN 1055-4 (2005-03) and DIN 4131 must be considered. The warranty terms for Kathrein feed systems
can be found on page 50.
42
Overview feed systems
Suitable for
Type
Order no.
antenna
Offset feed system without LNB; CAS 06

EAS 124
for application with specific LNBs CAS 075
227243
Feed system CAS 09
without LNB With R120 waveguide interface CAS 90HD
CAS 124
Page 44
One polarisation CAS 180
Offset feed system without LNB; CAS 06

EAS 126
for application with specific LNBs CAS 075
227249
Feed system CAS 09
without LNB With two R120 waveguide interfaces CAS 90HD
CAS 124
Page 45
Two polarisations CAS 180
Two polarisations and two frequency ranges

EAS 272 CAS 015
(low and high band; analogue and digital)
23410003 Professional CAS 16
quatro CAS 18
For linear polarisation
feed system CAS 22
Page 46 CAS 23
Equipped with a quatro LNB for professional use

EAS 483
Semi- (low and high band; analogue and digital)
23410001
professional CAS 120
quatro For linear polarisation CAS 124
feed system
Page 47

EAS 484
quatro CAS 124
feed system CAS 180
Page 48

EAS 485
quatro CAS 124
feed system CAS 180
Page 49

Feed system without LNB
EAS 124 227243
 Offset feed system without LNB;

for application with specific LNBs
 Module offset housing
 With R120 waveguide interface
 One polarisation
 Suitable for CAS 06-CAS 180 offset parabolic antennas
 Power supply via drop cable
 Full protection of LNB and cable connections

in a ventilated housing, protection category: IP 54
Type EAS 124

Order no. 227243
Suitable for offset parabolic antennas CAS 06, 075, 09/90/HD/90R, 124, 180
Waveguide interface R120
Polarisation One polarisation level
Input frequency GHz 10.70-12.75
Dimensions incl. protective cap (W x H x D) mm 393 × 129 × 116
Weight gross kg 2.0
Note:
For multi-feed allocation, please observe the notes on ZAS 187 and ZAS 188.
44
Feed system without LNB
EAS 126 227249
 Offset feed system without LNB;

for application with specific LNBs
 Two polarisations
 With two R120 waveguide interfaces
 Suitable for CAS 06-CAS 180 offset parabolic antennas

Type EAS 126

Order no. 227249
Suitable for offset parabolic antennas CAS 06, 075, 09/90/HD/90R, 124, 180
Waveguide interfaces R120
Polarisation Two polarisation levels
Input frequency GHz 10.70-12.75
Weight gross kg 2.1
Note:
For multi-feed allocation, please observe the notes on ZAS 187 and ZAS 188.

Quatro feed system for professional use

for centrally-fed parabolic antennas
EAS 272 23410003
 To retro-fit existing antenna installations
 To receive satellites such as ASTRA,

EUTELSAT/HOTBIRD, Telecom, Türksat
 The feed system conforms to the technical

specifications of Kabel Deutschland
 Feed system with two polarisations and two frequency

ranges (low and high band or analogue and digital)
 For linear polarisation
 Equipped with a quatro LNB for professional use

(four outputs)

Note:
Struts and LNB support collar are not included
 Included in delivery scope:
in delivery scope. If a CAS 23 is set up as a new
 Completely mounted LNB block incl. OMT and feed-horn system, the ZAS 27 Az/El support and ZSO 123
 Protective cap with two cable ducts struts are required.
Type EAS 272

Order no. 23410003
For centrally-fed parabolic antennas CAS 015, 16, 18, 22, 23

Polarisation horizontal Low band/high band
Polarisation vertical Low band/high band
Input frequency low band/high band GHz 10.70-11.70/11.70-12.75
Feed system noise figure at 25 °C low band/high band dB 1.2/1.2
Gain dB 51
Output frequency low band/high band MHz 950-1,950/1,100-2,150
Oscillator frequency low band/high band GHz 9.75/10.60
System figure of merit (G/T) (at 11.30/12.50 GHz) CAS 015/16 dB/K 22.3/23.3
System figure of merit (G/T) (at 11.30/12.50 GHz) CAS 018 dB/K 24.0/25.0
Polarisation decoupling dB 29
Output 4 x F-type socket
Impedance Ω 75
LNB supply voltage V +11.5 to 19 (output selectable)
Current drain LNB mA < 250
Dimensions (mounted) mm ø 175 x 272
Weight gross/net kg 2.05/1.9
46
Quatro feed system for semi-professional use

for offset parabolic antennas
EAS 483 23410001



ranges (low and high band or analogue and digital)

(four outputs)
 Power supply via drop cable;

remote feeding can be carried out over any output
 Polarisation and frequency range

independent of supply voltage
 Multi-feed suitable due to compact design

 Substitute for UAS 484
Type EAS 483

Order no. 23410001
Suitable for offset parabolic antennas CAS 120/CAS 124

Gain dB 55
System figure of merit (G/T) (at 11.30/12.50 GHz) dB/K 19.4/20.2
Impedance Ω 75
Weight gross kg 1.4


EAS 484 23410004

 Due to its compact design, suitable for

multi-feed reception with CAS 124/180

 Feed system with two polarisations and two input

frequency ranges each (low and high band or
analogue and digital)

(four outputs)

Type EAS 484

Order no. 23410004
Suitable for offset parabolic antennas CAS 120/124/180

Gain dB 51
Impedance Ω 75
Weight gross kg 1.4
48

EAS 485 23410002



ranges each (low and high band or analogue and digital)

(four outputs)

 Multi-feed allocation for CAS 180 possible with ZAS 188
Type EAS 485

Order no. 23410002
Suitable for offset parabolic antennas CAS 120/124/180

Gain dB 51
Impedance Ω 75
Weight gross/net kg 1.8/1.7

Cable set for EAS 48x
LSO 77 23710006
 To connect the feed systems EAS 48x

to the TVK 44 cable connection box
 Suitable for the CAS 124 and CAS 180

offset parabolic antennas
 One cable set consists of four cables, each 3.30 m long
Type LSO 77
Order no. 23710006
Lengths (four cables) mm 3,300 each

Connector F-type
Impedance Ω 75
Weight kg 0.5
Packing unit pc. 1
Warranty terms for feed systems
Warranty terms for Kathrein feed systems

EAS 124, EAS 126, EAS 272, EAS 483, EAS 484
and EAS 485:
 The warranty is expressly limited to the  The LNB must only be used on and with genuine
replacement of the product accessories made by Kathrein
 The LNB must be professionally mounted in  Furthermore, damages resulting from force majeur, such
consideration of the enclosed instruction sheet as lightning strike, storm or hail are not warranted for
 The LNB must not be changed in its design

(e.g. by drilling) These warranty terms are valid
as of 1st January 2006.
 The LNB must not be damaged mechanically
(e.g. damage caused by falling down a rooftop) The original invoice serves as
proof for warranty claims.
 The LNB must not be damaged due to exposure to
chemicals (e.g. solvents, lacquers, detergents or similar)
50
Terrestrial reception antennas
Mast calculation method to EN 60728-11
1, 1,
Mast ZSH 59
The bending moment affects the mast on the upper fixing If the bending moment is greater, a static engineer is
point for all antennas. required to provide verification of the transfer of forces
into the structure of the building.
The wind load on the mast must be included
in the calculation. See pages 367 and 368 for guidelines and standards.
The overall bending moment is not to exceed the maximum

permitted bending moment of the mast and must not be
greater than 1,650 Nm.

Overview terrestrial reception antennas
Type
Product type Description Connection
Order no.
D
Designed for wind speeds up to
CVP 09 IEC sockets 2.4/9.5
m
max. 162 km/h
214309- VHF DIN 45325 with M 14
214312 channel external thread and
O
Optimised clamp designed for masts/
antennas weather protection
b
brackets and mounting brackets with
Page 53 cap
a 90 mm Ø
D
CUP 12 IEC sockets 2.4/9.5
max. 162 km/h
m
214275- UHF DIN 45325 with M 14
214279 channel-group external thread and
O
antennas weather protection
b
brackets and mounting brackets with
Page 54 cap
a 90 mm Ø
AFP 07
210345
FM antenna Mast clamping piece-Ø: 90 mm
M N-type socket (female)
Page 55

D
IEC sockets 2.4/9.5
CFP 09 max. 162 km/h
m
DIN 45325 with M 14
214251
FM antenna external thread and
O
weather protection
Page 56 brackets and mounting brackets with
b
cap
a 90 mm Ø
52
VHF channel antennas
CVP 09/5-6 214310

CVP 09/7-8 214311
CVP 09/9-10 214312
CVP 09/11-12 214309
 Element support of hot-dip galvanised steel and

weather-proof, temperature-resistant and
UV light resistant plastics
 Designed for wind speeds up to max. 162 km/h
 Optimised clamp designed for masts/brackets

and mounting brackets with a 90 mm Ø
 Connection: IEC sockets 2.4/9.5 DIN 45325 with

M 14 external thread and weather protection cap
 Conforms to the technical

Type CVP 09/5-6 CVP 09/7-8 CVP 09/9-10 CVP 09/11-12

Order no. 214310 214311 214312 214309
Channels 5-6 7-8 9-10 11-12

Gain dB 8.5-9.5 8.5-9.5 8.5-9.5 8.5-9.5
Reception range MHz 174-188 188-202 202-216 216-230
Impedance Ω 75 75 75 75
Front-to-back ratio dB 25-30 27-30 26-31 26-30
Dimensions (L × W × H) mm 1,900 × 930 × 408 1,790 × 860 × 408 1,700 × 815 × 408 1,620 × 760 × 408
Wind load (at V = 162 km/h) n 169 164 157 153
Mast clamp torque Nm 62 62 62 62
Weight kg 4.6 4.5 4.4 4.3

UHF channel-group antennas
CUP 12/21-30 214275

CUP 12/28-37 214276
CUP 12/38-50 214277
CUP 12/49-60 214278
CUP 12/61-68 214279
 Element support of hot-dip galvanised steel and

weather-proof, temperature-resistant and



Type CUP 12/21-30 CUP 12/28-37 CUP 12/38-50 CUP 12/49-60 CUP 12/61-68
Order no. 214275 214276 214277 214278 214279
Channels 21-30 28-37 38-50 49-60 61-68

Gain dB 11-12.5 11-13 11-12.5 12-13 11-13
Reception range MHz 470-550 526-606 606-710 694-790 790-854
Impedance Ω 75 75 75 75 75
Front-to-back ratio dB 28-35 28-35 28-35 28-35 28-35
Dimensions (L × W × H) mm 1,640 × 600 × 580 1,460 × 600 × 580 1,330 × 600 × 580 1,210 × 600 × 580 1,150 × 600 × 580
Wind load (at V = 162 km/h) N 216 216 216 216 216
Mast clamp torque Nm 47.6 47.6 47.6 47.6 47.6
Weight kg 5.1 5 4.9 4.8 4.7
54
FM antenna
AFP 07 210345
 Yagi FM reception antenna
 Connection: N-type socket
 Mast clamping piece-Ø: 90 mm

Type AFP 07
Order no. 210345
Channels FM
Gain dB 7-8
Reception range MHz 87.5-108
Impedance Ω 50
Return loss dB > 14
Side-lobe attenuation horizontal dB > 25
Side-lobe attenuation vertical dB > 20
Wind load (at V = 162 km/h) N 407
Mast clamp torque Nm 214
Dimensions (L × W × H) mm 2,370 × 2,060 × 1,140
Weight kg 12.3

FM antenna 75 Ω
CFP 09 214251
 Element support of hot-dip galvanised steel

and weather-proof, temperature-resistant and



Type CFP 09
Order no. 214251
Channels FM
Gain dB 7-9
Reception range MHz 87.5-108
Impedance Ω 75
Front-to-back ratio dB 18-25
Dimensions (L × W × H) mm 2,860 × 1,900 × 660
Wind load (at V = 162 km/h) N 336
Mast clamp torque Nm 190
Weight kg 9.1
56
General 58
Directly modulated broadcast transmitter 78
In Detail 59
19” broadband platform for optical modules 60
twin transmitter 80
Net element controller module Ethernet 61
Optical downstream receiver 82
Overview KOBRA components 63-65
Optical return path receivers 84-87
Directly modulated broadcast transmitters 66
RFoG return path receiver 88
Optical amplifiers 90-93
Directly modulated narrowcast
Optical fibre switch 94
downstream transmitters 70
downstream transmitters 72 Directly modulated broadcast transmitters 98
Directly modulated narrowcast Optical amplifiers (19” design) 100
twin transmitters 74 Overview downstream transmitters 102
Broadband amplifier 76 Special brochure 102
57
General
 Optical broadband platform for up to 16 modules
 Fitted with two redundant power supply and

cooling fan units
 Wide selection of optical transmitters,

amplifiers and return path receivers
 All optical and electrical connections are located on

the rear panel. Test sockets are on the front panel
 Can be integrated in any HMS-conform

monitoring system
 Pluggable control panel with LC display,

LEDs and input keys
 Tuning and management also via Web browser

The broadband platform is designed as a four RU module
carrier and can also be adapted to ETSI cabinets. For use
 RS 485 remote monitoring and control interface
in hubs, for example, the remotely fed broadband platform
48 VDC variant (KBP 4048R) can also be used.
 Several optical broadband platforms can be managed
using just one controller module
Extensive management and monitoring facilities allow
flexible and reliable operation in any net configuration.
 Automatic redundant operation of adjacent modules
The provided pluggable control panel enables all
required settings to be made on inserted devices.
 High reliability due to dust-proof designed modules
and large cooling ribs
The net element controller module Ethernet (NCM 10)
plays the leading role in this function.
 Models available for mains voltage (100 ... 240 VAC)
and direct voltage (36 ... 72 VDC)
This unit establishes the connection between the control
panel and all plugged-in modules via the RS 485 bus.
 Design: 19” racking, four rack units (RU) The NCM 10 can thereby control up to three fully equipped
KBP 4000R or 4048R broadband platforms.
Kathrein’s KOBRA system offers a comprehensive On the other hand, it converts the RS 485 data to SNMP/
broadband platform meeting all the requirements of Ethernet and Web browser/Ethernet protocol. Thus, all
optical transmission. A wide range of optical transmitters, settings and queries can be carried out via PC with a
amplifiers and return path receivers is complemented Web browser.
by individual units in 19” design.
In addition, it is possible to integrate the broadband platform
The foundation is based on the 19” broadband platform in any HMS-compatible monitoring system such as the
KBP 4000R, into which a total of 16 modules can be KOM system from Kathrein.
inserted. It is already equipped with two redundant power
supply and cooling fan units ensuring reliable operation. Together with the Kathrein optical compact receivers, the
The product package additionally includes a pluggable KOBRA can be used to set up an optical distribution system
control panel with LC display, status LEDs and input keys. that meets each and every requirement.
A power bus system in the rear section of the platform Modular design and a broad product programme make it
enables direct module connection to the 24 VDC supply possible to design anything cost-effectively, from simple
voltage, to the RS 485 remote supervision and control optical feeds to classic HFC structures and video distribution
interface as well as to control panel management. in FTTH networks.
58
In Detail
The optical broadband platform KOBRA is designed

with a sophisticated operation and management concept.
The central element is the net element controller “NCM 10”.

This module provides the interface to the rear RS 485 bus Gerät
to which all platform modules are connected. In addition, 16
it establishes the connection to external management
systems, e.g. via Web browser, or monitoring systems,
such as HMS monitoring systems.
Ultimately, it enables local setting of all parameters through

the control panel with display and input keys. Decentralized
data storage in each individual module allows independent
operation (without the controller module) after start-up.
Slim modules, some with dual functions (e.g. return path

receiver), ensure high functional density. Minimal space
requirement increases cost-effectiveness and makes later
upgrading easier. Despite their high output power, the opti-
cal amplifiers only require two or three slots.
All test sockets are located on the front panel.

This guarantees easy access for tests or measurements.
The optical and RF interfaces are located on the rear

panel of the platform, simplifying cabling in 19” racks.
Redundant power supply units, each equipped with

double fan units, ensure high reliability. If service is
required, the power supply units can even be exchanged
under operational conditions (hot-pluggable).
Ample cooling ribs guarantee long endurance of all

active components. An additional advantage is the
dust-proof design of all components.
The cooling air only flows along the cooling ribs and not
through the modules themselves. Disturbances due to
dust and dirt are therefore practically ruled out.
Optical Broadband Platform 59

19” broadband platform for optical modules
KBP 4000R 25010022

KBP 4048R 25010021
The module carriers KBP 4000R and 4048R constitute

the modular basis for flexible conceptual design of optical
transmission and reception stations.
The module carriers are equipped with redundant power

supply units for 230 VAC and 48 VDC, which can even be
exchanged during operation without causing service
interruption (hot-pluggable).
The power supply cooling fan units are constructed

to even cool modules that are dust-proof.
 Up to 16 modules can be inserted

into the broadband platform
 Fitted with two redundant power supply

and cooling fan units
 Power supplies can be plugged during operation
 Plug-in controller with LC display,

status LEDs and input keys
 Bus for:
 24 VDC module power supply

 RS 485 remote monitoring and control interface Note:
 Controller management
The net element controller module Ethernet NCM 10
is required if modules are to be tuned to other settings
 Models available for 110 ... 240 VAC
and for monitoring purposes.
and 48/60 VDC powering
 Automatic recognition of inserted modules
 Design: 19” racking, four rack units (RU)
 Can be adapted to ETSI defined cabinets
Type KBP 4000R KBP 4048R

Order no. 25010022 25010021
Input voltage V AC: 100-240 DC: 36-72

Power consumption max. W < 240
Power consumption of inserted modules max. W < 192
Dimensions (W x H x D) mm 483 x 176 x 476
Weight kg 12
60
Net element controller module Ethernet
NCM 10 26210079
The net element controller module NCM 10 displays

all the information retrieved from the connected units
on an LC display on the front panel.
What’s more, the NCM 10 features a Web server which

allows one to retrieve all information using an
Ethernet 10/100 interface and a PC with a Web browser.
The net element controller module NCM 10 can be

connected to further KOBRA units in an additional
module carrier with up to 48 modules.
 For management and monitoring of active modules

in the 19” broadband platform KBP 40xxR
 Conversion of RS 485 data to SNMP/Ethernet

and Web browser/Ethernet protocol
 Interface to displays and input keys on the front panel
 Automatic recognition of all modules connected

to the RS 485 bus
 Ethernet interface (10/100 Mbit/s) for SNMPv1

and Web server
 Flash micro-controller technology for rapid and

simple software updates via Ethernet interface Note:
 LEDs for status display Up to three KBP 40xxR broadband

platforms can be managed and monitored
 Low power consumption by one NCM 10 module.
Type NCM 10
Order no. 26210079
Power consumption W 2.5

Weight kg 1.2

Functional principle of NCM 10
Module Module Module

Ethernet I/O
μP #2 #3 #16
LAN/WAN
RJ 45 Cable
TCP/IP NCM 10
RS 485
Kobra
Broadband LC Input
Platform
RJ 45 Cable
Display keys
#1
Module Module Module Module
Kobra #17 #18 #19 #32

Broadband
Platform RS 485
#2
RJ 45 Cable
Module Module Module Module
#33 #34 #35 #48

Kobra
Broadband
Platform RS 485
#3
Web interface of NCM 10
Block diagram
Gerät
16
62
Overview KOBRA components
Type
Order no.
OTA 130xX2-E The optical transmitter modules OTA 13xxX2-E

2461035x allow CATV (AM-VSB), DVB-C, DOCSIS and
Directly modulated FM signals to be transmitted to an optical receiver
OTA 131xX2-E broadcast via mono-mode fibre within an HFC network.
2461035x transmitters In FTTX networks, the optical transmitters can feed
a CATV overlay network to concurrently transmit
Page 66 TV services on a separate fibre
OTA 1585X-E The optical transmitter module OTA 1585X-E allows

2461036x AM, VSB, DVB-C and FM signals to be transmitted
Externally to an optical receiver via mono-mode fibre within
OTA 1585X-E-Sat modulated an HFC network. In addition to transmitting the
24610363 transmitters standard CATV frequency range, the optical
transmitter module OTA 1585X-E-SAT additionally
Page 68 transmits the Sat-IF range up to 2,600 MHz
Directly modulated
OTN 3x11L-E
narrowcast Optical DWDM transmitters for transmission of
24610xxx
downstream narrowcast-specific or cluster-specific signals
transmitters, on a separate wave length
Page 70
CWDM
Directly modulated Optical DWDM transmitters for transmission of

OTB xx08X-E
broadcast broadcast-specific (AM-VSB, FM and QAM signals
24610xxx
downstream with low demands on system values) or
transmitters, cluster-specific narrowcast signals on a separate
Page 72
DWDM wave length in a DWDM system
The optical broadband transmitters

OTD 06C1xC1x-E are economical CWDM twin
OTD 06C1xC1x-E Directly modulated
transmitters for use in networks with CWDM
2461039x narrowcast
narrowcast. The OTD 06C1xC1x-E consist of
twin transmitters,
two independent optical CWDM transmitters with
Page 74 CWDM
adjacently located wave lengths and common
monitoring and control electronics
The TVO 1024 is an ultra-broadband amplifier with

an extremely broad frequency range, comprising
TVO 1024
Broadband the downstream frequency range up to 1 GHz and
25110033
amplifier, the upstream frequency range as of 5 MHz.
5-1,000 MHz The amplifier TVO 1024 is used in a headend to
Page 76
compensate splitting and coupling losses in both
the down and the upstream

Type
Order no.
OTA 1508X-E Directly modulated The optical broadband transmitter OTA 1508X-E
24610401 broadcast is an economical directly-modulated 1,550 nm
transmitter, transmitter for use in networks with low demands
Page 78 1,550 nm or very short fibre lengths
The optical broadband transmitter OTD 1304X-E

OTD 1304X-E Directly modulated is an economical twin transmitter for use in
24610391 broadcast smaller networks with short fibre lengths.
twin transmitter, The OTD 1304X-E contains two independent
Page 80 1,310 nm optical transmitters with common monitoring
and control
The optical downstream receiver ORM 10DS-E

ORM 10DS-E
Optical is used in HFC networks to reconvert the optical
24710045
downstream downstream signals into electrical signals.
receiver Its design as a KOBRA module allows
Page 82
implementation of elegant mechanical concepts
ORM 22E
24710026
Optical The ORM 22xx enable two return paths to be set
return path up in an HFC network. The return paths can come
ORM 22SC
receivers, from separate HFC clusters or constitute
24710046
twin path redundancy
Page 84
The ORM 40E enables set-up of four return paths.

ORM 40E Optical The return paths can come from separate HFC
24710018 return path clusters or constitute path redundancy.
receiver, Correspondingly, the four return path receivers in
Page 86 quad the ORM 40E can either be operated individually or
they can be operated in pairs in a redundant circuit
ORM 43E-RFoG The ORM 43E-RFoG is designed for use in

RFoG
24710047 RFoG networks, in which typically 32, 64 or 128
return path
optical micro-nodes are connected to a return path
receiver
Page 88 receiver using optical combiners
64
Type
Order no.
OBM x1xS-E
The optical amplifiers OBM xxxS-E (EDFA) are
2491002x
components of the KOBRA series.
Optical
They are designed to enhance the optical power
OBM x1xD-E amplifiers
in the fibre. They are used in headends or distant
2491003x (EDFA)
hubs in optical CATV distribution networks and
HFC networks which operate in the 1,550 nm range
Page 90
The optical amplifiers OBM xxxxY-E are applied

OBM xxxxY-E together with the externally modulated optical
2491004x Optical transmitters ESA 1085 or OTA 1585X-E in optical
amplifiers CATV distribution networks. These optical amplifiers
Page 92 are especially suitable for modern FTTX networks
with CATV overlay (GPON or Switched Ethernet)
The optical fibre switch OFS 112 generally has the

OFS 112-E same function as an electrical change-over switch.
24810223 Optical Switch-over of the optical fibre occurs autonomically
fibre switch due to the monitoring function of the input ports.
Page 94 If the optical input power sinks below the threshold,
the switch changes over to the redundant port
The externally modulated optical transmitters

ESA 1085XA-E
ESA 1xxxXA-E are used in optical distribution net-
24610xxx
Externally works with optical amplifiers and in feeder lines up
modulated to 100 km in length with optical amplification.
ESA 1100XA-E
transmitters In conjunction with optical amplifiers, the
24610351
(19” design) ESA
E 1xxxXA-E are also ideal for use in modern
FTTX
F networks (GPON or Switched Ethernet)
Page 96
with CATV overlay
The OTS 13xxN-E optical transmitters are

OTS 13xxN-E/-SC Directly modulated designed for universal application and are simple
24610xxx broadcast to install. The transmitters can either be used as
transmitters, stand-alone units for CATV signals in the
st
Page 98 1310 nm 447-1,000 MHz frequency range or as return path
ttransmitters in sub-headends in HFC networks
The optical amplifiers OBV xxxx are used in

optical CATV distribution networks together with the
o
OBV xxxx externally modulated optical transmitter ESA 1085.
ex
Optical
249100xx These optical amplifiers are particularly suitable for
T
amplifiers,
modern FTTX networks with CATV overlay (GPON
m
19” design
Page 100 or Switched Ethernet), where they offer the required
o
high distribution factors with max. port density and
h
minimal space requirements

Directly modulated broadcast transmitters,

1310 nm, extremely linear
OTA 1303X2-E 24610353

OTA 1305X2-E 24610354
OTA 1308X2-E 24610355
OTA 1311X2-E 24610356
OTA 1313X2-E 24610357
OTA 1314X2-E 24610358
The optical transmitter modules OTA 13xxX2-E allow

CATV (AM-VSB), DVB-C, DOCSIS and FM signals to
be transmitted to an optical receiver via mono-mode
fibre within an HFC network.
In FTTX networks, the optical transmitters can feed

TV services on a separate fibre.
 Opto-electrical conversion
of forward path signals
 Extremely linear, low-noise laser

with pre-distortion technology
 Optical output power between 3 and 14 dBm

OTA 13xxX2-E
 Optical output level adjustable from 0 to -3 dB (relative)
 Active narrowcast input (NC) with high decoupling

to the broadcast signal (BC)
 Electronic tuning elements for attenuation, slope,  Optical interface: E-2000, 0.1 dB-type
output level, Optical Modulation Index etc. (other connectors on request)
 Automatic load control for constant OMI  Test socket for input signal
 RS 485 interface  Test socket for RF signal in front of the laser diode
Block diagram
66
Technical data
OTA OTA OTA OTA OTA OTA

Type
1303X2-E 1305X2-E 1308X2-E 1311X2-E 1313X2-E 1314X2-E
Order no. 24610353 24610354 24610355 24610356 24610357 24610358
Nominal output level optical dBm 3 5 8 11 13 14

Optical wave length nm 1,310
Setting range optical output level (relative) dB 0 to -3
Optical return loss dB > 45
RF frequency range MHz 5-1,000
Nominal input level (5 % OMI, Broadcast) dBμV 80
Nominal input level (5 % OMI, Narrowcast) dBμV 87
Level range (BC), electronically settable dBμV 73 ... 97
Slope range (BC), electronically settable dB -3 ... +16
Level range (NC), electronically settable dBμV 80 ... 92
Decoupling between BC and NC input dB > 50
CSO (CENELEC 42, 0 dBm at node) dBc 68
CTB (CENELEC 42) dBc 69
Return loss at 47 MHz dB 20 -1.5/oct., > 15
Return loss 5-65 MHz dB > 18
Impedance Ω 75
Power consumption (operation) W 12
Power consumption (stand-by) W 4
All data are typical values unless stated otherwise.

Externally modulated transmitters
OTA 1585X-E 24610361

OTA 1585D23X-E 24610362
OTA 1585X-E-SAT 24610363
The optical transmitter module OTA 1585X-E allows

AM, VSB, DVB-C and FM signals to be transmitted to an
optical receiver via mono-mode fibre within an HFC network.
In FTTX networks, the optical transmitters can feed

TV services on a separate fibre.
In addition to transmitting the standard CATV frequency

range, the optical transmitter module OTA 1585X-E-SAT
additionally transmits the Sat-IF range up to 2,600 MHz.
 Electro-optical conversion (externally modulated)

of AM-VSB/QAM forward path signals
 Designed for operation with optical amplifiers

(EDFAs/YEDFAs)
OTA
OTA 1585X-E
 Excellent parameters enable design of optical
distribution systems over 100 km in length
 Very low-noise, narrow-band DFB laser

 Additional ITU wave lengths on request
 Optical modulator with two optical outputs
 Optical interface: E-2000, 0.1 dB-type
 Automatic RF gain control: CW carrier, video or manual (other connectors on request)
 Settable SBS threshold up to 19 dBm  Settable slope
 Wave lengths: 1,550 nm or 1,558.98 nm in  RF test output with 20 dB tap loss

ITU-DWDM channel plan (ITU channel 23)
 OTA 1585X-E-SAT transmits the CATV frequency band
 Tunable wave lengths up to ± 100 GHz (AM-VSB, FM, QAM) and the Sat-IF frequency band
(analogue, DVB-S/DVB-S2)
Block diagram OTA 1585X-E
68
Technical data
Type OTA 1585X-E OTA 1585D23X-E OTA 1585X-E-SAT

Order no. 24610361 24610362 24610363
Optical interface E-2000 E-2000 E-2000

ITU-T Ch 23
Optical wave length nm 1,550 + 10/- 2 1,550 + 10/- 2
(1,558.98 nm)
Laser line width MHz 0.3 0.3 0.3
Optical output level dBm 2 x 8.5 2 x 8.5 2 x 8.5
Relative intensity noise (RIN) dBc/Hz -160 -160 -160
CATV
Input level per TV channel, nominal dBμV 80 80 80
Input level range per TV channel (AGC) dBμV 78 ... 96 78 ... 96 78 ... 96
Return loss at 47 MHz dB 20 -1.5/oct., > 15 20 -1.5/oct., > 15 20 -1.5/oct., > 15
Frequency range MHz 47-1,000 47-1,000 47-862
Frequency response 47-862 MHz dB < ± 0.75 < ± 0.75 < ± 0.75
Frequency response 862-1,000 MHz dB < ± 1.5 < ± 1.5 < ± 1.5
Setting range slope dB -2 ... +8 -2 ... +8 -2 ... +8
CNR (CENELEC 42, without fibre, 0 dBm at node) dB 55.5 55.5 54.5 (52.5) ¹)
CSO (CENELEC 42) dBc 65 65 64
CTB (CENELEC 42) dBc 65 65 63
Test output dB -20 ± 1 -20 ± 1 -20 ± 1
RF interface F-type socket F-type socket F-type socket
SAT-IF
Frequency range MHz - - 950 ... 2,605
Frequency response 950-2,605 MHz dB - - <±2
Nominal input level per Sat-IF channel (OMI = 1 %) dBμV - - 85
RMS input level range (ALC functional range) dB - - -11 ... +5
Impedance Ω - - 75
Test output at OMI = 1 % dBμV - - 66 ± 2.5
CNR (Prx = 0 dBm, 36 QPSK carriers, no fibre length) dB - - > 27
Intermodulation spacing dB - - < -35
General
Power consumption W < 40 < 40 < 44
No. of required slots in KBP 40xxR 4 4 4
Weight kg 4.7 4.7 4.7
¹) Value in brackets for CATV and Sat-IF application with 36 QPSK modulated Sat-IF signals with carrier frequencies in the range of 1,000 … 2,600 MHz


downstream transmitters, DWDM
OTN 3111L-E 24610397

OTN 3311L-E 24610213
OTN 3511L-E 24610398
OTN 3711L-E 24610399
Optical DWDM transmitters for transmission of

narrowcast-specific or cluster-specific signals
on a separate wave length.
 Electro-optical conversion of forward path signals
 Extremely linear, low-noise DWDM laser with an

optical isolator and pre-distortion technology
 Wave lengths according to DWDM ITU grid,

settable ± 100 GHz
 Optical output power: 11 dBm, cooled laser
 Two RF inputs (low/high) for adaptation

to different level conditions
 Electronic tuning elements for attenuation, slope,

output level, Optical Modulation Index etc.
OTN 3x11L-E
 Automatic load control for constant OMI
 RS 485 interface
 RF interfaces: F-type sockets
 Test socket for input level
 Test socket for optical output level or RF signal
Block diagram
BCin a
BCin b
μC
70
Technical data
Type OTN 3111L-E OTN 3311L-E OTN 3511L-E OTN 3711L-E

Order no. 24610397 24610213 24610398 24610399
Optical interface E-2000 E-2000 E-2000 E-2000

Optical wave length nm 1,552.520 1,550.920 1,549.320 1,547.720
Nominal optical output level dBm 11
Setting range optical output level dBm 8-11
Input level for OMI = 5 % (low input) dBμV 80
Input level for OMI = 5 % (high input) dBμV 94
RF gain dB -17 ... +7
Attenuation range, electronically settable dB 0-24
Slope range, electronically settable dB -3 ... +16
Test socket (output) dB -20
Impedance Ω 75
Power consumption W 9
Weight kg 1.3


downstream transmitters, DWDM
OTB 2308X-E 24610431

OTB 2508X-E 24610432
OTB 2708X-E 24610433
OTB 2908X-E 24610434
OTB 3108X-E 24610435
OTB 3308X-E 24610436
OTB 3508X-E 24610437
OTB 3708X-E 24610438
Optical DWDM transmitters for transmission of broadcast-

specific (AM-VSB, FM and QAM signals with low demands
on system values) or cluster-specific narrowcast signals on
a separate wave length in a DWDM system.
DWDM systems are used when fibre is scarce, allowing

single rented fibre to be used without having to forgo
clustering. Furthermore, DWDM systems are advantageous
wherever there is further cluster segmentation since the
existing fibre infrastructure does not have to be modified.
Available transmission wave lengths:
OTB 2308X-E 1,558.980 nm

OTB 2508X-E 1,557.360 nm
OTB 2708X-E 1,555.750 nm
OTB 2908X-E 1,554.130 nm
OTB 3108X-E 1,552.520 nm
OTB 3308X-E 1,550.920 nm OTB xx08X-E
OTB 3508X-E 1,549.320 nm
OTB 3708X-E 1,547.720 nm
 Electro-optical conversion of forward path signals  Electronic tuning elements for attenuation, slope,
 Extremely linear, low-noise directly modulated
DWDM laser with pre-distortion technology  Automatic load control for constant OMI
 Wave lengths according to DWDM ITU grid,  RS 485 interface

settable ± 100 GHz
 Optical output power: Typ. 8.5 dBm, cooled laser
 Two RF inputs (BC low/high) for adaptation to
different level conditions  Test socket for optical output level or RF signal
 One narrowcast input (NC)  SBS suppression and prechirp technology
72
Technical data
Type OTB xx08X-E

Order no. 2461043x
Optical interface E-2000

Optical wave lengths nm See description on page 72
Nominal optical output level dBm 8.5 ± 1
Fine adjustment of optical wave length GHz ± 100
Setting range optical output level (additional attenuation) dB 0 ... 3
Frequency response 47-862 MHz/862 ... 1,002 MHz dB ± 0.75/± 1.5
Input level for OMI = 5 % (BC low input) dBμV 73
Input level for OMI = 5 % (BC high input) dBμV 87
Input level for OMI = 5 % (NC input) dBμV 80
Carrier to Noise Ratio (OMI = 4.1 %, 20 km fibre) 1)
dB ≥ 51
CSO (CENELEC 42, OMI = 4.1 %, 20 km fibre)
dBc ≥ 60/≥ 55
47 ... 600 MHz/47 ... 1,002 MHz
CTB (CENELEC 42, OMI = 4.1 %, 20 km fibre)
dBc ≥ 62
47 ... 600 MHz/47 ... 1,002 MHz
Attenuation range, electronically settable (broadcast input) dB 0-24
Attenuation range, electronically settable (narrowcast input) dB 0-12
Decoupling between BC and NC input dB > 50
Impedance Ω 75
Power consumption (operation/stand-by) W ≤ 12/≤ 4
Weight kg 1.3
Operating conditions ETSI 300 019-1-3 Class 3.1 (climatised environments)
1)
20 km non-dispersion shifted fibre, optical attenuation and optical receiver with 0 dBm input power,
equivalent noise current density = 7.0 pA/√Hz and 0.95 A/W (at 1,550 nm)


twin transmitters, CWDM
OTD 06C11C12-E 24610393

OTD 06C13C14-E 24610394
OTD 06C15C16-E 24610395
OTD 06C17C18-E 24610396
The OTD 06C1xC1x-E optical broadband transmitters are

economical CWDM twin transmitters for use in networks
with CWDM narrowcast.
The OTD 06C1xC1x-E consist of two independent optical

CWDM transmitters with adjacently located wave lengths
and common monitoring and control electronics.
 Low-noise laser with pre-distortion technology
 Optical output power: 2 x 6 dBm
 Twin transmitters with two independent RF paths

and two independent laser diodes
 Electronic tuning elements for attenuation,

Optical Modulation Index etc.
OTD 06C1xC1x-E
 RS 485 interface for monitoring  RF interfaces: F-type sockets
 Optical interface: E-2000, 0.1 dB-type  F-type test socket for input level
Block diagram
BCin1a Opt. out
BCin1b
μC
BCin2b
BCin2a Opt. out
74
Technical data
OTD OTD OTD OTD

Type
06C11C12-E 06C13C14-E 06C15C16-E 06C17C18-E
Order no. 24610393 24610394 24610395 24610396

Optical wave lengths nm 1,471 and 1,491 1,511 and 1,531 1,551 and 1,571 1,591 and 1,611
Relative intensity noise (RIN) dBc/Hz < -145
Optical output level tolerance dB -1 ... +2
Frequency response (max.) dB 1.5
Input level for OMI = 5 % (min./nominal) dBμV 75/80
Transmitter decoupling 47 ... 862 MHz dB 55
Pilot frequency kHz 614
Impedance Ω 75
Weight kg 1.3

Broadband amplifier, 5-1,000 MHz
TVO 1024 25110033
The TVO 1024 is an ultra-broadband amplifier with

an extremely broad frequency range, comprising the
downstream frequency range up to 1 GHz and the
upstream frequency range as of 5 MHz.
The amplifier TVO 1024 is used in a headend to

compensate splitting and coupling losses in both
the down and the upstream.
 Broadband amplifier for universal use

in forward and return path
 For use in the optical broadband platform “KOBRA”
 Automatic load control (can be switched off)
 Frequency range: 5-1,000 MHz
 Gain: 0 ... 24 dB, electronically settable
 Slope range: 0 ... 16 dB, electronically settable
 Main input for broadcast signals and

secondary input for narrowcast signals
 Test socket for output signal
 Stand-by mode for low power consumption
Block diagram
14dB
μC
76
Technical data
Type TVO 1024

Order no. 25110033

Gain, electronically settable dB 0 to 24
Slope, electronically settable dB 0 to 16
Frequency response 7-870 MHz dB ± 0.8
Frequency response 5-1,000 MHz dB ± 1.5
Input level narrowcast input , relative
1)
dB + 14
Max. output level , CSO > 60 dB, CTB > 60 dB
2)
dBμV 106
Return loss 47-1,000 MHz dB 18 -1/oct., > 15
Noise figure 5-870 MHz dB 6.5
Noise figure 870-1,000 MHz dB 7.5
Impedance Ω 75
Power consumption operation W 8
Power consumption stand-by W 1
Weight kg 1.2
1)
14 dB directional coupler
2)
CENELEC raster, 42 channels, flat

Directly modulated broadcast transmitter, 1,550 nm
OTA 1508X-E 24610401
The optical broadband transmitter OTA 1508X-E is an

economical directly-modulated 1,550 nm transmitter for
use in networks with lowdemands or very short fibre lengths.
Not suitable for use with YEDFA.
 Opto-electrical conversion of forward path signals
 Optical output power: 8 dBm
 Electronic tuning elements for attenuation, Optical

Modulation Index, slope, output power, prechirp etc.
 RS 485 interface for monitoring
 F-type test socket for input level
 SBS suppression and prechirp technology
Block diagram
78
Technical data
Type OTA 1508X-E

Order no. 24610401

Optical output level tolerance dB ± 1.5
CNR with OMI = 4.1 %, Prx = 0 dBm, CENELEC 1)
dB 51
CSO with OMI = 4.1 %, Prx = 0 dBm, CENELEC 1) dBc 60
CTB with OMI = 4.1 %, Prx = 0 dBm, CENELEC 1) dBc 62
Input level for OMI = 5 % dBμV 73 ... 97
Impedance Ω 75
Weight kg 1.3
1)
20 km fibre, optical receiver with 0 dBm input power, equivalent noise current density = 7 pA/√Hz


twin transmitter, 1,310 nm
OTD 1304X-E 24610391
The optical broadband transmitter OTD 1304X-E is an

economical twin transmitter for use in smaller networks
with short fibre lengths.
The OTD 1304X-E contains two independent optical

transmitters with common monitoring and control.
 Optical output power: 2 x 4 dBm
 Twin transmitter with two independent RF paths

and two independent laser diodes
 Electronic tuning elements for attenuation,

Optical Modulation Index etc.
 RS 485 interface for monitoring
 F-type test socket for input level
Block diagram
BCin1a Opt. out
BCin1b
μC
BCin2b
BCin2a Opt. out
80
Technical data
Type OTD 1304X-E

Order no. 24610391

Optical wave length nm 1,310 ± 20
Nominal optical output level dBm 4 each
Optical output level tolerance dB -1 ... +2
CNR with OMI = 4.1 %, Prx = 0 dBm, CENELEC dB 51
CSO with OMI = 4.1 %, Prx = 0 dBm, CENELEC dBc 62
CTB with OMI = 4.1 %, Prx = 0 dBm, CENELEC dBc 63
Input level for OMI = 5 % dBμV 75
Transmitter decoupling 47 ... 862 MHz dB 55
Impedance Ω 75
Weight kg 1.3

Optical downstream receiver
ORM 10DS-E 24710045
The optical downstream receiver ORM 10DS-E is used in

HFC networks to reconvert the optical downstream signals
into electrical signals.
Its design as a KOBRA module allows implementation

of elegant mechanical concepts.
 Can be operated with one or two separate outputs
 Redundant operation possible
 Optical input power monitoring
 Monitoring of the RF output level
 Pilot-controlled
 RS 485 interface for monitoring and control
 Very low power consumption

(other connectors on request) Similar to picture
p
 Ultra low-noise frontend
Block diagram
BCout1
Opt. in
BCout2
Test
RS485
μC
82
Technical data
Type ORM 10DS-E

Order no. 24710045

Wave lengths nm 1,280-1,610
Optical input level range dBm -8 to +4
Equivalent noise current density at -8 dBm pA/√Hz 5
RF frequency range MHz 47 ... 870
RF output level at OMI = 4 % (one output) dBμV 94
RF output level at OMI = 4 % (two outputs) dBμV 90.5
Frequency response dB ± 1.0
Return loss at 85 MHz: -1 dB/oct. dB > 19
Test sockets dB 20
Impedance Ω 75
Power consumption operation W < 12.5
Pilot frequency for AGC MHz 80.15
Weight kg 1.3

Optical return path receivers, twin
ORM 22E 24710026

ORM 22SC 24710046
The ORM 22xx enable two return paths to be set up

in an HFC network. The return paths can come from
separate HFC clusters or constitute path redundancy.
 Opto-electrical conversion of return path signals
 Two receivers, with individual shut-down
 Two separate outputs with test sockets
 Optical input power monitoring on all inputs
 Wide optical input power range
 Line code evaluation
 Stand-by mode for unused receiver to reduce

power consumption
 Optical interfaces: E-2000, 0.1 dB-type or SC/APC
Block diagram
ICS
μC
ICS
84
Technical data
Type ORM 22E ORM 22SC

Order no. 24710026 24710046
Optical interface E-2000 SC/APC

Equivalent noise current density pA/√Hz 2.5
RF frequency range MHz 5-200
RF output level at OMI = 5 % dBμV 90
Return loss dB > 19
Pilot control range dB 36
Optical Modulation Index Pilot % 5
Test sockets dB 20
Impedance Ω 75
Power consumption operation (two receivers active) W 6
Power consumption stand-by W 1.5
Weight kg 1.3
No. of required slots in module carrier 1

Optical return path receiver, quad
ORM 40E 24710018
The ORM 40E enables set-up of four return paths.

The return paths can come from separate HFC clusters
or constitute path redundancy. Correspondingly, the four
return path receivers in the ORM 40E can either be
operated individually or they can be operated in pairs
in a redundant circuit.

in HFC networks
 Four separate receivers, with individual shut-down
 Four separate outputs, each switchable to

the test socket
 AGC is both pilot-controlled and optical-power controlled
 RS 485 Interface for monitoring and control
 Stand-by mode for each unused receiver  Optical interface: E-2000, 0.1 dB-type
to reduce the power consumption (other connectors on request)
 Very low power consumption  Requires two slots in KBP 40xx-R module carrier
Block diagram
20 dB test point
Optical RF
input output
- 22 ... 0...24dB
0...10dB 85dB V
2dBm
20 dB test point
LE s
Optical
RF
input
output
-22 ... 0...24dB

0...10dB 85dB V
2dBm
LO
P C
PSK
AGC
emod
(opt. input power
RS485 or pilot contr olled )
Optical
RF
input
output
- 22 ... 0...24dB
0...10dB 85dB V
2dBm
20 dB test point
Optical
RF
input
output
- 22 ... 0...24dB
0...10dB 85dB V
2dBm
20 dB test point
86
Technical data
Type ORM 40E

Order no. 24710018

Sensitivity of the optical receiver A/W 0.8
Equivalent noise current density at -16 dBm pA/√Hz 2.5
RF output level at OMI = 5 % dBμV 65 to 90
CINR with -11 dBm
dB 50
(four QAM carriers with 2 MHz bandwidth, 10 % OMI)
Return loss at 47 MHz dB > 20
RF output socket F-type
Test socket (front panel) F-type
Pilot tone frequency kHz 590 ... 640
Test socket dB 20
Impedance Ω 75
Power consumption operation, all four receivers active/stand-by W 8/1.5
Weight kg 2.25

RFoG return path receiver
ORM 43E-RFoG 24710047
The ORM 43E-RFoG is designed for use in RFoG

networks, in which typically 32, 64 or 128 optical
micro-nodes are connected to a return path receiver
using optical combiners.
This is possible because with the DOCSIS protocol it is

ensured that in each case only one return path receiver
sends a data package when a DOCSIS data package from
the cable modem exists at the input of the micro-node.
The passive optical coupling enables the saving of return

path receivers. The very cost-effective RFoG micro-nodes
ORA 11x-RFoG and ORA 12x-RFoG enable the designing
of very economic network concepts.
 Opto-electrical conversion of optically transmitted

DOCSIS return path signals
 Four separate receivers, with individual shut-down
 Four separate outputs or one common output
 RS 485 interface  Very low power consumption
 Stand-by mode for unused receiver to reduce  Optical interface: E-2000, 0.1 dB-type
power consumption
 Ultra low-noise figure of 0.8 pA/√Hz
Block diagram
E1
ICS dB A1
E2
ICS dB A2
C
E3
ICS dB A3
E4
ICS dB A4
μC
88
Technical data
Type ORM 43E-RFoG

Order no. 24710047

Optical input level range dBm -25 to -10
RF output level at OMI = 17.5 % dBμV 76
Return loss dB > 19
Impedance Ω 75
Weight kg 2.25
Connection example

Optical amplifiers
OBM 113S-E 24910028

OBM 213S-E 24910029
OBM 413D-E 24910030
OBM 116S-E 24910031
OBM 216D-E 24910032
OBM 416D-E 24910033
The optical amplifiers OBM xxxS-E (EDFA) are compo-

nents of the KOBRA series.
They are designed to enhance the optical power in the fibre.

They are used in headends or distant hubs in optical CATV
distribution networks and HFC networks which operate in
the 1,550 nm range.
 Amplify optical signals in the 1,550 nm range
 Optical output power:

13 or 16 dBm, one to four outputs, type dependent
 Monitors optical input and output levels

as well as pump laser current
 One or two pump lasers, type dependent
 Automatic switch-off in case of low input level
 Low noise figure
 Stand-by mode for low power consumption
 Requires two slots in the optical broadband platform

(other connectors on request)
Block diagram
1:n
μC
90
Technical data
Type OBM 113S-E OBM 213S-E OBM 413D-E OBM 116S-E OBM 216D-E OBM 416D-E
Order no. 24910028 24910029 24910030 24910031 24910032 24910033
Optical wave lengths nm 1,540-1,560

Optical return loss dB 50
Optical input level dBm -4 ... +10
Noise figure (at 0 dBm) dB < 4.8
Optical output level per output dBm 13 16
Optical output power tolerance
dB ± 0.5/0.8
(1,551-1,556/1,548-1,560 nm)
No. of outputs 1 2 4 1 2 4
No. of pump lasers 1 1 2 1 2 2
Power consumption operation W 12 12 24 12 24 24
Power consumption stand-by W 6 6 10 6 10 10
No. of required slots in KBP 40xxR 2 2 2 2 2 2
Weight kg 2 2 2 2 2 2

Optical amplifiers
OBM 0420Y-E 24910043

OBM 0820Y-E 24910044
OBM 1620Y-E 24910045
OBM 1616Y-E 24910046
The optical amplifiers OBM xxxxY-E are applied together

with the externally modulated optical transmitters ESA 1085
or OTA 1585X-E in optical CATV distribution networks.
These optical amplifiers are especially suitable for modern

FTTX networks with CATV overlay (GPON or Switched
Ethernet) in order to implement the required distribution
factors with maximum port density and minimal space
requirements.
 Optical output power: 16 or 20 dBm,

four, eight or 16 outputs, type dependent

 Two pump lasers

OBM xxxxY-E
 Low noise figure via cascading of an EDFA as
preamplifier and a YEDFA as end stage
 Stand-by mode for low power consumption  Optical interfaces:

- Input: E-2000, 0.1 dB-type
 Requires two slots in the optical broadband platform (other connectors on request)
- Output: LC/APC
 Very high number of outputs due to high-gain,
cladding-pumped YEDFA end stage  LEDs for status display
Block diagram
EDFA YEDFA
1:n
μC
92
Technical data
Type OBM 0420Y-E OBM 0820Y-E OBM 1620Y-E OBM 1616Y-E
Order no. 24910043 24910044 24910045 24910046
Optical interfaces input/outputs E-2000 / LC/APC-8°
Noise figure (at 0 dBm) dB < 5.5
Optical output level per output dBm 20 16.5

dB ± 0.5
(1,551-1,556/1,548-1,560 nm)
No. of outputs 4 8 16 16
No. of pump lasers 2 2 2 1
Power consumption operation W 18 24 36 24
Power consumption stand-by W 6 6 10 6
No. of required slots in KBP 40xxR 2 2 2 2
Weight kg 2 2 2 2

Optical fibre switch
OFS 112-E 24810223
The optical fibre switch OFS 112-E generally has the same
function as an electrical change-over switch. Switch-over of
the optical fibre occurs autonomically due to the monitoring
function of the input ports. If the optical input power sinks
below the threshold, the switch changes over to the
redundant port.
The field of applications of the optical fibre switch are

redundancy protections in HFC fibre networks.
 Redundancy switch-over from two input signals
 RS 485 management interface allows

integration into various NMS systems
 Independent input level monitoring of

both optical input ports
 Position-sensor and LED signalling

for the active switch position
 Operation modes:
Automatic, remote-controlled or manual
 LED display for the function of the module and Similar to picture
for the optical input level (red - yellow - green)
Block diagram
E2000
μc μP
Optical fibre
94
Technical data
Type OFS 112-E

Order no. 24810223

Type of optical fibre Mono-mode 9/125 according to ITU G.625
Insertion loss (1,540 ... 1,570 nm) 1)
dB 1
Insertion loss (1,460 ... 1,620 nm) 1)
dB 1.7
Optical isolation of the input ports dB 80
No. of outputs 1
No. of inputs 2
Power consumption operation W 0.3
Temperature range operation °C 0 ... 40
No. of required slots in KBP 40xxR 2
Weight kg 2
1)
Without optical connectors

Externally modulated transmitters (19” design)
ESA 1085XA-E 24610252

ESA 1085XA-E 24610140
ESA 1100XA-E 24610351
The externally modulated optical transmitters

ESA 1xxxXA-E are used in optical distribution networks
with optical amplifiers and in feeder lines up to 100 km
in length with optical amplification.
In conjunction with optical amplifiers, the ESA 1xxxXA-E

are also ideal for use in modern FTTX networks (GPON
or Switched Ethernet) with CATV overlay.
 Designed for operation with optical amplifiers (EDFAs)  Service interface:

HTTP/SNMP Ethernet (integrated Web server)
 Excellent parameters enable design of
optical distribution systems over 100 km in length  Additional wave lengths and optical output levels
on request
 Very low-noise, narrow-band DFB laser
 Two power supply modules, pluggable during operation
 Electro-optical modulator (Mach Zehnder)
with two optical outputs  Design: 19” racking, 1 rack unit, depth: 600 mm
 Automatic RF gain control: CW carrier, video or manual  Voltage supply, type dependent: 230 VAC or 48 VDC
 Settable SBS threshold up to 19 dBm
Block diagram
96
Technical data
Type ESA 1085XA-E ESA 1085XA-E ESA 1100XA-E

Order no. 24610252 24610140 24610351
Optical interface E-2000, 0.1 dB E-2000, 0.1 dB E-2000, 0.1 dB

Optical wave length nm 1,558.98 1,558.98 1,558.98
Optical output level dBm 2 x 8.5 2 x 8.5 2 x 10.0
Relative intensity noise (RIN) dBc/Hz -160 -160 -160
Input level per TV channel, nominal dBμV 80 80 80
AGC dynamic range dB +3 ... -6 +3 ... -6 +3 ... -6
Return loss at 47 MHz dB 20-1.5/oct., > 15 20-1.5/oct., > 15 20-1.5/oct., > 15
Frequency range MHz 47-1,000 47-1,000 47-1,000
Frequency response 47-862 MHz dB ± 0.75 ± 0.75 ± 0.75
Test output dB -20 ± 1 -20 ± 1 -20 ± 1
RF interface F-type socket F-type socket F-type socket
Voltage supply V 100 ... 240 AC ± 36 ... ± 72 DC ± 36 ... ± 72 DC
Power consumption W 60 60 60
Weight kg 9.7 9.7 9.7

Directly modulated broadcast transmitters,

1,310 nm
OTS 1303N-E 24610334

OTS 1305N-E 24610340
OTS 1308N-E 24610405
OTS 1313N-SC 24610404
The OTS 13xxN-E optical transmitters are designed for OTS 1303N-E
universal application and are simple to install.
The transmitters can either be used as stand-alone units for
CATV signals in the 47-1,000 MHz frequency range or as
return path transmitters in sub-headends in HFC networks.
Often only one programme needs to be passed on;

the unit’s compact design is ideal for this scenario.
 Opto-electrical conversion of forward path signals  RS 485 interface

such as AM-VSB, FM and QAM in HFC networks
 Low-noise laser with pre-distortion technology (other connectors on request)
 Optical output level adjustable from 0 to -3 dB (relative)  Test socket for input signal
 Dual RF input (low/high) to adapt to different input levels  Test socket for RF signal of the laser diode
 Electronic tuning elements for attenuation, slope,  Stand-alone transmitter

Block diagram
98
Technical data
Type OTS 1303N-E OTS 1305N-E OTS 1308N-E OTS 1313N-SC

Order no. 24610334 24610340 24610405 24610404
Nominal output level optical dBm 3 5 8 13

Wave length nm 1,310
Setting range optical output level (relative) dB 0 to -3
CNR 1)
dB ≥ 51 ¹)
Nominal input level (5 % OMI, low input) dBμV 73 ... 97
Nominal input level (5 % OMI, high input) dBμV 87 ... 104
Impedance Ω 75
Mechanical dimensions, L x W x H (19”, 1 RU) mm 483 x 240 x 45
EMC EN 50083-2
Safety EN 50083-1, EN 60950
Environmental conditions ETS 300 019-1-3 (Temp. contr. loc.)
Operational voltage VAC 100 ... 240
Optical connector E-2000 E-2000 E-2000 SC/APC
1)
CENELEC 42, OMI = 4 %, 5 km mono-mode fibre, Prx = 0 dBm, Ith = 7 pA/√Hz

Optical amplifiers (19” design)
OBV 1616 24910037

OBV 3216 24910036
OBV 820 24910035
OBV 1620 24910034
OBV 820W 24910053
The optical amplifiers OBV xxxx are used in optical CATV

distribution networks together with the externally modulated
optical transmitter ESA 1085.
These optical amplifiers are particularly suitable for modern

FTTX networks with CATV overlay (GPON or Switched OBV 3216
Ethernet), where they offer the required high distribution fac-
tors with max. port density and minimal space requirements.
The OBV 820W features a Web browser which provides an

HTTP Web interface enabling configuration and monitoring.
Its technical data are identical to those of the OBV 820.
 Amplify optical signals in the 1,550 nm range  LC display, LEDs and input keys on front panel
 Optical output power: 16.5 or 20 dBm,  RS 485 interface for management

eight to 32 outputs, type dependent
 Ideal for FTTH or HFC applications
 Monitors optical input and output levels as well as
pump laser current  Optical interfaces: LC/APC
 ErYb-doped optical amplifiers  Design: 19” racking, 1 rack unit (RU)
 Low noise figure  Two power supply modules, pluggable during operation
Block diagram
EDFA YEDFA
1:n
μC
100
Technical data
Type OBV 1616 OBV 3216 OBV 820 OBV 820W OBV 1620
Order no. 24910037 24910036 24910035 24910053 24910034
Optical wave lengths nm 1,545-1,565 1,545-1,565 1,545-1,565 1,545-1,565 1,545-1,565

Optical return loss dB 45 45 45 45 45
Optical input level dBm -5 ... +10 -5 ... +10 -5 ... +10 -5 ... +10 -5 ... +10
Noise figure (at 0 dBm) dB < 5.5 < 5.5 < 5.5 < 5.5 < 5.5
Optical output level per output dBm 16.5 16.5 20 20 20
Optical decoupling, input dB 35 35 35 35 35
Optical decoupling, output dB 35 35 35 35 35
No. of outputs 16 32 8 8 16
Power consumption, max. W 45 45 40 40 45
Voltage supply VAC 100 ... 240 100 ... 240 100 ... 240 100 ... 240 100 ... 240
Weight kg 9.7 9.7 9.7 9.7 9.7
Web interface No No No Yes No

Overview downstream transmitters
Directly modulated BC
OTA 1508X-E
Externally modulated BC
ESA 1085XA-E
ESA 1085DnnXA-E
OTA 1585X-E
Directly modulated BC Directly modulated NC OTA 1585X-E-SAT Externally modulated BC
1x HQ: OTA 13xxX2-E OTD 06CnnCmm-E OTA 1585DnnX-E
2x BQ: OTD 1304X-E
Directly modulated NC
CWDM DWDM OTN nn11L-E
,
C02 ... C04 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
Wave length
1,300 nm 1,400 nm 1,500 nm EDFA 1,600 nm
Special brochure
Full information on Kathrein’s “KOBRA” is published in

the brochure depicted here. This can be either ordered Optical
or downloaded from our website “www.kathrein.de”. Broadb
an d Platfo
rm
You can also order a hard copy of the brochure from
NEW: Dire
your local Kathrein representative. ctly modul
transmitt ated 1550 nm
er
See pages 380-383 for addresses.
Antenn
en · El
ectro nic
102
■ Optical BK components
Optical compact receivers 104-114 Net element controller Ethernet 135
Optical micro-nodes 115 Optical return path receiver 136
Overview accessories for compact receivers 117-119 Directly modulated
Optical accessories 120-129 broadcast downstream transmitters 138
Optical return path transmitters 130 Optical transceivers 140-143
Hand-held unit 132 Optical amplifiers 144
Monitoring transponders 133-134 Connection examples 146
103
Optical compact receivers
Optical compact receiver
ORA 9022-1G 24710033

ORD 120 24810177
ORD 21 24810092
The ORA 9022-1G is a modularly equipped, high-linear

FTTC fibre node in a compact housing featuring integrated
fibre management for use in modern HFC networks.
The ORA 9022-1G is compatible with 862 MHz networks,

via two operation modes (862 MHz or 1 GHz).
In 862 MHz operation mode, the ORA 9022-1G operates
identically to the ORA 9022 862-MHz device.
The modular concept of the ORA 9022-1G allows system-

specific configuration of the fibre node (both with initial
equipping and with retrofitting) and quick replacement of
components if these are faulty.
In simplest operation, the forward path is equipped with an

extremely low-noise receiver. A second optical receiver may Note:
be implemented to support the redundancy function.
The automatic control of the receiver provides a constant The shown IEC sockets are not included in the
RF output level over the complete intended optical input delivery scope.
power range.
The opto-electrically converted signal is raised to the Only the required pilot level values need to be entered
required level and slope with the aid of high-linear, in the field, with the aid of the hand-held unit. The device
low-noise amplifier stages and (partly pluggable) then automatically adjusts itself to the correct values.
pre-emphasis elements.
On-site, the RF output signal of the fibre node can be
The signal distribution on both of the active RF outputs tapped and checked at a test socket.
occurs through a corresponding plug-in card, whereby if
only one RF output is required the second output path can The ORA 9022-1G can be equipped with an HMS or
be switched off via the hand-held unit, leading to significant DOCSIS compliant monitoring transponder.
reduction of fibre node power consumption. When integrated into a network management system,
fibre node alarms can be controlled and device parameters
The stability of the output level can be achieved via an and functions set and monitored.
automatic control that evaluates either one or two pilot
signals (from the correspondingly specified frequency The integrated fibre management fixture allows convenient,
range), available both as a CW carrier and as PAL or secure accommodation of glass-fibres and plugs, and in
QAM modulated signals. addition the fixing of any optical multiplexers/demultiplexers
and splitters used.
The levelling of the compact fibre node may be done in
a time-saving way and without the use of additional signal All local device settings are user-friendly and menu-
meters by selecting the function “automatic levelling” controlled via the connectable hand-held unit (HTE 10).
of the RF output level. For this function the pilot level
values are adjusted and saved ex works.
104
Optical compact receiver
 Frequency range 862/1,000 MHz,  “Plug-and-Play” due to combination of DC light-

electronically switchable controlled AGC and ALSC (two pilot signals)
 Higher output level for operation at 1,000 MHz  Automatic levelling in the forward path
 Modular FTTC fibre node  Extremely low-noise receiver (best device in its class)
 Internal optical interfaces for full outdoor operation  One or two return path transmitter modules pluggable
(protection class: IP 54) for segmentation or redundancy, see OSR 900x
 Optical interfaces optionally on the device exterior  Optical return path transmitter modules available
to enable external connection in DFB/CWDM technology
 Innovative operational concept: Electronic tuning  Easy module replacement

elements, set using the HTE 10 hand-held unit
 Highly efficient switched-mode power supply unit
 Electronically adjustable matrix in return path:
 Redundant operation  Die-cast housing with PG 11 connectors
 Return path segmentation
 Automatic switch-over in case of signal interruption  LED indicates operational mode
 WDM couplers or splitters can be integrated optionally  Two integrated diplex filters 65/85 MHz
 Latest GaAs-MMIC technology  Ingress Control Switch on each return path input
 Full redundant operation possible in forward  Ingress test socket for each return path input
and return path (externally accessible), can be optionally used
as a broadband input
 One or two receiver modules can be inserted
 Numerous EMS functions
 One or two active high level outputs
(two separate end stages)  Optical connectors: SC/APC or E-2000
 Output level up to 114 dBμV per output
Notes:
An ORD 21/120 receiver module is required for operation.

If configured with one output, no insert card is required for
the output insert position.
Optical transmission systems 105

Technical data
Type ORA 9022-1G

Order no. 24710033
Operation with receiver module ORD 21 ORD 120
Forward path
Frequency range MHz 85-1,000 5)
Optical input level range, 1,310 nm, nominal dBm -7 ... +2 -7 ... +2 1)
Optical input level range, 1,550 nm, nominal dBm -8 ... +1 -8 ... +1 1)
Max. optical input power (permanent) dBm +3
Nominal Optical Modulation Index (OMI) % 4.1
Equivalent noise current density, input pA/√Hz 4 3.5
Impedance Ω 75
Number of outputs (internally settable) 1 or 2
Max. output level, per output
(practical operation) 862/1,000 MHz dBμV 112/114
Output pre-emphasis 85-1,000 MHz dB 0-12
Setting range lower pilot frequency MHz 82.5 ... 230
Setting range upper pilot frequency MHz 570 ... 870
Maximum output level acc. to CENELEC 1)
CSO > 60 dB dBμV 116
CTB > 60 dB dBμV 114
Return loss (at 85 MHz) dB > 15
Hum modulation ratio at 7 A dB > 67
Return path (general): see also OSR 900x data
Frequency range (through diplex filter) MHz 5-65
Frequency range (through broadband inputs) MHz 5-200
Impedance Ω 75
Return loss dB 18
Frequency response (total) dB ± 1.5
Input level for OMI of 5 % (per channel) dBμV 65 2)
Attenuation ICS dB 0/6/40
Power supply
Input voltage range VAC 30-72
Mains frequency range Hz 47-63
Power consumption incl. an ORD 2x, 1/2 active outputs W 25/33
Power consumption fully-equipped, 1/2 active outputs 4) W 32/40
Remote feed current on the outputs A <7
Remote feed current feed-in (power passing) A < 10
106
Technical data
Type ORA 9022-1G

Order no. 24710033
General data
Radiated interference power 5-30 MHz dBpW < 27-20
Radiated interference power 30-862 MHz dBpW < 20
RF connections (external) PG 11
Ingress test sockets/broadband inputs (external) F-type sockets
Dimensions (W x H x D) mm 280 3) × 125 × 244
Weight kg 3.1
Housing material Aluminium die-cast, varnished
Protection class acc. to DIN EN 60529 IP 54
1)
Measurement conditions: Output level 110 dBμV, 9 dB pre-emphasis
2)
3 dB fewer for return path segmentation
3)
307 mm including hinges
4)
With TVM 850/H; the value increases by approximately 2 W when TVM 1000 is used
5)
With ORD 120 max. 862-MHz operation possible
Block diagram

Insert positions and modules
108
Accessories
 ORD 120 (Order no. 24810177): Standard receiver module, 1 GHz

 ORD 21 (Order no. 24810092): Wide-range receiver module, 1 GHz
 OSR 900x (Order no. 246102xx): Return path transmitters +3 dBm and +6 dBm/CWDM
 HTE 10 (Order no. 25010005): Hand-held unit
 EBC 90-1G (Order no. 24510113): Splitter (two symmetrical outputs), 1 GHz
 EAC 93-1G (Order no. 24510115): Tap 2.5/6 dB, 1 GHz
 ERD 810 (Order no. 24510110): De-emphasis equaliser, 862 MHz
 ERD 813 (Order no. 24510117): Cable-equivalent de-emphasis 7 dB, 1 GHz
 ERD 814 (Order no. 24510120): Attenuator 6 dB, 1 GHz
 ERC 22 (Order no. 24510085): C-line pre-emphasis equaliser, 862 MHz
 ERZ 940 (Order no. 24510059): Cable-equivalent de-emphasis 7 dB, 862 MHz
 OFC 90/SC (Order no. 24810101): Optical patch cable SC/APC - SC/APC
 TVM 850/H (Order no. 26210077): Monitoring transponder HMS (5-42 MHz), frequency-agile
 TVM 1000 (Order no. 26210086): Monitoring transponder DOCSIS
Special brochure
You will find full information on Kathrein’s ORA 9022-1G

optical compact receiver in the special brochure depicted
here which you can order online or download from
“www.kathrein.de”.

your local Kathrein representative.

ORA 920E 24710024

ORA 920SC 24710025
ORA 921E 24710031
ORA 921SC 24710032
ORD 120 24810177
ORD 21 24810092
The optical compact receivers ORA 920/921 provide the

largest possible range of functions in a very compact
housing. Like the amplifiers in the VGF 939/VOS 95x family,
all essential settings are made using slide switches.
On the other hand, they profit from the optical receiver and
transmitter modules for the ORA 9022. As low-cost optical
compact receivers, they are used particularly in networks
with a wide-ranging optical fibre structure or in smaller
optical distribution networks.
ORA 920SC
Due to the modular layout, the slide switch technology and
the well thought-out details, setup and service are quick
and straightforward. Here the ORA 920/921 can provide
functions that are not a matter of course in this device class. The adjustment of the Optical Modulation Index (OMI) for
Above all, the return path up to 200 MHz, up to 7 A remote the return path transmitter is solved particularly cleverly.
feed current per output, direct feed on the device, the The required OMI is set electronically using a rotary switch.
monitoring feature via HMS transponder, the switchable However, this setting can also be changed using remote
15 MHz high-pass filter and many other advantages are maintenance via the HMS transponder.
worthy of mention.
Light emitting diodes indicate which setting currently has
As standard, a DC light-controlled AGC automatically priority. On the ORA 920/921 the optical interfaces are
ensures the output level remains constant. Deviations or located on the exterior of the device and are therefore
fluctuations in the optical input level are compensated. easy to access. Beside them is the separate broadband
return path input up to 200 MHz.
Various DFB types in 1,310 nm and in CWDM technology
are available as return path transmitters. Thanks to the The remote feed voltage for the operation of the ORA 920
high output power of up to +6 dBm, very large distances and downstream amplifiers can be fed directly into the
can be covered. As a result it is possible to design optical power supply unit. Each RF output with its dedicated remote
fibre networks without intermediate hubs, saving fibre. feeder reactance coil can be loaded up to 7 A (10 A in total).
Notes:
At least one ORD 120 or ORD 21 plug-in module is

required for operation.
If the ORD 120 is used, the OFC 90/SC optical patch
cable is required. For the configuration with only one
output, no insert card is required. Cable fittings for the
outputs are not included in the delivery scope.
Available types
 ORA 920E:  ORA 921E:

Remotely fed, optical connectors E-2000 Locally fed, optical connectors E-2000
 ORA 920SC:  ORA 921SC:

Remotely fed, optical connectors SC/APC Locally fed, optical connectors SC/APC
110
 Modular fibre nodes
 Distribution of CATV frequency multiplex signals
 GaAs-MMIC technology
 Innovative operational concept:
 Settings via slide switches

 Device settings can be reproduced exactly
 Fewer insert cards and attenuation pads required
 One or two output(s) configurable
 Extremely low-noise receiver (best device in its class)
 DC light-controlled AGC
 DFB/CWDM optical return path transmitter modules

can be plugged in (optional) ORA 921SC
 Integrated diplex filter 65/85 MHz
 Separate broadband input up to 200 MHz in return path
 Monitorable with HMS or DOCSIS transponder (option)
 Highly efficient switched-mode power supply unit  Ingress Control Switch
 Die-cast aluminium housing  Optical connectors: SC/APC or E-2000
Modules and accessories
 ORD 120 (Order no. 24810177): Standard receiver module, 1 GHz

 ORD 21 (Order no. 24810092): Wide-range receiver module, 1 GHz
 OSR 900x (Order no. 24610xxx): Return path transmitters +3 dBm and +6 dBm/CWDM
 TVM 850H (Order no. 26210077): Monitoring transponder HMS protocol (5-42 MHz), frequency-agile
 EBC 90-1G (Order no. 24510113): Splitter (two symmetrical outputs), 1 GHz
 ERS 800 (Order no. 24510109): System equaliser with pre-emphasis
 ERZ 940 (Order no. 24510059): Cable-equivalent de-emphasis 7 dB, 862 MHz
 ERD 810 (Order no. 24510110): De-emphasis equaliser, 862 MHz
 ERD 813 (Order no. 24510117): Cable-equivalent de-emphasis 7 dB, 1 GHz
 ERD 814 (Order no. 24510120): Attenuator 6 dB, 1 GHz
 OFC 90/SC (Order no. 24810101): Optical patch cable SC/APC - SC/APC

Technical data
Type ORA 920E ORA 920SC ORA 921E ORA 921SC

(Order no.) (24710024) (24710025) (24710031) (24710032)
Forward path
Frequency range MHz 85-862
Photo-diode sensitivity at 1,550 nm A/W 0.9
Optical input level range, 1,310 nm, nominal dBm -7 ... +2 -7 ... +2
Impedance Ω 75
Number of outputs 1 or 2
Output level (one output at 4.1 % OMI) dBμV 110
Equivalent noise current density, input pA/√Hz 3.5 4
Max. output level acc. to CENELEC 1)
CSO > 60 dB dBμV 110

CTB > 60 dB dBμV 110
Return loss (40 MHz) dB 18 -1.5/oct.
Return path (general): see also OSR 900x data
Frequency range (through diplex filter/broadband input) MHz 5-65/5-200
Impedance Ω 75
Return loss (5-65 MHz) dB 20
Input level for OMI 8 % (per channel) dBμV 65
Attenuation ICS dB 0/6/40
Power supply
Perm. input voltage range ORA 921E and ORA 921SC VAC 230
Perm. input voltage range ORA 920E and ORA 920SC VAC 32 ... 72
Max. remote feed current on each output 2) A 7
Max. remote feed current/feed-in (power passing) 2)
A 10
Power consumption incl. an ORD 2x W 14
Power consumption fully-equipped W 20
General data
RF outputs/broadband input (external) PG 11/F-type socket
Weight kg 2.3
Housing material Aluminium die-cast
Protection class acc. to DIN EN 60529 IP 43
Temperature range °C -20 ... +55
1)
Measurement conditions: Output level 110 dBμV, 4 dB slope
2)
Only ORA 920E and ORA 920SC
112
Operating elements and insert positions
X1
LED Universal insert position Fibre routing
(Power supply function) forward path X2
S1 S2 S3
Park position 0
bridging link
Insert position for
monitoring transponder
X3 Park position
fuse
S102 S101 X101
S201 S103
Output splitter
Insert position for field X5
return path
transmitter X4
Output 2 Output 1
Optical Broadband Potential equalisation

Clamp for interfaces return path input terminal
remote feed (F-type connector)
voltage
Overall dimensions

Block diagram
Special brochure
You will find full information on Kathrein’s ORA 92x

optical compact receivers in the special brochure depicted
here which you can order online or download from
“www.kathrein.de”.

114
Optical micro-nodes
ORA 100 24710042

ORA 200 24710065
The ORA 100/200 micro-nodes are designed

for use in FTTB and HFC networks.
They provide a broadband analogue-modulatable

(PAL and DVB) downstream in the frequency range
between 85 MHz to 1,000 MHz.
 Economical single-fibre micro-nodes

ORA
ORA 100, similar to picture
 Extremely low-noise receiver
 DC light-controlled AGC
 Optical connector: SC/APC  Available types:

- ORA 100, DS 1,271 nm ... 1,611 nm, 207 ... 253 VAC
 Downstream level settable using bridging plugs: - ORA 200, DS 1,271 nm ... 1,611 nm,
80 dBμV/96 dBμV power supply unit for 207 ... 253 VAC
Block diagram
Output level
Test socket
Dimensions

Technical data
Type ORA 100 ORA 200

Order no. 24710042 24710065
Forward path
Optical data
Optical wave length (reception) nm 1,271 ... 1,611
Equivalent noise current density, input pA/√Hz 5
Optical input level range dBm -8 ... +0
Optical interface 1 x SC/APC
RF data
Impedance Ω 75
Number of outputs 1
Output level (1 GHz at 4.0 % OMI) dBμV 80/96 ± 1.5
Frequency response (typ./max) dB ± 1.0/± 1.5
Additional frequency response
dB ± 1.0/± 1.5
(over optical input power and temperature range, typ./max)
Output pre-emphasis 85 ... 1,006 MHz (output: 80 dBμV or 96 dBμV) dB 3 ... 5
Output level for CSO 60 dB according to CENELEC 41
dBμV 84/100
(Pin = 0 dBm) for 80/96 dBμV setting
Output level for CTB 60 dB according to CENELEC 41
dBμV 84/99
Attenuation test socket dB 15
Power supply
207 ... 253
Input voltage VAC 207 ... 253
(power-supply unit)
Power consumption W 4 4.5
General data
Housing material Zinc die-casting
RF output F-type socket
Dimensions (W x L x H) mm 105 x 155 x 54
Weight kg 0.8
Temperature range (operation) °C -5 ... +45
116
Optical accessories
Overview accessories for compact amplifiers *
Type
Product type Description Suitable for
Order no.
EBC 00-1G
ORA 920/921
24510119
EBC 01E-1G Fo
For operation on the
Null cards ORA 9022
24510121 input/output insert position
in
ORA 9022-1G
Page 120
ERC 22
C-line Generates pre-emphasis based ORA 920/921
24510085
pre-emphasis on the C-line specifications of
equaliser Kabel Deutschland, 862 MHz ORA 9022
Page 120
ORA 920/921
EAC 9x-1G
Plug-in modules to extend the
2451011x
Tap plug-in cards corresponding devices to ORA 9022
two outputs, 1 GHz
Page 121
ORA 9022-1G
ORA 920/921
EBC 90-1G
Plug-in module to extend the
24510113
Splitter plug-in card corresponding devices to ORA 9022
two outputs, 1 GHz
Page 121
ORA 9022-1G
ORA 920/921
ERS 800
24510109 Cable-equivalent pre-emphasis
System equaliser ORA 9022
from 200 to 862 MHz
Page 122
ORA 9022-1G
ERD 810
Cable-equivalent
24510110 De-emphasis
de-emphasis 85-862 MHz: ORA 920/921
equaliser
Switchable 3, 6 and 9 dB
Page 123
ORA 920/921
ERD 813
24510117 De-emphasis Cable-equivalent
ORA 9022
equaliser de-emphasis: 7 dB, 1 GHz
Page 123
ORA 9022-1G
ORA 920/921
ERD 814
24510120 Attenuation
Attenuation: 6 dB, 1 GHz ORA 9022
pad
Page 123
ORA 9022-1G
* Not included in the delivery scope of the compact receivers

Optical accessories
Overview accessories for compact amplifiers
Type
Order no.
ORA 920/921
ERZ 940
24510059 De-emphasis Cable-analogue:
ORA 9022
equaliser 7 dB, 862 MHz
Page 124
ORA 9022-1G
ORA 920/921
ORD 120
24810177 Optical Standard receiver module,
S
ORA 9022
front-end module 1 GHz
Page 125
ORA 9022-1G
ORA 920/921
ORD 21
24810092 Optical Wide-range receiver module,
W
ORA 9022
front-end module 1 GHz
Page 125
ORA 9022-1G
BOVR 02-SC Low insertion loss.

L
ORA 9022
24810097 Optimised for 1,310 and
O
Optical splitter
1,550 nm wave lengths.
1
ORA 9022-1G
Page 126 Design: Mini-tube
D
BWMR
Low
L insertion loss.
1310/1510 ORA 9022
Optimised
O for 1,310 and
24810xxx Optical Mux/Demux
1,550
1 nm wave lengths.
ORA 9022-1G
Design:
D Mini-tube
Page 127/128
OKU 01/SC
ORA 9022
24810031 Connection adapter,
Optical coupler
SC/APC both ends
ORA 9022-1G
Page 129
OKU 01/SC-E
ORA 9022
Optical coupler
SC/APC to E-2000
ORA 9022-1G
Page 129
OKU 01/E
ORA 9022
Optical coupler
E-2000 both ends
ORA 9022-1G
Page 129
118
Optical accessories
Overview accessories for compact amplifiers
Type
Order no.
ORA 920/921
OFC 90/SC
24810101 Optical
SC/APC 8° both ends
S ORA 9022
patch cable
Page 129
ORA 9022-1G
ORA 920/921
OFC 90/SC-E
24810102 Optical One plug SC/APC 8°,
O
ORA 9022
patch cable one plug E-2000 8°
o
Page 129
ORA 9022-1G
ORA 920/921
OSR 9003 Opto-electrical conversion
O
24610201 Optical o
of return path signals
ORA 9022
return path transmitter
Page 130 D
DFB laser with optical isolator
ORA 9022-1G
OSR 9003 ORA 920/921

P65-Cxx Optical
L
Like OSR 900x,
24610xxx return path transmitter ORA 9022
w second pilot tone (65 MHz)
with
with pilot tone
Page 130 ORA 9022-1G
HTE 10 W
With the HTE 10 hand-held
ORA 9022
25010005 un
unit one is able to easily adjust
Hand-held unit
co
correspondingly equipped
ORA 9022-1G
Page 132 am
amplifier components on site
Monitoring of different para- ORA 920/921

TVM 850/H
Monitoring m
meters, such as voltage, current
26210077
transponder d
drain, internal temperature. ORA 9022
(HMS protocol)
Page 133
T
Transmission in the HMS protocol ORA 9022-1G
Monitoring of different para-

ORA 920/921
TVM 1000 Monitoring meters, such as voltage, current
26210086 transponder drain, internal temperature.
ORA 9022
(DOCSIS/
Page 134 EuroDOCSIS 2.0) Transmission in the DOCSIS/
ORA 9022-1G
EuroDOCSIS protocol
ZOH 04
For external optical connectors. ORA 9022
24810159 Optical
Up to four optical couplers
coupler fastener
can be mounted ORA 9022-1G
Page 124

Optical accessories
Null cards for VGP 90xx

distribution network amplifiers
EBC 01E-1G 24510121

EBC 00-1G 24510119
 Plug-in modules for operation of the VGP 90xx

distribution network amplifiers with one input or output
 EBC 01E-1G: For operation on the input insert position
 EBC 00-1G: For operation on the output insert position
Type EBC 01E-1G EBC 00-1G

Order no. 24510121 24510119

Through loss 1) dB < 0.5
¹) The through loss is the signal loss between the units output and output 1 when the insert is inserted in the output section insertion point or between the unit’s input
and the tap output when the insert is inserted in the units input section (input configuration section)
C-line pre-emphasis equaliser
ERC 22 24510085
 Generates pre-emphasis based on the

C-line specifications of Kabel Deutschland
 For use in the amplifiers VGP 9041/VGF 9040
 Application in the universal input insert position

(“Forward 1”)
Type ERC 22
Order no. 24510085
Transmission range MHz 50-862

Nominal impedance Ω 75
Pre-emphasis For C-lines
Basic loss (at 862 MHz) dB 1
Return loss dB 23 -1/oct.
120
Optical accessories
Tap/splitter plug-in cards for VGP 90xx and

VGF/VGO 938/939 distribution network ampli-
fiers and ORA 9022-1G optical compact receiver
EAC 90-1G 24510116

EAC 93-1G 24510115
EAC 94-1G 24510114
EBC 90-1G 24510113
 Plug-in modules to extend the

corresponding devices to two outputs
 When inserted in the amplifier‘s input section these

modules can be used to configure a loop-through input
 Suitable for: VOS 95x-1G, VGF/VGO 939-1G,

VGP 90xx, ORA 920, ORA 9022-1G, (VOS 95x,
VGF/VGO 939, ORA 9022)
Type EAC 90-1G EAC 93-1G EAC 94-1G EBC 90-1G

Order no. 24510116 24510115 24510114 24510113
Frequency range MHz 5-1,000 5-1,000 5-1,000 5-1,000

Through loss 1)
5-610 MHz dB < 1.3 < 2.1 < 0.5 < 3.6
Through loss 1)
610-862 MHz < 1.3 < 2.3 < 0.6 < 3.8
Through loss 1)
862-1,000 MHz dB < 1.5 < 2.6 < 0.9 < 3.9
Like
Tap loss dB 10 6 20
through loss
Decoupling 5-65 MHz dB > 28 > 23 > 38 > 28
Decoupling as of 65-610 MHz dB > 26 > 23 > 33 > 22
Decoupling as of 862-1,000 MHz dB > 22 > 20 > 28 > 18
¹) The through loss is the signal loss between the unit’s output and output 1 when the insert is inserted in the output section insertion point or between the unit’s input
and the tap output when the insert is inserted in the units input section (input configuration section)

Optical accessories
System equaliser
ERS 800 24510109
 System equaliser for use in special applications
 Characteristics:
 Cable-equivalent pre-emphasis in the range 47-700 MHz:

3 dB (at 47-862 MHz: 4 dB)
3 dB (equivalent to additional emphasis in the range
700-862 MHz by 2 dB)
 To be inserted into the input insert position of VOS 95x,

VGF/VGO 939, VGP 90xx, ORA 9022 and ORA 920
Type ERS 800

Order no. 24510109

Cable-equivalent pre-emphasis,
dB 3/(4)
47-700 MHz/(corresponding to 47-862 MHz)
Cable-equivalent pre-emphasis in the range 700-862 MHz dB 3
Basic loss (at 862 MHz) dB 0.5
Return loss dB > 15
Frequency response curve ERS 800
Principal frequency response curve ERS 800

MHz
0 47 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 862
0
2
3
dB
4
5
6
7
122
Optical accessories
De-emphasis equaliser
ERD 810 24510110
 Cable simulation switchable:
 Cable-equivalent de-emphasis 85-862 MHz:

switchable 3, 6 and 9 dB
 KDG de-emphasis 470-862 MHz:
switchable 0, 4 and 8 dB
 Both de-emphases can be used in combination
 To be inserted into the input insert position of

VOS 952, VOS 953, VGF 939, VGO 939
Type ERD 810

Order no. 24510110

De-emphasis, 85-862 MHz, fixed dB 3
KDG de-emphasis, 470-862 MHz, switchable dB 0/4/8
Cable-equivalent de-emphasis 85-862 MHz, switchable dB 3/6/9
De-emphasis equaliser/attenuation pad
ERD 813 24510117

ERD 814 24510120
 Available types:
 ERD 813: Cable-equivalent de-emphasis: 7 dB 1)

 ERD 814: 6 dB attenuation
ERD 813 ERD 814
Type ERD 813 ERD 814

Order no. 24510117 24510120
Transmission range MHz 85-1,000 85-1,000

Nominal impedance Ω 75 75
Attenuation (linear) dB 1 6
De-emphasis (862 MHz) dB 6 -
De-emphasis (1 GHz) dB 7 -
Return loss dB 20 -1.5/octave 20 -1.5/octave
1)
In reference to 85-862 MHz

Optical accessories
ERZ 940 24510059
7 dB de-emphasis equaliser for VOS 95x
 Cable-analogue: 7 dB
Type ERZ 940

Order no. 24510059

De-emphasis dB 7±1
Return loss dB 20-3
Optical coupler fastener
ZOH 04 24810159
The ZOH 04 is an optional accessory for the ORA 9022

which retains up to four SC/APC or E-2000 HRL
optical couplers.
When used, the ORA 9022 does not have to be opened

to insert the optical connectors.
 For external optical connectors
 Optical patch cables OFC 90/SC

may be required for connection
 Up to four optical couplers can be mounted
124
Optical accessories
Optical front-end modules
ORD 120 24810177

ORD 21 24810092
Ultra low-noise optical receiver modules for

operation in optical fibre nodes.
 Optical receiver modules
 Optical reception of CATV-frequency multiplex signals

from a monomode glass fibre
ORD 120
 Extremely low-noise receiver (best device in its class)
 Optical connectors: SC/APC
 For operation with

ORA 9022, ORA 9022-1G, ORA 920 and ORA 921
 Accessory:
 OFC 90/SC (Order no. 24810101):
Optical patch cable SC/APC - SC/APC for ORD 120
Notes:
For operation of the ORA 9022, ORA 9022-1G and

ORA 920/ORA 921, at least one ORD 120 or ORD 21
plug-in module is required. If the ORD 120 is used, the
OFC 90/SC optical patch cable is additionally required.
ORD 21
ORD
Type ORD 120 ORD 21

Order no. 24810177 24810092
Forward path
Frequency range MHz 85-1,000 85-1,000
Optical wave lengths nm 1,271 to 1,611 1,271 to 1,611
Photo-diode sensitivity at 1,550 nm A/W 0.9 0.9
Optical return loss dB > 45 > 45
Max. optical input power (permanent) dBm +3 +3
Equivalent noise current density, input pA/√Hz 3.5 4
Optical connector (receptacle) SC/APC -
Optical connector (pigtail) - SC/APC

Optical accessories
Optical splitter, mini-tube design
BOVR 02-SC 24810097
Standard simple optical splitter for the wave lengths

1,310 nm and 1,550 nm to split optical power in
HFC networks.
 Optical splitter for universal application
 Low losses
 Optimised for 1,310 and 1,550 nm wave lengths
 High reliability
 Design: Mini-tube
 Optical connections:
 900 μm fibres
 Connectors: SC/APC
 Designed for use in the

optical compact receiver ORA 9022
Type BOVR 02-SC

Order no. 24810097
Optical wave lengths nm 1,310 ± 40 and 1,460 ... 1,625

Splitter type 1:2
Splitting ratio % 50/50
Insertion loss 1)
dB 3.6
Optical isolation, outputs dB 50
Dimensions (length x diameter) mm 66 x 3.5
¹) Without connectors
126
Optical accessories
Optical Mux/Demux, mini-tube design
BWMR 1310 24810197
Wave length multiplexer (WDM) to split the wave length

1,310 nm and the CWDM channel wave lengths (C05)
C11 ... C18 nm in HFC networks.
In single-fibre based HFC networks, the downstream

signal is transmitted on one wave length (1,310 nm)
and the upstream signal on another wave length
(CWDM C11 ... C18).
The BWMR 1310 separates these wave lengths for
opto-electrical conversion in the fibre node or headend.
Similar
Similar to picture
p
Connection in headend:
1,310 nm transmitter on “Pass-Port”
CWDM return path Rx on “Reflection-Port”
Fibre optics to fibre node on “COM-Port”
Connection in fibre node:  High isolation

Downstream receiver module in fibre node on “Pass-Port”
CWDM return path Tx on “Reflection-Port”  Low insertion loss
Fibre optics to headend “COM-Port”
 Optical multiplexer/demultiplexer:  Optical connections:

 Wave lengths: 1,310/CWDM C05 ... C18 nm  900 μm fibres
 Application e.g. multiplexing/demultiplexing  Connectors: SC/APC
forward path/CWDM return path
 Designed for use in the optical compact receiver
 High reliability ORA 9022 or in the KOP 10 in the headend
Type BWMR 1310

Order no. 24810197
Wave length, “Pass Channel“ nm 1,310 ± 6.5

Wave length, “Reflect Channel“ nm C05 ... C18
Insertion loss, “Common → Pass Channel“ 1)
dB 0.6
Insertion loss, “Pass Channel → Common“ 1)
dB 0.6
Insertion loss, “Common → Reflect Channel“ 1)
dB 0.6
Selection (adjacent channel) dB ≥ 30
Selection (non-adjacent channel) dB ≥ 40
PDL dB ≤ 0.15
Directivity “Pass/Reflect Channel“ (forward path/return path) dB 55
Max. optical output mW 500
Operating temperature °C 0 ... +70
Storage temperature °C -40 ... +80
Fibre SMF, 0.9 mm loose tube, l = 1 m
Optical connectors SC/APC
1)
Without connectors

Optical accessories
BWMR 1310/1550 24810098
Standard simple WDM to split the 1,310 nm and 1,550 nm

wave lengths in HFC networks.
In single-fibre based HFC networks, the signal is

transmitted on different wave lengths in the downstream
and upstream.
The typical wave lengths are 1,310 nm for downstream

and 1,550 nm for upstream.
 Optical multiplexer/demultiplexer:
 Wave lengths: 1,310/1,550 nm

 Application e.g. multiplexing/demultiplexing
forward path/return path
 High isolation
 Low insertion loss
 900 μm fibres

Type BWMR 1310/1550

Order no. 24810098
Wave length, “Pass Channel“ nm 1,310 ± 40

Wave length, “Reflect Channel“ nm 1,550 ± 50
Insertion loss, “Pass Channel“ 1) dB 0.7
Insertion loss, “Reflect Channel“ 1) dB 0.45
Directivity “Pass/Reflect Channel“ (forward path/return path) dB 50
Max. optical output mW 500
128
Optical accessories
Optical couplers
OKU 01/SC 24810031

OKU 01/SC-E 24810099
OKU 01/E 24810100
 Optical couplers for universal application
 OKU 01/SC: SC/APC both ends

OKU 01/SC-E OKU 01/SC
 OKU 01/SC-E:
Connection adapter SC/APC to E-2000
 OKU 01/E: E-2000 both ends

Type OKU 01/SC OKU 01/SC-E OKU 01/E

Order no. 24810031 24810099 24810100
OKU 01/E
Optical patch cables
OFC 90/SC 24810101

OFC 90/SC-E 24810102
 Optical patch cables for universal application
 OFC 90/SC: SC/APC 8° both ends

 OFC 90/SC-E:
One plug SC/APC 8°, one plug E-2000 8°
 Designed for use in the optical compact receivers

ORA 9022, ORA 9022-1G and ORA 920/921 1)
Type OFC 90/SC OFC 90/SC-E

Order no. 24810101 24810102
Length cm 90
Diameter of patch cord mm 0.9
Attenuation of optical connectors dB 0.3
¹) Only OFC 90/SC

Optical transmitters
Optical return path transmitters
OSR 9003 24610201

OSR 9003-P65-C11 24610424
OSR 9003-P65-C12 24610425
OSR 9003-P65-C13 24610426
OSR 9003-P65-C14 24610427
OSR 9003-P65-C15 24610385
OSR 9003-P65-C15 24610428
OSR 9003-P65-C17 24610429
OSR 9003-P65-C18 24610430
The OSR 9003 P65-C1x is additionally equipped with a OSR 9003 P65-C1x
second pilot tone at 65 MHz for level adjustment of the
optical return path. It is intended for use in the optical
mini-nodes ORA 920/921 and the optical fibre nodes
ORA 9022 or 9022-1G.
The attenuation of the return path signals and the return path receivers such as the ORM 22, this pilot can
resulting setting of the optical modulation index is set also be used to enable identification of the return path
and controlled fully electronically in the module. transmitter at the headend.
The innovative operating concept enables the setting of In this case the return path transmitter is assigned a
the optical modulation index by simple input of the unique ID by the monitor which can then be transmitted
desired modulation index as well as the electrical system with the pilot tone and evaluated at the headend.
level at the input of the base device.
To obtain a good decoupling between the forward and
In the ORA 920/921 these adjustments can be performed return path signals, a switchable 65 MHz lowpass has
using a rotary switch. All relevant states of the return path been integrated into the return path transmitter.
transmitter can be requested or set through an optional This can be switched off as soon as the base device is
HMS transponder. configured for broadband return path signals.
The transmission parameters of the return path transmitter The return path transmitter can then be used to transmit
can also be adapted during operation by using an return path signals in the 5-200 MHz frequency range for
appropriate monitoring system. future applications.
The optical modulation index is kept constant at 625 kHz

with the pilot tone. Provided this is supported by optical
Installation options
OSR 900x-Cxx in ORA 90xx OSR 900x-Cxx in ORA 9xx
130
Optical transmitters
Optical return path transmitters
 Optical return path transmitter modules used

in the ORA 9022, ORA 9022-1G and ORA 92x
 DFB laser with optical isolator
 OSR 9003: +3 dBm (when used with the ORA 9022

and ORA 9022-1G, switchable to +6 dBm)
 OSR 9003 P65-C1x: +3/+6 dBm, 1xxx nm (C1x),
pilot tone at 65 MHz
 Eight different CWDM wave lengths can be selected,

additional wave lengths on request
 Laser regulation (DC light)
 OMI control (modulation index)
 OMI control signalling
 Communication through transponder of the

ORA 9022 or ORA 9022-1G
OSR 9003 with OKU 01/SC-E
Type OSR 9003 OSR 9003 P65-Cxx

Order no. 24610201 24610385, 246104xx
1,471/1,491/1,511/1,531/
Optical wave length(s) nm 1,310
1,551/1,571/1,591/1,611
Optical output power dBm +3 (+6) ¹) +3 (+6) 1)
Frequency range (via diplexer in ORA 9022/ORA 92x) MHz 5-65 5-65
Frequency range (via broadband input in ORA 9022/ORA 92x) MHz 5-200 5-200
Relative intensity noise (RIN) dB/Hz -155 -155
Impedance Ω 75 75
Return loss (5 MHz) dB > 18 > 18
Second pilot tone MHz - 65
OMI second pilot tone % - 2 ± 0.5
1)
Switchable when used in the ORA 9022 or ORA 9022-1G

Accessories for electronically adjustable amplifiers
Hand-held unit
HTE 10 25010005
TDK 10 26210054
TDK 12 26210076
With the HTE 10 hand-held unit one is able to adjust

correspondingly equipped devices on site.
Using the “Up” and “Down”, “Menu” and “Enter” buttons,

one is able to change and set the values on the
four-line display.
The display is illuminated and easy to read.
The hand-held unit presents the following functions:
 All appropriately equipped devices or

modules can be adjusted and operated
 All settings are displayed  Language: English
 The last settings are saved (copy function)  Splash-proof/shock-proof
 Characteristics:  Environmental conditions:
 The hand-held unit is power-supplied by the  Ambient temperature: -20 to +50 °C

respective module  Suitable for outdoor application
 Protection category: IP 54
 Distances:
 Control signal: Serial, RS 232
 Data transfer between HTE 10 and the device
or module over max. 14 m  Connection: Sub D, 9-pin
 Standard connection cable: 2 m
(included in delivery scope)  Accessories (not included in the delivery scope):
 Can be extended to 14 m (TDK 10)
 TDK 10 (Order no. 26210054): Connection cable 14 m
 4-line display, illuminated  TDK 12 (Order no. 26210076): PC connection cable for
HTE 10 (for software updates)
Connection scheme
12 V
- DC
+
T DK 12
PC
HT E 10
K AT HR E IN HT E 10 ME NU
S E LE C T K AT H R E IN-W e rk e K G
HT E 1 0 V 1 . 6 . 0 . 0
E NT E R
132
Monitoring transponder HMS protocol,

frequency-agile
TVM 850/H 26210077
The TVM 850/H HMS transponder is situated inside of an

amplifier or fibre node and can be integrated into existing
cable modem management systems via SNMP.
The TVM 850/H functions on its own frequencies outside
of basic channels.
All parameters of HMS-compatible monitoring systems

can be displayed, shifted or monitored:
- Operational voltage
- Internal temperature
- Operation of ICS switches  Monitoring transponder for compact amplifiers,
house connection amplifiers and
Additional functions in fibre nodes: optical compact receivers (see table)
- Return path matrix switching  Monitors various parameters such as voltage,

- Return path transmitter attenuation current drain and internal temperature
- Fibre recognition on/off
- Optical input levels  Controls the Ingress Control Switches in
- Optical output levels correspondingly equipped devices
- Switching to second receiver
 Transmission in the HMS protocol
 Frequency-agile in range 5-42 MHz
Type TVM 850/H

Order no. 26210077
Input frequency range MHz 75-90.5

Input level range dBμV 50-95
Output frequency range MHz 5-42
Max. output level dBμV 105
Transmission protocol HMS
VGO 939, VGF 939, VGO 939-1G, VGF 939-1G,
VOS 952/953, VOS 952-1G, VOS 953-1G, ORA 9022,
Suitable for
ORA 9022-1G, ORA 920/921, VGP 9033, VGP 9033-1G,
VGP 9041, VGx 9030/9040, VGP 9240

Monitoring transponder
DOCSIS/EuroDOCSIS 2.0 protocol, frequency-agile
TVM 1000 26210086
The TVM 1000 frequency-agile DOCSIS/EuroDOCSIS

transponder functions as a normal cable modem within an
cable modem management systems through SNMP.
No additional frequency bands are utilised, neither for
downstream or upstream.
The additional data volume through the TVM 1000
is very low.

- Operation of ICS switches
Additional functions in an ORA 9022 fibre node:
- Return path matrix switching

- Return path transmitter attenuation
- Optical input levels
 Monitoring transponder for compact amplifiers,
- Optical output levels house connection amplifiers and
- Switching to second receiver optical compact receivers (see table)
Additional (Euro)DOCSIS 2.0 features for

 Monitors various parameters such as voltage,
monitoring purposes: current drain and internal temperature
- S/N measuring through carrier

 Controls the Ingress Control Switches in
- Analysis of return path attenuation correspondingly equipped devices
- Packet error analysis
- Encrypted data transmission
 Transmission in DOCSIS or EuroDOCSIS protocol
- Display of transponder status information
- Local access via Web browser
 Frequency-agile in range 5-65 MHz and 90-862 MHz
- Ethernet connection from transponder
to headend for service purposes
 10/100 BaseT-RJ 45 interface to headend
for service purposes
Type TVM 1000

Order no. 26210086
Input frequency range MHz 90-862

Max. output level dBμV 113-118
Transmission protocol DOCSIS/EuroDOCSIS 2.0
VGO 939, VGO 939-1G, VGF 939, VGF 939-1G, VOS 952/953,
VOS 952-1G, VOS 953-1G, ORA 9022, ORA 9022-1G, ORA 920/921,
Suitable for
VGP 9033 as of version A03 (Nov. 2008), VGP 9033-1G,
VGP 9041 as of version A02 (Nov. 2008), VGx 9030/9040, VGP 9240
134
Optical BK components
Net element controller Ethernet
NCE 10 26210078
 For monitoring of net elements
 Local Management Terminal (LMT)
 Conversion of RS 485 data to SNMP/Ethernet

and Web browser/Ethernet
 LC display and front panel sited tuning keys
 RS 485 interface for BK bus
 RS 232 interface for on-site tuning and

software downloading
 Ethernet interface 10/100 Mbit/s for SNMPv1

and Web server
 Flash Microcontroller Technology for simple

software updates via Ethernet or RS 232 interface
 LEDs for status display
 Low power consumption
Type NCE 10
Order no. 26210078
Supply voltage VDC 24

Connection example
SNMP-EMS Client
HTML-Browser
SNMP-EMS Server

Optical return path receiver, quad
ORR 40E 24710012
 Four individual receivers,

each can be disabled separately
 Optical power detection on all inputs
 LON and RS 485 interface for monitoring (dual bus)
 RF interfaces: IEC sockets
Type ORR 40E

Order no. 24710012

RF output level at OMI = 5 % dBμV 75
Return loss at 47 MHz dB 20
Pilot frequency range kHz 590-640
Test socket dB -20 ± 1.5
Power consumption W <8
136
Block diagram
20 dB test point
Optical RF
input output
- 22 ... 0...24dB
0...10dB >85dB V
+2dBm
20 dB test point
LEDs
Optical
RF
input
output
-22 ... 0...24dB

0...10dB >85dB V
+2dBm
LON
P C
PSK
AGC
Demod
(opt. input power
RS485 or pilot contr olled )
Optical
RF
input
output
- 22 ... 0...24dB
0...10dB >85dB V
+2dBm
20 dB test point
Optical
RF
input
output
- 22 ... 0...24dB
0...10dB >85dB V
+2dBm
20 dB test point
Settings menu ORR 40E

Directly modulated broadcast transmitters, 1,310 nm
OSA 1305X-E 24610211

OSA 1308X-E 24610212
OSA 1311X-E 24610137
OSA 1313X-E 24610138
OSA 1314X-E 24610139
 High-linear low-noise laser with pre-distortion technology
 Optical output power: 11 dBm (OSA 1311X),

13 dBm (OSA 1313X) or 14 dBm (OSA 1314X)
respectively

5 dBm (OSA 1305X) or 8 dBm (OSA 1308X)
respectively
 Two RF inputs (low/high) for adaptation to

different level conditions
 Electronic tuning elements for attenuation, slope,

output level, Optical Modulation Index, etc.
 RF interfaces: IEC sockets
 Test socket for optical output level or RF signal
Block diagram
138
Technical data
Type OSA 1305X-E/1308X-E/1311X-E/1313X-E/1314X-E

Order no. 24610211/..212/..137/..138/..139

Nominal optical output level dBm 5/8/11/13/14
Setting range optical output level dB 0 to -3
Input level for OMI = 5 % (low input) dBμV 73
Input level for OMI = 5 % (high input) dBμV 87
Impedance Ω 75
Connection example
ESA 1085XA
OBA xxx
OSA 13xxx

Optical transceiver, 1 return path transmitter 3 dBm
OTR 910E-3 24610110
 The optical transceiver is used in

optical fibre amplifier points

and electro-optical conversion of return path signals
 One return path transmitter, 1,310 nm DFB laser

with optical isolator, 3 dBm
 Extremely low-noise optical receiver with

software-configurable RF output level
 Configurable optical transmitter with test socket
 Controlled optical output level and

pilot-controlled Optical Modulation Index
 Ingress Control Switch (ICS)
 Variety of management features:
 Optical input and output level monitoring

 Line code ID for optical transmitter
Block diagram
Optical 0 10dB 0 10dB RF output

input 1 5dB V 4
-6 4dBm
RMS
C controlled
(optical input power)
Receiver
LEDs
ilot controlled
Transmitter
(Line coding option) LON
LON
625k
ilot
Filter
Optical
output 1
RF input 1
ICS
3 6 dBm - 6dB 5dB V 5
( 0dB ain)
T input 1
(-20dB)
140
Technical data
Type OTR 910E-3

Order no. 24610110

OPTICAL RECEIVER
Wave length range nm 1,271-1,611
Optical input level dBm -4 to +4
Equivalent input noise current at Popt in = -4 dBm pA/√Hz 4.0
Nominal output level (4 % OMI) dBμV 71.5
Return loss at 85 MHz dB > 19 -1/oct., > 16 min.
Impedance Ω 75
OPTICAL TRANSMITTER
Wave length nm 1,310 ± 30
Optical output level dBm 3
Nominal input level (5 % OMI) dBμV 75 (± 6 configurable using software)
Relative intensity noise (RIN) dB/Hz -149
Impedance Ω 75
Return loss dB 18
Test socket dB -20 ± 1.5
Settings menu OTR 910E-3

Optical transceivers, 2 return path transmitters 6 dBm
OTR 926E-C11-C12 24610132

OTR 926E-C13-C14 24610133
OTR 926E-C15-C16 24610134
OTR 926E-C17-C18 24610135
 The optical transceivers are used in

optical fibre amplifier points

and electro-optical conversion of return path signals
 Two optical return path transmitters
 CWDM DFB laser with optical isolator, 6 dBm
 Extremely low-noise optical receiver with

software-configurable RF output level
 Configurable optical transmitters,

each equipped with one test socket
 Controlled optical output level and

pilot-controlled Optical Modulation Index
 Variety of management features:

 Optical input and output level monitoring
 Line code ID for optical transmitters
Block diagram
Optical 0...10dB 0...10dB RF output

input 71.5dBμV / 4%
-6 … +4dBm
RMS
AGC controlle d
(optical input power)
Receiver
μP
LEDs
Pilot controlled
Transmitter
(Line coding option) LON
μP LON
625kHz
Pilot
Filter Filter
Optical
output #1
RF input #1
ICS
+3/+6 dBm -9...6dB 75dBμV / 5%
(@ 0dB Gain)
TP input #1
Optical (-20dB)
output #2
RF input #2
ICS
75dBμV / 5%
+3/+6 dBm -9...6dB (@ 0dB Gain)
TP input #2
(-20dB)
142
Technical data
Type OTR 926E-C11-C12/-C13-C14/-C15-C16/-C17-C18

Order no. 2461013x

OPTICAL RECEIVER
Wave length range nm 1,271-1,611
Optical input level dBm -4 to +4
Equivalent input noise current at Popt in = -4 dBm pA/√Hz 4.0
Nominal output level (4 % OMI) dBμV 71.5
Return loss at 85 MHz dB > 19 -1/oct., > 16 min.
Impedance Ω 75
OPTICAL TRANSMITTER
Wave lengths nm 1,471-1,491/1,511-1,531/1,551-1,571/1,591-1,611 ± 3
Optical output level dBm 6
Nominal input level (5 % OMI) dBμV 75 (± 6 configurable using software)
Relative intensity noise (RIN) dB/Hz -149
Impedance Ω 75
Return loss dB 18
Test socket (per transmitter) dB -20 ± 1.5
Settings menu OTR 926E

Optical amplifiers (CATV modules)
OBA 116D-E 24910020

OBA 1165ST-E 24910055
OBA 2165DT-E 24910056
OBA 4165DT-E 24910057
 Optical output power: 16.0 or 16.5 dBm,

one, two or four outputs

 Two separate pump lasers (D-type) for redundancy
 Optical output test socket (2 dBm)
 Design: CATV module

OBA 1165ST-E,
similar to picture
Type OBA 116D-E OBA 1165ST-E OBA 2165DT-E OBA 465DT-E

Order no. 24910020 24910055 24910056 24910057
Optical wave lengths nm 1,540-1,560 1,540-1,560 1,540-1,560 1,540-1,560

Optical interface E-2000 E-2000 E-2000 E-2000
Optical return loss dB 40 40 40 40
Optical input level dBm -5 ... +12 -5 ... +12 -5 ... +12 -5 ... +12
Noise figure (at 0 dBm) dB <5 <5 <5 <5
Optical output power dBm 16.0 16.5 16.5 16.5
dB ± 0.5/0.8 ± 0.5/0.8 ± 0.5/0.8 ± 0.5/0.8
(1,551-1,556/1,548-1,560 nm)
No. of outputs 1 1 2 4
Residual output power on inputs and outputs dBm < -10 < -10 < -10 < -10
Power supply VDC 24 24 24 24
Power consumption W 16 16 16 24
No. of pump lasers 2 1 2 2
144
Block diagram

Connection examples
CWDM upstream with

passive optical splitter section - 1 fibre, 4 clusters
Four clusters with

BOD 03C 1310 Fibre Node ORA 9022
Headend Optical splitter section -UL-K11-OM
1,310 nm
OTA 1314X2-E 11
MUX
1,310 nm
1,310 nm
MUX
BOD 09C 1310
BOV 004
-UL-K11-OD
1,310 nm
MUX
CWDM upstream 1,310 nm
ORM 40E
MUX
18
Downstream Upstream
1,310 nm CWDM
C02 ... C04 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
Wave length
1,300 nm 1,400 nm 1,500 nm EDFA 1,600 nm
CWDM upstream and DWDM NC

with passive optical splitter section
Headend Optical splitter section

K23
DWDM DWDM
MUX MUX
Four clusters with
Fibre Node ORA 9022
Narrowcast OTN xx11 11
11
BOV 004
-UL-K11-OD
-UL-K11-OM
BOD 09C
BOD 09C
CWDM upstream 18
ORM 40E
18
Downstream Upstream Narrowcast
CWDM DWDM
1,310 nm
C02 ... C04 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
Wave length
1,300 nm 1,400 nm 1,500 nm EDFA 1,600 nm
146
RFoG - Radio Frequency over Glass
General 148-149
Overview RFoG components 150-151 Optical Mux/Demux 170-173
Optical micro-nodes 152-163 FTTX/RFoG splitters 174-176
Fibre management box 164 Experiences and recommendations
Optical passive racking 165 for RFoG projects 177-181
RFoG return path receivers 166-169 Special brochure 182
147
General
Because RFoG extends the range of glass-fibre networks Investments already made in DOCSIS technology
to buildings (FTTB) and even into living rooms (FTTH), this (CMTS, cable modems) can continue to be operated
technology can be seen as being FTTX technology based without modification. In RFoG clusters, only the return
on the common DOCSIS/EuroDOCSIS standard. path receivers must be exchanged.
In principle, RFoG can be seen as a PON replacement for The coaxial part of an HFC network can be entirely
the coaxial part of an HFC network. replaced by a single mono-mode fibre (PON).
For cable network operators, RFoG offers an attractive RFoG standardisation is driven forward by the SCTE
way of simply upgrading existing networks to FTTB or under the title of ‘Advanced Fibre Access’.
even FTTH levels without having to leave familiar territory.
Basic principle of an RFoG network
The table below gives an approximate overview of Kathrein’s RFoG product range:
realisable RFoG cluster sizes and the correspondingly
realisable fibre lengths:  Longstanding experience in the HFC business
 A complete, harmonised portfolio featuring
RFoG clusters Optical splitter Fibre length high-quality RFoG components
 Professional consultation
1:8 12 dB 48 km  Strong local partners
1 : 16 15 dB 36 km
1 : 32 17 dB 24 km
1 : 64 21 dB 12 km RFoG ...
 Expands the geographical range of your HFC network
1 : 128 24 dB < 1 km
 Enables continued use of existing HFC headend
equipment
 Enables continued use of existing cabling (NE 4)
in the building
 Strengthens competitive capacity against VDSL
and PON services

 Offers competitive bandwidths
148
RFoG
The technical benefits of RFoG technology
 Return path receivers are saved  Existing HFC networks can continue to be used
 No CWDM wave length management required and expanded
 Less ingress due to lower coaxial technology  Hybrid operation of HFC and RFoG networks possible
 Enables FTTB and FTTH networks  High bandwidth downstream to 1 GHz
via DOCSIS technology  Economic advantages compared to FTTX technology
 No switch-over to new, unknown technologies (P2P Ethernet) and conventional HFC technology
RFoG network in P2P architecture
RFoG network in PON architecture
RFoG 149
Overview RFoG components
Type
Order no.
ORA 11x- The ORA 11x-RFoG micro-node is designed for use

RFoG in FTTB and FTTH networks. In the downstream this
Optical
247100xx makes available the complete CATV and EuroDOCSIS
micro-nodes
frequency spectrum at the output. EuroDOCSIS signals
Page 152 are transmitted in the upstream
ORA 11xD- The ORA 1xxD-RFoG micro-node is designed for use

RFoG in FTTB and FTTH networks. In the downstream this
Optical
247100xx makes available the complete CATV and EuroDOCSIS
micro-nodes
frequency spectrum at the output. EuroDOCSIS signals
Page 155 are transmitted in the upstream
ORA 21x- TThe ORA 21x-RFoG micro-node is designed for use

RFoG iin FTTB and FTTH networks. In the downstream this
Optical
247100xx mmakes available the complete CATV and EuroDOCSIS
micro-nodes
ffrequency spectrum at the output. EuroDOCSIS signals
Page 158 aare transmitted in the upstream
ORA 21xD- TThe ORA 21xD-RFoG micro-node is designed for use

RFoG iin FTTB and FTTH networks. In the downstream this
Optical
247100xx mmakes available the complete CATV and EuroDOCSIS
micro-nodes
ffrequency spectrum at the output. EuroDOCSIS signals
Page 161 aare transmitted in the upstream
The fibre management box FMB 500 is an accessory

FMB 50x
Fibre component for RFoG micro-nodes. The FMB 500
2581002x
management is designed to carry out fibre management in RFoG
box RFoG networks at the RFoG micro-node location, thus
Page 164
simplifying installation
ORM 43E-
RFoG
RFoG return networks, in which typically 32, 64 or 128 optical micro-
24710047
path receiver nodes are connected to a return path receiver using
optical combiners
Page 166
ORR 43E-
The ORR 43-RFoG is designed for use in RFoG
RFoG
RFoG return networks, in which typically up to 32 optical micro-nodes
24710049
path receiver are connected to a return path receiver using optical
combiners
Page 168
150
RFoG
Overview RFoG components
Type
Order no.
BWMR xxxx- Wave length multiplexers (WDM) for splitting the down-
LC-RFoG stream and upstream wave lengths in RFoG networks.
Optical
2481025x In single-fibre RFoG networks, the downstream signal is
Mux/Demux
transmitted on one wave length (1,310 nm or 1,550 nm)
Page 170 and the upstream signal on 1,310 nm or 1,610 nm
BWMR xxxx- Wave length multiplexers (WDM) for splitting the down-
SC-RFoG stream and upstream wave lengths in RFoG networks.
Optical
2481026x In single-fibre RFoG networks, the downstream signal is
Mux/Demux
Page 171 and the upstream signal on 1,310 nm or 1,610 nm
BWMR 1310
Wave length multiplexer (WDM) for splitting the 1,310 nm
24810197 Optical
wave length and CWDM channel wave lengths (C05)
Mux/Demux
C11 ... C18 nm in HFC networks
Page 172
BWMR C1x-SC Optical band pass filters for filtering a CWDM channel.
24810xxx Optical For use in RFoG splitters or at the input of RFoG return
Mux/Demux path receivers to free the upstream wave length from
Page 173 unwanted wave lengths
BOS 2016xC The optical splitters of the BOS 20xx series with one
FTTX/RFoG
250100xx racking unit are very compact, and are optimally suited to
splitters 19”,
a
application in HFC, RFoG and FTTX networks where high
1 RU
Page 174 packing densities in the headend are what counts
FTTX/RFoG
2501006x racking unit are very compact, and are optimally suited to
splitters 19”,
a
application in HFC, RFoG and FTTX networks where high
1 RU
Page 175 packing densities in the headend are what counts
FTTX/RFoG
250100xx racking unit are very compact, and are optimally suited to
splitters 19”,
a
application in HFC, FTTX and PON networks where high
1 RU
Page 176 packing densities in the OLT are what counts
KOP 10
Optical passive T KOP 10 can be used as a tray to store excess length
The
25010023
racking 19”, a as a project-specifically equipped platform for passive
and
1 RU o
optical components
Page 165
RFoG 151
Optical micro-nodes for RFoG
ORA 110-RFoG 24710043

ORA 118-RFoG 24710050
ORA 119-RFoG 24710053
The ORA 11x-RFoG micro-nodes are designed for use

in FTTB and FTTH networks.
The full CATV/EuroDOCSIS frequency spectrum is avai-

lable on the downstream output. EuroDOCSIS signals
are transmitted in the upstream.
What’s new about this concept is that the return path

laser is only activated when transmission is actually ORA 118-RFoG
from a cable modem on this return path.
This has two advantages:
1. Less ingress
It is convenient to always combine the micro-nodes in
and multiples of 8, whereby clusters with 8, 16, 24 and 32 micro-
nodes are created. The attenuation of the passive coupling
2. The optical return path fibres can now be passively elements and the fibre length function are limiting elements
combined with an optical coupler because noise here.
accumulation is not applicable. The advantages of
having to use fewer return path receivers is consider- The ORA 11x RFoG micro-nodes comply with the current
able, enabling very cost-effective network concepts. SCTE standard SCTE 1742010 for RFoG (RF over Glass).
 Low-cost single fibre RFoG micro-nodes  Return path input level settable using bridging plugs:
75-85 dBμV, 85-95 dBμV, 95-105 dBμV
 Downstream level settable using bridging plugs:
 Extremely low-noise receiver 80 dBμV/96 dBμV
 DC light-controlled AGC  Test socket with settable decoupling loss direction
 Optical return path transmitter in burst mode acc. to  Available types:

RFoG specification, DOCSIS/EuroDOCSIS compatible
 ORA 110-RFoG
 Integrated diplex filter 65/85 MHz DS 1,550 nm with 1,310 nm FP laser diode, 3 dBm
 ORA 118-RFoG
 Optical connector: SC/APC DS 1,550 nm with 1,610 nm DFB laser diode, 3 dBm
 ORA 119-RFoG,
DS 1,310 nm with 1,610 nm DFB laser diode, 3 dBm
152
RFoG
Technical data
Type ORA 110-RFoG ORA 118-RFoG ORA 119-RFoG

Order no. 24710043 24710050 24710053
Forward path
Optical data
Optical wave lengths (reception) nm 1,550 ... 1,560 1,550 ... 1,560 1,250 ... 1,360
RF data
Impedance Ω 75
Number of outputs 1
Output level (1 GHz at 4.4 % OMI) dBμV 80/96 ± 1.5
Frequency response (typ./max.) dB ± 1.0/± 1.5
dB ± 1.0/± 1.5
(over optical input power and temperature range, typ./max.)
Pre-emphasis 85 ... 1,006 MHz (output: 80 dBμV or 96 dBμV) dB 3 ... 5
dBμV 84/100
dBμV 84/99
Return path (general)
RF data
Frequency range (through diplex filter/broadband input) MHz 5-65
Impedance Ω 75
Frequency response dB ±1
Attenuation test socket (upstream in/out) dB 15/17
Input level for OMI 12 % (bridging plug 0 dB, 10 dB, 20 dB) dBμV 80/90/100
Input level range dBμV 75 ... 105
Fabry-Perot
Return path laser DFB laser diode DFB laser diode
laser diode
Wave length return path laser diode nm 1,310 ± 20 1,610 ± 3 1,610 ± 3
Optical output power dBm +3
Laser on/off time μs 0.95
Power supply
Input voltage VAC 230
RFoG 153
Technical data

Order no. 24710043 24710050 24710053
General data
Weight kg 0.8
Dimensions (mm)
Connection example ORA 11x-RFoG
Splitter / Combiner
BOS 2032LC-RFoG ORA 110-RFoG
1550 nm
Broadcast
3 additional clusters
ORM 43E-RFoG
154
RFoG
ORA 110D-RFoG 24710071

ORA 118D-RFoG 24710072
ORA 119D-RFoG 24710073
The ORA 11xD-RFoG micro-nodes are designed for use


What’s new about this concept is that the return path

laser is only activated when transmission is actually ORA
O RA 118D-RFoG
1. Less ingress
and multiples of 8, whereby clusters with 8, 16, 24 and 32 micro-
2. The optical return path fibres can now be passively elements and the fibre length function are limiting elements
combined with an optical coupler because noise here.
having to use fewer return path receivers is consider- The ORA 11xD-RFoG micro-nodes comply with the current
able, enabling very cost-effective network concepts. SCTE standard SCTE 1742010 for RFoG (RF over Glass).
75-85 dBμV, 85-95 dBμV, 95-105 dBμV
 Extremely low-noise receiver 83 dBμV/99 dBμV
 3 dB higher output level (83/99 dBμV)  Available types:

than ORA 11x-RFoG
 ORA 110D-RFoG
 Optical return path transmitter in burst mode acc. to DS 1,550 nm with 1,310 nm FP laser diode, 3 dBm
RFoG specification, DOCSIS/EuroDOCSIS compatible  ORA 118D-RFoG
 Integrated diplex filter 65/85 MHz  ORA 119D-RFoG,
 Optical connector: SC/APC
RFoG 155
Technical data
Type ORA 110D-RFoG ORA 118D-RFoG ORA 119D-RFoG

Order no. 24710071 24710072 24710073
Forward path
Optical data
Optical wave length (reception) nm 1,550 ... 1,560 1,550 ... 1,560 1,250 ... 1,360
RF data
Impedance Ω 75
Number of outputs 1
Output level (1 GHz at 4.4 % OMI), switchable dBμV 83/99 ± 1.5
dB ± 1.0/± 1.5
Pre-emphasis 85 ... 1,006 MHz (output: 83 dBμV and 99 dBμV) dB 3 ... 5
dBμV 84/100
dBμV 84/99
Attenuation test socket dB 20 ± 1
RF data
Impedance Ω 75
Attenuation test socket (upstream in/out) dB 20 ± 1
Fabry-Perot
laser diode
Wave length return path laser diode nm 1,310 ± 20 1,610 ± 3 1,610 ± 3
156
RFoG
Technical data

Order no. 24710071 24710072 24710073
Power supply
Input voltage VAC 230
General data
Weight kg 0.8
Block diagram
Output level
Return path attenuation

Switchable
test socket
Operation mode
Upstream
Dimensions (mm)
RFoG 157
ORA 210-RFoG 24710057

ORA 218-RFoG 24710055
ORA 219-RFoG 24710056
The ORA 21x-RFoG micro-nodes are designed for use


What’s new about this concept is that the return path ORA 210-RFoG
laser is only activated when transmission is actually

1. Less ingress multiples of 8, whereby clusters with 8, 16, 24 and 32 micro-
and elements and the fibre length function are limiting elements
here.
2. The optical return path fibres can now be passively The ORA 21x-RFoG micro-nodes are equipped with
combined with an optical coupler because noise a plug-in power supply unit.
having to use fewer return path receivers is consider- They comply with the current SCTE standard
able, enabling very cost-effective network concepts. SCTE 1742010 for RFoG (RF over Glass).
75-85 dBμV, 85-95 dBμV, 95-105 dBμV
 Extremely low-noise receiver 0 dB, 10 dB
 Optical return path transmitter in burst mode acc. to  Power supply unit
RFoG specification, DOCSIS/EuroDOCSIS compatible
 Integrated diplex filter 65/85 MHz
 ORA 210-RFoG,
 Optical connector: SC/APC DS 1,550 nm with 1,310 nm FP laser diode, 3 dBm
 ORA 218-RFoG,
 ORA 219-RFoG,
158
RFoG
Technical data

Order no. 24710057 24710055 24710056
Forward path
Optical data
RF data
Impedance Ω 75
Number of outputs 1
dB ± 1.0/± 1.5
Pre-emphasis 85 ... 1,006 MHz (output: 80 dBμV or 96 dBμV) dB 3 ... 5
dBμV 84/100
dBμV 84/99
RF data
Impedance Ω 75
Attenuation test socket (upstream in/out) dB 15/17
Fabry-Perot
laser diode
Wave length return-path laser diode nm 1,310 ± 20 1,610 ± 3 1,610 ± 3
RFoG 159
Technical data

Order no. 24710057 24710055 24710056
Power supply
Input voltage (power-supply unit) VAC 230
General data
Weight kg 0.8
Block diagram
Output level

Switchable
test socket
Operation mode
Upstream
Dimensions (mm)
160
RFoG
ORA 210D-RFoG 24710067

ORA 218D-RFoG 24710068
ORA 219D-RFoG 24710069
The ORA 21xD-RFoG micro-nodes are designed for use


What’s new about this concept is that the return path ORA
ORA 21xD-RFoG
laser is only activated when transmission is actually

1. Less ingress multiples of 8, whereby clusters with 8, 16, 24 and 32 micro-
and elements and the fibre length function are limiting elements
here.
2. The optical return path fibres can now be passively The ORA 21xD-RFoG micro-nodes are equipped with
combined with an optical coupler because noise a plug-in power supply unit.
having to use fewer return path receivers is consider- They comply with the current SCTE standard
able, enabling very cost-effective network concepts. SCTE 1742010 for RFoG (RF over Glass).
75-85 dBμV, 85-95 dBμV, 95-105 dBμV
 Extremely low-noise receiver 0 dB, 10 dB
 3 dB higher output level (83/99 dBμV)  Power supply unit

than ORA 21x-RFoG
 Optical return path transmitter in burst mode acc. to
RFoG specification, DOCSIS/EuroDOCSIS compatible  ORA 210D-RFoG,
DS 1,550 nm with 1,310 nm FP laser diode, 3 dBm
 Integrated diplex filter 65/85 MHz  ORA 218D-RFoG,
 Optical connector: SC/APC  ORA 219-RFoG,
RFoG 161
Technical data

Order no. 24710067 24710068 24710069
Forward path
Optical data
RF data
Impedance Ω 75
Number of outputs 1
dB ± 1.0/± 1.5
Pre-emphasis 85 ... 1,006 MHz (output: 83 dBμV and 99 dBμV) dB 3 ... 5
dBμV 84/100
dBμV 84/99
Attenuation test socket dB 20 ± 1
RF data
Impedance Ω 75
Attenuation test socket (upstream in/out) dB 20 ± 1
Fabry-Perot
laser diode
Wave length return-path laser diode nm 1,310 ± 20 1,610 ± 3 1,610 ± 3
162
RFoG
Technical data

Order no. 24710067 24710068 24710069
Power supply
Input voltage (power-supply unit) VAC 230
General data
Weight kg 0.8
Block diagram
Output level

Switchable
test socket
Operation mode
Upstream
Dimensions (mm)
RFoG 163
Optical accessories RFoG
Fibre management box RFoG
FMB 500 25810020

FMB 501 25810021
The FMB 500 fibre management box is an accessory for

RFoG micro-nodes. The FMB 500 is designed to carry out
fibre management in RFoG networks at the location of the
RFoG micro-node, simplifying installation. It is possible to
first only install the fibre management box and the optical
fibre. The RFoG micro-node can be retro-fitted after the
fibre management box has been sealed.
After installation has been completed, the FMB 500 is

closed using a cover and can be additionally fitted with
a seal for tamper proofing.
The FMB 500 fibre management box replaces the

installation cabinet usually used in NE4 installation,
thereby optimising costs. FMB 500, open, coaxial cable and earthing block
Compact dimensions substantially simplify installation. not included in the delivery scope
The unit’s favourable appearance permits installation in
areas visible to the public.
The fibre management box FMB 501 features a

connection kit including EVL 340 connection cable with
F-quick connectors and the EMU 21 earthing block.
 Rapid and simple installation:  Fibre management functions:

 Designed for on-wall fibre installation  Storage capacity for excess length for up to six fibres
 Clip-on connections: Slot in - ready to go!  Four park positions for SC/APC and
 Retaining clips for protective covers and splices LC/APC optical connectors
 One park position for an optical LC/APC twin connector
 Tamper proofing afforded by seal for the ORA xxx-RFoG
 Fixing facilities for fibres using cable clips
 Appealing design  Six fibre splice trays (Ø = 3.0 mm)
 One WDM coupler (Ø = 5.5 mm)
 Compact dimensions
 Separate cover for fibre management section
 For use with ORA 11x-RFoG, ORA 21x-RFoG or
micro-nodes with similar dimensions  Installation can be performed horizontally or vertically
 Excellent ventilation  Optional earthing block for earthing of ORA xxx-RFoG
FMB 500, closed
164
RFoG
Technical data
Type FMB 500 FMB 501

Order no. 25810020 25810021

Weight g 250
Connector compartment 4 x SC/APC and 1 x LC/APC twin
Fibre splice trays (diameter: 3 mm) 6
Compartment for WDM tubes (diameter: 5.5 mm) 1
Insertion openings for glass fibres Bottom side left, top side left
Max. diameter of inserted fibre cable mm 8
Housing material characteristics
Flame-retardant characteristics UL 94 V0
Resistance against external impact Impact-resistant, UV proof
EVL 340, EMU 21,
Contents Cover for fibre management
cover for fibre management
Optical passive racking 19”, 1 RU
KOP 10 25010023
The passive racking with 24 slots can be applied universally

in 19” cabinets.
The KOP 10 can be used as a tray to store excess length

and as a project-specifically equipped platform for passive
optical components.
This allows, for example, complex WDM splitter structures

to be stored within a KOP 10, to implement video overlay
for an FTTH network.
 19” racking for passive optical components  Dimensions (H x W x D) in mm: 44.5 x 440 x 215
 Universal application  Accessories (included in delivery scope):
 KOP 10 can be equipped with up to 24 OKU 01/SC,  19” fastening-parts kit, hook-and-loop tape
OKU 01/E or OKU 01/SC-E optical connectors (2 units, 200 x 5 mm)
 Unused openings can be covered with protective caps KOP 10: 24 dummy plugs
 Ideal for integration of the BOV 00x optical splitters or

BOC 0xx taps
RFoG 165
Optical return path receivers RFoG
ORM 43E-RFoG 24710047

networks, in which typically 32, 64 or 128 optical micro-
nodes are connected to a return path receiver using
optical combiners.
This is possible because with the DOCSIS protocol it is

ensured that in each case only one return path receiver
sends a data package when a DOCSIS data package from
the cable modem exists at the input of the micro-node.
The passive optical coupling enables the saving of return

path receivers. The very cost-effective RFoG micro-nodes
ORA 11x-RFoG and ORA 12x-RFoG enable the designing
of very economic network concepts.
 Opto-electrical conversion of
 Four receivers, with individual shut-down

power consumption  Ultra low-noise figure of 0.8 pA/√Hz
Block diagram
E1
ICS dB A1
E2
ICS dB A2
C
E3
ICS dB A3
E4
ICS dB A4
μC
166
RFoG
Technical data
Type ORM 43E-RFoG

Order no. 24710047

Equivalent noise current density, input pA/√Hz 0.8
Return loss dB > 19
Impedance Ω 75
Weight kg 2.25
Connection example
RFoG 167
ORR 43E-RFoG 24710049
The ORR 43-RFoG is designed for use in RFoG networks,

in which up to 32 optical micro-nodes are connected to a
return path receiver using an optical combiner.
This is possible due to the DOCSIS protocol, which ensures

that only one return path receiver transmits a data packet.
The return path transmitters in the micro-node only transmit
if a DOCSIS data packet has been identified on the input.
 Opto-electrical conversion of
 Four receivers, with individual shut-down

power consumption
168
RFoG
Technical data
Type ORR 43E-RFoG

Order no. 24710049

Return loss dB > 19
Impedance Ω 75
DOCSIS 3.0 return path channel bonding 4 x 64 QAM
Operating temperature range °C -20 ... +70
Block diagram
RFoG 169
BWMR 1550-1610-60-LC-RFoG 24810255

BWMR 1310-1610-60-LC-RFoG 24810256
BWMR 1550-1310-60-LC-RFoG 24810257
Wave length multiplexers (WDM) for splitting the down-

stream and upstream wave lengths in RFoG networks.
In single-fibre RFoG networks, the downstream signal is

and the upstream signal on 1,310 nm or 1,610 nm.
The BWMR 1xx0-1yy0-60-LC-RFoG is optimised for Similar to picture

Similar p
the use in RFoG headends.
The high downstream transmission power and low recep- Connection in headend:
tion power of the return path or high sensitivity of the optical Transmitter on “Pass-Port”
RFoG receivers make extremely high selection values Return path Rx on “Reflection-Port”
necessary. Fibre optics to fibre node on “COM-Port”
 Optical multiplexer/demultiplexer:  Design: Mini-tube

 Wave lengths in DS: 1,310 or 1,550 nm;
wave lengths in US: 1,310 or 1,610 nm  Optical connections:
 900 μm fibres
 High reliability  Connectors: LC/APC
 Extremely high isolation of 60/65 dB  Designed for use in RFoG networks for separation
of downstream and upstream wave lengths at the
 Low insertion loss headend site
BWMR 1550- BWMR 1310- BWMR 1550-

Type
1610-60-LC-RFoG 1610-60-LC-RFoG 1310-60-LC-RFoG
Order no. 24810255 24810256 24810257
Wave length 1 “Pass Channel” nm 1,550 ± 40 1,310 ± 40 1,550 ± 40

Wave length 2 “Reflect Channel” nm 1,610 ± 6.5 1,610 ± 6.5 1,310 ± 20
Insertion loss “Pass Channel → Common” on wave length 1 ¹ )
dB ≤ 1.0
Selection “Common → Pass Channel” on wave length 2 dB ≥ 45
Insertion loss, “Common → Reflect Channel” ¹) on wave length 2 ¹) ≤ 0.5
Directivity “Pass Channel → Reflect Channel” on wave length 1 ≥ 60 ≥ 65 ≥ 65
PDL dB ≤ 0.2
Optical return loss dB ≥ 45
Max. optical output power mW 300
Operating temperature °C -5 ... +70
Optical connectors LC/APC
170
RFoG
BWMR 1550-1610-60-SC-RFoG 24810263

BWMR 1310-1610-60-SC-RFoG 24810264
BWMR 1550-1310-60-SC-RFoG 24810265


The BWMR 1xx0-1yy0-60-SC-RFoG is optimised for Similar

Similar to picture
p
The high downstream transmission power and low recep- Connection in headend:
tion power of the return path or high sensitivity of the optical Transmitter on “Pass-Port”
RFoG receivers make extremely high selection values Return path Rx on “Reflection-Port”
necessary. Fibre optics to fibre node on “COM-Port”

 900 μm fibres
 High reliability  Connectors: SC/APC
 High isolation of 60/65 dB  Designed for use in RFoG networks for separation
BWMR 1550- BWMR 1310- BWMR 1550-

Type
1610-60-SC-RFoG 1610-60-SC-RFoG 1310-60-SC-RFoG
Order no. 24810263 24810264 24810265
Wave length 1 “Pass Channel” nm 1,550 ± 40 1,310 ± 40 1,550 ± 40

Wave length 2 “Reflect Channel” nm 1,610 ± 6.5 1,610 ± 6.5 1,310 ± 20
Insertion loss “Pass Channel → Common” on wave length 1 ¹ )
dB ≤ 1.0
Insertion loss, “Common → Reflect Channel” ¹) on wave length 2 ¹) ≤ 0.5
Directivity “Pass Channel → Reflect Channel” on wave length 1 ≥ 60 ≥ 65 ≥ 65
PDL dB ≤ 0.2
RFoG 171
BWMR 1310 24810197
Wave length demultiplexer (WDM) for splitting the wave

length 1,310 nm and the CWDM channel wave length (C05)
In single-fibre based HFC networks, the downstream signal

is transmitted on one wave length (1,310 nm) and the up-
stream signal on another wave length (CWDM C11 ... C18).

Similar to picture
Similar p
CWDM return path Rx on “Reflection-Port”  High reliability
 High isolation
Connection in fibre node:
Downstream receiver module in fibre node on “Pass-Port”  Low insertion loss
CWDM return path Tx on “Reflection-Port”
Fibre optics to headend “COM-Port”  Design: Mini-tube
 Optical multiplexer/demultiplexer:  900 μm fibres
 Wave lengths: 1,310/CWDM C05 ... C18 nm  Connectors: SC/APC
 Application e.g. splitting forward path/CWDM return path
 Designed for use in the optical compact receiver
ORA 9022 or in the KOP 10 in the headend
Type BWMR 1310

Order no. 24810197
Wave length, “Pass Channel” nm 1,310 ± 6.5

Wave length, “Reflect Channel” nm C05 ... C18
Insertion loss, “Common → Pass Channel” ¹ )
dB 0.6
Insertion loss “Pass Channel → Common” ¹) dB 0.6
Insertion loss, “Common → Reflect Channel” ¹) dB 0.6
PDL dB ≤ 0.15
Directivity Pass/Reflect Channel (forward path/return path) dB 55
172
RFoG
BWMR C15-SC 24810192

BWMR C18-SC 24810260
Optical band pass filters for filtering a CWDM channel.

For use in RFoG splitters or at the input of RFoG return path
receivers to free theupstream wave length from unwanted
wave lengths.
Unwanted wave length components may still exist from

insufficient directional attenuation or from selection of
other WDM elements in the spectrum.
Similar to picture
Similar p
 Optical bandpass filter for a CWDM channel
 Bandpass wave lengths: 1,611 nm and 1,551 nm
 High reliability  Optical connections:
 Low insertion loss  900 μm fibres

Type BWMR C15-SC BWMR C18-SC

Order no. 24810192 24810260
Wave length, “Pass Channel” nm 1,551 ± 6.5 1,611 ± 6.5

1,460 ... 1,537 and
Wave length, “Reflect Channel” nm 1,460 ... 1,597
1,563 ... 1,617
Insertion loss, “Common → Pass Channel” ¹) dB 1.0
Insertion loss, “Common → Reflect Channel” ¹ )
dB 0.8
Selection (adjacent channel) “Common → Pass Channel” ¹ )
dB ≥ 30
Selection (adjacent channel) “Common → Reflect Channel” ¹ )
dB ≥ 15
PDL dB ≤ 0.1
Directivity “Pass/Reflect Channel” (forward path/return path) dB 55
RFoG 173
FTTX/RFoG splitters 19”, 1 RU
BOS 2016SC 25010070

BOS 2016LC 25010069
The optical splitters of the BOS 20xx series with one

racking unit are very compact, and are optimally suited
to application in HFC, RFoG and FTTX networks where Similar to picture
high packing densities in the headend are what counts.
These components are used to split high power CATV

optical signals in the wave length range 1,260 to 1,650 nm
to the required number of distribution fibres, or in RFoG
networks to couple the upstream signals together before
feeding them into optical return path receivers.
The special advantage of the BOS 20xx series is also
The BOS 20xx splitters are equipped with two equal opti- due to the fact that a large number of splitters are already
cal input ports that can be used for path redundancy, as preconfectioned and ready to use - a huge benefit for
a service port or as a downstream and upstream port. network operators in terms of reliability and costs.
 19” racking (1 RU)  ITU-G.694.2-compliant
 Includes an optical 2 : 16 splitter  Broadband PLC splitter
 Two combined inputs and 16 outputs with  Integrated fibre tray

SC/APC or LC/APC connectors
Type BOS 2016SC BOS 2016LC

Order no. 25010070 25010069
Configuration 1 x 2 : 16
Wave length range nm 1,260 ... 1,650
Max. insertion loss (-40 ... +80 °C) per splitter ¹ )
dB 14.9
Uniformity of channels dB < 2.0
Polarisation dependent loss dB 0.4
Typ. isolation (directivity) dB 55
Min. return loss dB 55
Temperature range (operation/storage) °C -40 ... +85
Relative humidity (non-condensing) % ≤ 90
Max. optical power mW < 300
Dimensions (W x H x D), 19” chassis mm 482 x 45 x 196
Fibre type (Core diameter/sheathing diameter/outer diameter) μm 9/125/250; G657A
Type of optical connection SC/APC LC/APC
¹) Including optical connectors, across the entire temperature range and all polarisation conditions
174
RFoG
BOS 2032SC 25010067

BOS 2032LC 25010066

to application in HFC, RFoG and FTTX networks where Similar to picture
high packing densities in the headend are what counts.

 Two combined inputs and 32 outputs with  Integrated fibre tray

SC/APC or LC/APC connectors

Order no. 25010067 25010066
dB 17.8
RFoG 175
BOS 2064SC 25010065

BOS 2064LC 25010071

to application in HFC, FTTX and PON networks where Similar to picture
high packing densities in the OLT are what counts.

feeding them into optical return path receivers. preconfectioned and ready to use - a huge benefit for
network operators in terms of reliability and costs.
The BOS 20xx splitters are equipped with two equal opti-
cal input ports that can be used for path redundancy, as Maximum connection density is obtained through the use
a service port or as a downstream and upstream port. of extremely compact LC connectors. Other standard
connectors, such as LC/APC or SC/APC are of course also
The special advantage of the BOS 20xx series is also available. If these connectors are used, connection density
due to the fact that a large number of splitters are already is only half as high.
 Two combined inputs and 64 outputs  Integrated fibre tray

with SC/APC or LC/APC connectors
Type BOS 2064LC BOS 2064SC

Order no. 25010071 25010065
Max. insertion loss (-40 ... +80 °C) per splitter ¹) dB 21.1
Fibre type (Core diameter/sheathing diameter/outer diameter) μm 9/125/250
¹) Including optical connectors
176
RFoG
Radio Frequency over Glass
Experiences and recommendations for RFoG projects
In order to satisfy the continuously increasing demand for This ensures future use of the most important infrastructure
broadband capacity, telecommunication service providers devices such as optical splitters and optical transmission
increasingly implement glass fibre into their access devices. RFoG standardisation with the SCTE bears the
networks. Cable network operators have expanded their title of ‘Advanced Fibre Access’.
networks primarily with HFC technology and offer their
customers a diversity of new services via DOCSIS cable
Reasons for upgrading to FTTX/RFoG technologies
modem systems.
Four clear reasons exist:

RFoG technology makes possible a flexible transition from
HFC to FTTB networks, whereby essential infrastructure
components such as central headends, DOCSIS systems, 1. Increasing bandwidth demand
building cabling and end devices are used. 2. Established telecommunications operators are in
competition with cable network operators, each with
new technologies. IPTV via xDSL or FTTX technologies
Compared to a complete change to FTTH glass fibre tech- against CATV, VoIP and internet via DOCSIS technology
nology, lower investments are needed and end customers
3. Customer requirements: residential building companies
are not disturbed. In this way, cable network operators can
increasingly demand FTTB or FTTH technologies
prepare themselves for future capacity expansions, and
4. Economic pressure
with established technology also stand their ground
against the competition.
Benefits of RFoG technology

Introduction to RFoG
The following lists some of the most important advantages

Because RFoG extends the range of glass-fibre connec- of RFoG technology:
tion technology to buildings (FTTB) and even into living
rooms (FTTH), this technology can be seen as being FTTX
technology based on the common DOCSIS/EuroDOCSIS - Expansion of the existing HFC network
standard. In principle, RFoG can be seen as a PON - Wider bandwidths to customers
(passive optical network) for specific parts of the HFC - Existing HFC headend devices can still be used
network. By specifying the optionally available 1,610 nm - Existing HF distribution technology in buildings
wave length, the system can even be migrated to a can be maintained
complete GPON/GEPON network. - Cable modems can continue to be used
- Strengthening of competitive capacity compared
to VDSL and GPON services
- Modification of the network to a highly cost-efficient
DOCSIS-based FTTB/FTTH infrastructure
RFoG 177
What makes RFoG so attractive?
RFoG offers cable network operators an attractive option

to simply upgrade existing networks to FTTB or even
FTTH levels without exposure to unknown territory.
Previous investments in DOCSIS technology and a majority

of the optical transmitting and receiving technology can still
be used. The coaxial part of the HFC network can be
entirely replaced by a single fibre solution (FTTH).
Alternatively the existing coax cabling and cable modems
of the subscribers can be kept unchanged. The subscribers
are thus not inconvenienced with cable replacement.
How is RFoG different to HFC?
1. The most obvious new feature with RFoG technology 3. When measuring optical power on the return path it must
is the passive optical splitter/combiner that distributes be noted that this is pulsed, which may lead to erroneous
the downstream signal to the micro-nodes and that test results. Without a functional cable modem there is
combines the return path signals from the micro-nodes no or very low optical output power. In the HF range, the
on an optical fibre. In this way each individual coaxial normal DOCSIS/EuroDOCSIS test devices can be used
HF cluster is transformed into a passive optical RFoG as usual because the RFoG system behaves transpa-
cluster. rently for (Euro)DOCSIS signals at the HF connections
2. RFoG micro-nodes with return path transmitters in burst 4. Use of wave length-independent PLC splitters
mode enable a passive combining of return path signals.
5. Sufficient isolation between the (high power) transmitter
3. Return path receivers with high input sensitivity and downstream and the highly sensitive RFoG receiver
burst mode capability in the headend enable an optical upstream must be ensured. The difference between
budget of 28 dB for the return path transmitted optical power to minimum permissible
reception power may exceed 40 dB
What needs to be considered when using RFoG?

RFoG offers greater reliability, signal quality,
bandwidth and economy
Some aspects exist that might be overseen when setting
up a first RFoG network, leading to erroneous test results
and misunderstandings. To avoid this, we recommend the The effects of RFoG technology on HFC architectures are
following: enormous: The replacement of coaxial cable amplifiers
with passive optical fibres has a positive effect on energy
consumption, network dependability and operating costs
1. Special RFoG return path receivers must be used,
(OpEx).
because if conventional return path receivers are used
it is not possible to achieve an optical budget of 28 dB
upstream. These old devices, because of automatic The higher network reliability is easily understood: there
amplifying control loops, are not designed for receiving are several active amplifiers with a specific age and relia-
pulsed optical signals and may have insufficient bility value and many older coax devices that can be repla-
response times. ced with higher reliability values via several passive optical
splitters, a mono-mode fibre and small RFoG micro-nodes.
2. The effects of channel bonding in accordance with
EuroDOCSIS 3.0 are specified in the section‚ RFoG
and EuroDOCSIS 3.0
178
RFoG
With signal quality, forward path (downstream) and

return path (upstream) must be differentiated between:
The gains in signal quality in the downstream cannot be

used for expanding the bandwidth by using higher modu-
lation types because the gain in signal quality with values
significantly below 1 dB is not sufficient.
The next higher modulation type requires a 6 dB-higher
carrier to noise ratio (CNR) - the number of channels,
carrier level and optical modulation index remain
unchanged.
Of course, complex considerations are created due to
adaptation of the parameters above in order to also
enable higher modulation types with less CNR increase.
The situation is completely new and improved in

the upstream:
1. The coaxial upstream is now usually implemented via

a mono-mode fibre that is subject to neither EMC nor
ingress
2. The return path laser operates in burst mode and trans-
mits only when a (Euro)DOCSIS signal is detected from The HFC fibre node can become part of an active
the transmitting cable modem. Less ingress is passed RFoG hub.
to the receiver in the headend; thus according to ingress Depending on the type of network (FTTB or FTTH), the
situation, the signal quality and reliability of communi- micro-node is situated at the entrance to the building or
cation is improved by several decibels, as we already at the apartment entrance.
know from previously designed RFoG networks.
A correct system design enables higher modulation types
and significant improvements in upstream bandwidth Size of the RFoG cluster
RFoG saves costs in two ways: The table below gives an approximate overview of
possible cluster sizes and fibre lengths:
1. Device costs can be saved as less return path receivers
are needed. A 64-port splitter reduces the number of RFoG clusters Optical splitter Fibre length
return path receivers to 1/64. In addition, all active coax 1:8 12 dB 48 km
amplifiers can be completely removed from an RFoG 1 : 16 15 dB 36 km
cluster 1 : 32 17 dB 24 km
2. The higher reliability due to less components used, less 1 : 64 21 dB 12 km
devices maintained and reduced energy consumption 1 : 128 24 dB ˂ 1 km
cut operating costs
The RFoG components: Optical return path receiver

Which part of an HFC network can be replaced
by RFoG?
There are two reasons for using a specially constructed
RFoG return path receiver:
It is possible to replace a complete HFC network with
RFoG. Also, specific parts (clusters) can also be replaced. 1. In order to gain an optical budget of up to 28 dB, con-
In addition, the range of HFC networks can be expanded struction of a new return path receiver with an ultra-sen-
with RFoG technology by adding RFoG clusters to the sitive input stage is required (noise figures ˂ 1 pA/√Hz)
peripheral areas of the HFC network. 2. Standard HFC return path transmitters are in operation
By integrating a second level, the coax components on continuously (CW mode) and enable the return path
the fibre nodes of the HFC network can be partially or receiver to use the received light for constant optical
completely replaced by a single mono-mode fibre and light control (AGC). This is no longer possible with RFoG
passive PLC splitter. systems because the return path laser in the micro-node
is only then activated when a QAM burst from a cable
modem is detected
RFoG 179
RFoG nodes Of course a complete HFC cluster should always be

replaced by RFoG. The HF output signal of the RFoG
return path receiver equates to the HF output of the
The RFoG return path laser transmits only after detecting
HFC return path receiver.
a QAM burst on the return path from a cable modem.
This gives two decisive advantages:
RFoG and FTTX
1. Lower ingress
2. The optical return path fibres can now be passively RFoG can be seen as an independent FTTX technology
combined with an optical coupler because noise accu- or as TV/DOCSIS expansion for GPON networks. With the
mulation is not applicable. With use of less return path aid of WDM filters, both RFoG and GPON technology can
receivers, significant savings in costs, space and energy use the same fibres without problems.
can be achieved, allowing planning of more economic
network concepts (PON)
RFoG and EuroDOCSIS 2.0
EuroDOCSIS 2.0 is the perfect basis technology for use in

RFoG architectures. Thanks to high performance time slot
assignment by the CMTS, each individual cable modem is
assigned a time for data transmission, and this is ideally
supplemented by the RFoG technology.
This enables maximum exploitation of the optical budget;
the possible bandwidth of an RFoG cluster is pre-defined
Optical splitters/combiners by DOCSIS 2.0 specifications.
At the moment special splitter configurations based on RFoG and EuroDOCSIS 3.0
PLC technology are available, optimised for use in the
RFoG headend with up to 64 ports in a 19” 1 RU device. With (Euro)DOCSIS 3.0 based systems, more complex
In principle there are two possible situations that each situations occur with the bonding of channels. More than
demand a different material selection: one return path laser may transmit simultaneously, possibly
leading to a deterioration of the carrier to noise ratio (CNR)
1. The passive splitter/combiner is placed in the headend. at the output of the return path receiver.
A good solution is to select 2 x 32 or 2 x 64 splitters/ This makes a greater system reserve necessary that per-
combiners with two identical inputs or 32 or 64 output mits such deterioration. In addition, DOCSIS error correc-
ports. Isolation of both input ports is greater than 55 dB tion corrects temporary deterioration or interruptions that
and can therefore be used in most RFoG setups to may also occur upstream in conventional HFC channels
avoid crosstalk of the output power downstream to due to disrupting signals.
the high-sensitivity return path receiver. An input port
is used for downstream distribution and another for the Communication can be interrupted by so-called beat noise
output upstream with the bonding of channels, and if two or more trans-
2. The splitter/combiner is installed in the field as in a mitters are also transmitting on precisely the same wave
typical PON architecture. In this case the downstream length. If this only happens for a short period, then
and upstream wavelengths have to be separated in the DOCSIS error correction eliminates such effects.
headend with aid of a WDM that has sufficient isolation
to avoid the above-mentioned crosstalk
Many network operators implement field tests with RFoG,
and beat noise could not be detected in various RFoG
networks. As such, we believe this is a seldom-occurring
Coexistence of RFoG and HFC in the same network phenomenon. It must also be stated that beat noise is
only a factor for transmission in the upstream channel;
The differing setup principles of HFC and RFoG technology the downstream signals (TV and DOCSIS downstream)
can exist side by side in the same network or DOCSIS area. are not affected by this anyway.
Further clusters can be added to an existing HFC network
when using RFoG without the need for modifications in the
DOCSIS data area, the learning of new network protocols
or investments in new testing equipment.
180
RFoG
Connection of rural areas The migration path
Let us assume a cluster with 500 subscribers and four During the operating life of a broadband network, several
apartments per building for example. This means a total of opportunities for introducing RFoG technology exist:
125 buildings need to be connected to an RFoG network.
In an FTTB situation, the 125 buildings are typically con- 1. Upgrading to EuroDOCSIS 3.0 - in this case, older
nected with 125 micro-nodes, two 64-port splitters and EuroDOCSIS 2.0-CMTS can be installed in network
two RFoG return path receivers. components with less data traffic, for example for expan-
With the use of 64-port splitters with approximately 21 dB sions in rural areas, as RFoG is the ideal solution for
insertion loss and a total optical budget of 24 dB, 3 dB or thinly populated regions and because EuroDOCSIS 2.0-
an optical fibre length of around 12 km must be used for CMTS has a longer service life
connection of the 125 buildings. 2. Broadband upgrading, new contracts and replacing older
This is a highly practical value for a rural region. components offer further options for introducing RFoG
3. It is also possible to expand a coaxial network with
RFoG to increase area coverage. Suggesting leaving
RFoG is the technology of choice for bringing high band- some coaxial elements in the ground may sound
widths to urban and rural areas that were until now not far-fetched, but is in fact a realistic situation that has
connected but that are only a few kilometres from existing been decided upon by several network operators to
HFC networks. expand the operating life of still-functioning linear ampli-
fiers and to push forward extended use of fibres (RFoG)
Is there an advantage when connecting a campus?

Summary
To represent the connection of a campus area the
same figures are used as specified above: Kathrein has successfully implemented several RFoG
projects, and our findings are described in this article
500 subscribers with four users per office. That means under “What needs to be considered when using RFoG?”.
125 offices. The distance between the offices can be
specified as short with maximum length of the fibres Because of the extremely low probability of interference
being < 1 km. noise, upstream transmission interruptions from these
A 128-port splitter with insertion loss of 24 dB can be used. disturbance signals can be more or less ignored. This has
Thus all 500 subscribers are passively connected with an been confirmed by experience in practice from several
RFoG return path receiver or a CMTS port. network operators. This assumption has also been backed
up by several field test measurement surveys.
With use of EuroDOCSIS 3.0 and the bonding of eight
downstream channels, these 500 subscribers share a
bandwidth of 400 Mbps.
RFoG is also the preferred technology for bringing a

high bandwidth into campus areas with use of existing
mono-mode fibres if the building is within an existing
HFC network, as is often the case in urban areas.
RFoG 181
Special brochure
Full information on Kathrein’s RFoG technology is published

in the brochure depicted here. This can be either ordered or
Radio F
downloaded from our website “www.kathrein.de”. requen
c y over G
lass
You can also order a hard copy of the brochure from Passive Op
your local Kathrein representative. for EuroDO tical Network (PON
CSIS infras )
tructures
182
RFoG
Overview couplers and patch cables 184-185

Optical couplers 186 Optical splitters 195-198
Optical patch cables 187-188 Optical taps 199
Passive racking 19” 189 Overview optical Mux/Demux 200-201
Overview passive optical components 189 Optical multiplexers/demultiplexers 202-205
Overview FTTX/RFoG splitters 190 Optical CWDM multiplexers/
FTTX/RFoG splitters 191-193 demultiplexers 206-213
Overview optical splitters and taps 194 Optical attenuators 214
183
Optical accessories
Overview couplers and patch cables
Type
Order no.
OKU 01/SC
ORA 9022
24810031 Optical Connection adapter,
coupler SC/APC both ends
ORA 9022-1G
Page 186
OKU 01/SC-E
ORA 9022
coupler SC/APC to E-2000
ORA 9022-1G
Page 186
OKU 01/E
ORA 9022
coupler E-2000 both ends
ORA 9022-1G
Page 186
OFC
0
0.5 m, E-2000 plug 8°
050/E yellow Optical Universal
o
on both ends, 0.1 dB
24810152 patch cable application
3
3.0 mm patch cord
Page 187
OFC
1
1.5 m, E-2000 plug 8°
o
3
3.0 mm patch cord
Page 187
OFC
3
3.0 m, E-2000 plug 8°
o
3
3.0 mm patch cord
Page 187
OFC
1
10.0 m, E-2000 plug 8°
o
3
3.0 mm patch cord
Page 187
OFC
0
0.5 m, E-2000 plug 8°
050/E red Optical Universal
o
3
3.0 mm patch cord
Page 187
OFC
1
1.5 m, E-2000 plug 8°
o
3
3.0 mm patch cord
Page 187
OFC
3
3.0 m, E-2000 plug 8°
o
3
3.0 mm patch cord
Page 187
OFC
1
10.0 m, E-2000 plug 8°
o
3
3.0 mm patch cord
Page 187
184
Optical accessories
Overview couplers and patch cables
Type
Order no.
OFC 300/LC
24810126 Optical Length: 300 cm Universal
patch cable 2.5 mm patch cord application
Page 188
OFC 300/E
Page 188
OFC 300/SC
Page 188
OFC 300/SC-E
Page 188
OFC 300/ SC-LC

Page 188
OFC 300/LC-E
Page 188
ORA 9022
OFC 90/SC
24810101 Optical
S
SC/APC 8° both ends ORA 9022-1G
patch cable
Page 188
ORA 920/921
ORA 9022
OFC 90/SC-E
24810102 Optical One plug SC/APC 8°,
O
ORA 9022-1G
patch cable one plug E-2000 8°
o
Page 188
ORA 920/921
Passive optical components 185

Optical accessories
Optical couplers
OKU 01/SC 24810031

OKU 01/SC-E 24810099
OKU 01/E 24810100
 Optical couplers for universal application
 OKU 01/SC: SC/APC both ends
 OKU 01/SC-E:
Connection adapter SC/APC to E-2000
 OKU 01/E: E-2000 both ends OKU 01/SC-E OKU 01/SC

Type OKU 01/SC OKU 01/SC-E OKU 01/E

Order no. 24810031 24810099 24810100
OKU 01/E
186
Optical accessories
OFC 050/E yellow 24810152

OFC 1000/E yellow 24810227
 OFC 050/E yellow:
0.5 m, E-2000 plug 8° on both ends, 0.1 dB
 OFC 1000/E yellow:  3.0 mm patch cord
OFC 050/E OFC 150/E OFC 300/E OFC 1000/E

Type
yellow yellow yellow yellow
Order no. 24810152 24810154 24810157 24810227
Length cm 50 150 300 1000

Diameter of patch cord mm 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0
Attenuation of optical connectors dB 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1
OFC 050/E red 24810151

OFC 150/E red 24810155
OFC 300/E red 24810156
OFC 1000/E red 24810226
 OFC 050/E red:
 OFC 150/E red:
 OFC 300/E red:
 OFC 1000/E red:  3.0 mm patch cord
Type OFC 050/E red OFC 150/E red OFC 300/E red OFC 1000/E red
Order no. 24810151 24810155 24810156 24810226
Length cm 50 150 300 1,000

Diameter of patch cord mm 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0
Attenuation of optical connectors dB 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1

Optical accessories
OFC 300/LC 24810126

OFC 300/E 24810110
OFC 300/SC 24810104
OFC 300/SC-E 24810262
OFC 300/SC-LC 24810173
OFC 300/LC-E 24810174
 2.5 mm patch cord
Type OFC 300/LC OFC 300/SC OFC 300/E OFC 300/SC-E OFC 300/SC-LC OFC 300/LC-E
Order no. 24810126 24810104 24810110 24810262 24810173 24810174
Length cm 300 300 300 300 300 300
Diameter of patch cord mm 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
Typical plug attenuation dB 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3
OFC 90/SC 24810101

OFC 90/SC-E 24810102
 OFC 90/SC: Both ends SC/APC 8°
 OFC 90/SC-E:
One plug SC/APC 8°, one plug E-2000 8°
 Designed for use in the optical compact receivers

ORA 9022, ORA 9022-1G and ORA 920/921 ¹)
Type OFC 90/SC OFC 90/SC-E

Order no. 24810101 24810102
Length cm 90 90
Diameter of patch cord mm 0.9 0.9
Attenuation of optical connectors dB 0.3 0.3
¹) Only OFC 90/SC

188
Optical accessories
Optical passive racking 19”, 1 RU
KOP 10 25010023
The passive racking with 24 slots can be applied universally

in 19” cabinets.
The KOP 10 can be used as a tray to store excess length

and as a project-specifically equipped platform for passive
optical components.
This allows, for example, complex WDM splitter structures

to be stored within a KOP 10, to implement video overlay for
an FTTH network.
 19” racking for passive optical components  Dimensions (H x W x D) in mm: 44.5 x 440 x 215
 Universal application  Accessories (included in delivery scope):

 19” fastening-parts kit, hook-and-loop tape
 KOP 10 can be equipped with up to 24 OKU 01/SC, (2 units, 200 x 5 mm)
OKU 01/E or OKU 01/SC-E optical connectors
KOP 10: 24 dummy plugs
 Unused openings can be covered with protective caps
 Ideal for integration of the BOV 00x optical splitters or

BOC 0xx taps
Overview passive optical components
1,550 nm
DWDM (72)
1,310 nm
CWDM (18)
1 C02
2 3 ... C04
4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
Wave length
1,300 nm 1,400 nm 1,500 nm EDFA 1,600 nm
Taps
Pass-Band BOC xxx
Splitters
Pass-Band
BOV xxx-CWDM
WDM /ADM
Reflect
BWMR RFOG
Pass-Band
Reflect BWMR-K15
Pass-Band
Reflect
BWMR-1310
Pass-Band
Reflect
Pass-Band BWMR-1610
Pass-Band BWMR-TP
Pass-Band BWMR 1310/1550

Optical accessories
Overview FTTX splitters 19”, 1 RU
Type
Order no.
BOS 2016SC The optical splitters of the BOS 20xx series with one racking
FTTX/RFoG
25010070 uunit are very compact, and are optimally suited to application
splitters 19”,
iin HFC, RFoG and FTTX networks where high packing
1 RU
Page 191 ddensities in the headend are what counts
BOS 2016LC The optical splitters of the BOS 20xx series with one racking
FTTX/RFoG
splitters 19”,
1 RU
FTTX/RFoG
splitters 19”,
1 RU
FTTX/RFoG
splitters 19”,
1 RU
FTTX/RFoG
splitters 19”,
iin HFC, FTTX and PON networks where high packing
1 RU
Page 193 ddensities in the OLT are what counts
FTTX/RFoG
25010071 unit
u are very compact, and are optimally suited to application
splitters 19”,
in
i HFC, FTTX and PON networks where high packing
1 RU
Page 193 densities
d in the OLT are what counts
190
Optical accessories
BOS 2016SC 25010070

BOS 2016LC 25010069

to application in HFC, RFoG and FTTX networks where
high packing densities in the headend are what counts. Similar to picture



Order no. 25010070 25010069
dB 14.9

Optical accessories
BOS 2032SC 25010067

BOS 2032LC 25010066

to application in HFC, RFoG and FTTX networks where
high packing densities in the headend are what counts. Similar to picture

 Two combined inputs and 32 outputs with SC/APC or  Integrated fibre tray
LC/APC connectors

Order no. 25010067 25010066
dB 17.8
192
Optical accessories
BOS 2064SC 25010065

BOS 2064LC 25010071

to application in HFC, FTTX and PON networks where
high packing densities in the OLT are what counts. Similar to picture

feeding them into optical return path receivers. preconfectioned and ready to use - a huge benefit for
network operators in terms of reliability and costs.
The BOS 20xx splitters are equipped with two equal opti-
cal input ports that can be used for path redundancy, as Maximum connection density is obtained through the use
a service port or as a downstream and upstream port. of extremely compact LC connectors. Other standard
connectors, such as LC/APC or SC/APC are of course also
The special advantage of the BOS 20xx series is also available. If these connectors are used, connection density
due to the fact that a large number of splitters are already is only half as high.

Type BOS 2064LC BOS 2064SC

Order no. 25010071 25010065
dB 21.1

Fibre type (Core diameter/sheathing diameter/outer diameter) μm 9/125/250
¹) Including optical connectors

Optical accessories
Overview optical splitters and taps
Type Product
Description
Order no. type
BOV 002-CWDM
The BOV 00x-CWDM optical splitters are designed
24810162
fo
for implementation in HFC networks with CWDM
BOV 003-CWDM
w
wave lengths in the upstream, providing a uniform
24810184 Optical
sp
splitting ratio for the wave lengths 1,310 nm
BOV 004-CWDM splitters
(d
(downstream) and the upstream CWDM wave
24810160
le
length range from 1,464.5 nm to 1,617.5 nm
(I
(ITU C11 to C18)
Page 195
The optical splitters BOV 00x-CWDM-BK are

BOV 002-CWDM-BK
designed for implementation in HFC networks
24810164
with CWDM wave lengths in the upstream, providing
BOV 004-CWDM-BK Optical
a uniform splitting ratio for the wave lengths
24810161 splitters
1,310 nm (downstream) and the upstream CWDM
wave length range from 1,464.5 nm to 1,617.5 nm
Page 196
(ITU C11 to C18).
The BOV 002-CWDM-LC and BOV 002-CWDM-SC

BOV 002-CWDM-LC
optical splitters are designed for implementation
o
24810258
in HFC networks with CWDM wave lengths in the
BOV 002-CWDM-SC Optical
upstream, providing a uniform splitting ratio for
u
24810246 splitters
the wave lengths 1,310 nm (downstream) and the
th
upstream CWDM wave length range 1,464.5 nm to
u
Page 197
1,617.5 nm (ITU C11 to C18).
1
BOVR 02-SC
S
24810097 Optical
1
splitter
HFC networks
H
Page 198
BOC 00x-CWDM
2481023x The BOC 0xx-CWDM optical taps are designed for
T
Optical
BOC 01x-CWDM implementation in HFC networks with the CWDM
im
taps
2481023x/24810240 wave lengths C11 ... C18 as per ITU-T G.694.2,
w
providing a uniform tap loss for these wave lengths
p
Page 199
194
Optical accessories
Optical splitters
BOV 002-CWDM 24810162

BOV 003-CWDM 24810184
BOV 004-CWDM 24810160
The BOV 00x-CWDM optical splitters are designed for

implementation in HFC networks with CWDM wave lengths
in the upstream, providing a uniform splitting ratio for the
wave lengths 1,310 nm (downstream) and the upstream
CWDM wave length range from 1,464.5 nm to 1,617.5 nm
(ITU C11 to C18)
 Optical splitters for universal application

BOV 002-CWDM
 Optimised for 1,310 and for CWDM wave lengths

1,464.5 nm to 1,617.5 nm
 Optical connectors:
E-2000 (other connector types available on request)
 Design: Compact housing
Type BOV 002-CWDM BOV 003-CWDM BOV 004-CWDM

Order no. 24810162 24810184 24810160
Optical wave lengths nm 1,310 and 1,464.5-1,617.5 1,310 and 1,464.5-1,617.5 1,310 and 1,464.5-1,617.5
Bandwidth (1,310 nm) nm ± 20 ± 20 ± 20
Splitting ratio 1:2 1:3 1:4
Typ. insertion loss ¹ )
dB 3.3 5.6 7.4
Max. insertion loss ¹ )
dB 3.6 5.9 7.7
Uniformity of channels dB 0.7 1.1 1.4
Min. return loss dB 45 45 45
Temperature range (operation, storage) °C -10 ... +65 -10 ... +65 -10 ... +65

Optical accessories
Optical splitters
BOV 002-CWDM-BK 24810164

BOV 004-CWDM-BK 24810161
The optical splitters BOV 00x-CWDM-BK are designed for

implementation in HFC networks with CWDM wave lengths
in the upstream, providing a uniform splitting ratio for the
wave lengths 1,310 nm (downstream) and the upstream
CWDM wave length range from 1,464.5 nm to 1,617.5 nm
(ITU C11 to C18).

1,464.5 nm to 1,617.5 nm
 Optical connectors:
 Design: BK housing with optical couplers
BOV 002-CWDM-BK, BOV 004-CWDM-BK,

similar to picture similar to picture
Type BOV 002-CWDM-BK BOV 004-CWDM-BK

Order no. 24810164 24810161
Optical wave lengths nm 1,310 and 1,464.5-1,617.5 1,310 and 1,464.5-1,617.5

Bandwidth (1,310 nm) nm ± 20 ± 20
Splitting ratio 1:2 1:4
Typ. insertion loss ¹) dB 3.3 7.4
Max. insertion loss ¹) dB 3.6 7.7
Uniformity of channels dB 0.7 1.4
Min. return loss dB 45 45
Temperature range (operation, storage) °C -10 ... +65 -10 ... +65
196
Optical accessories
Optical splitters
BOV 002-CWDM-LC 24810258

BOV 002-CWDM-SC 24810246
The BOV 002-CWDM-LC and BOV 002-CWDM-SC optical

splitters are designed for implementation in HFC networks
with CWDM wave lengths in the upstream, providing
a uniform splitting ratio for the wave lengths 1,310 nm
(downstream) and the upstream CWDM wave length range
1,464.5 nm to 1,617.5 nm (ITU C11 to C18).

BOV 002-CWDM-LC,
B
 Low insertion loss s
similar to picture
p

1,464.5 nm to 1,617.5 nm
 Optical connectors: LC/APC or SC/APC
Type BOV 002-CWDM-LC BOV 002-CWDM-SC

Order no. 24810258 24810246
Optical wave lengths nm 1,310 and 1,464.5-1,617.5

Bandwidth (1,310 nm) nm ± 20
Splitting ratio 1:2
Typ. insertion loss ¹ )
dB 3.3
Max. insertion loss ¹ )
dB 3.6
Uniformity of channels dB 0.7
Temperature range (operation, storage) °C -10 ... +65

Optical accessories
Optical splitter, mini-tube design
BOVR 02-SC 24810097

HFC networks.
 Optical splitter for universal application
 Low losses
 Optimised for 1,310 and 1,550 wave lengths
 900 μm fibres
 SC/APC connectors
 Particularly suitable for use in the

Type BOVR 02-SC

Order no. 24810097
Optical wave lengths nm 1,310 ± 40 and 1,460 ... 1,625

Splitter type 1:2
Splitting ratio % 50/50
Insertion loss ¹ )
dB 3.6
Optical isolation, outputs dB 50
198
Optical accessories
Optical taps
BOC 003-CWDM 24810231

BOC 004-CWDM 24810232
BOC 005-CWDM 24810233
BOC 006-CWDM 24810234
BOC 007-CWDM 24810235
BOC 008-CWDM 24810236
BOC 009-CWDM 24810237
BOC 010-CWDM 24810238
BOC 012-CWDM 24810239
BOC 014-CWDM 24810240
The BOC 0xx-CWDM optical taps are designed for

implementation in HFC networks with the CWDM wave Similar
Similar to picture
p
lengths C11 ... C18 as per ITU-T G.694.2, providing a
uniform tap loss for these wave lengths.
 Optical splitters for universal application  Optical connectors:

 Ultra-compact design, including pigtails
 Optimised for the CWDM spectrum
from 1,471 ... 1,611 nm (C11 ... C18)
BOC 003- BOC 004- BOC 005- BOC 006- BOC 007-
Type
CWDM CWDM CWDM CWDM CWDM
Order no. 24810231 24810232 24810233 24810234 24810235
Optical wave lengths nm 1,471 ... 1,611 1,471 ... 1,611 1,471 ... 1,611 1,471 ... 1,611 1,471 ... 1,611
Typ. tap loss ¹ )
dB 3.2 4 5 6 7
Tap loss tolerance dB ± 0.4 ± 0.5 ± 0.6 ± 0.7 ± 0.7
Typ. through loss ¹) dB 3.2 2.6 1.9 1.5 1.2
Through loss tolerance dB ± 0.4 ± 0.4 ± 0.4 ± 0.4 ± 0.4
Optical isolation, outputs dB 50 50 50 50 50
Temperature range (operation) °C -10 ... +65 -10 ... +65 -10 ... +65 -10 ... +65 -10 ... +65
BOC 008- BOC 009- BOC 010- BOC 012- BOC 014-
Type
CWDM CWDM CWDM CWDM CWDM
Order no. 24810236 24810237 24810238 24810239 24810240
Optical wave lengths nm 1,471 ... 1,611 1,471 ... 1,611 1,471 ... 1,611 1,471 ... 1,611 1,471 ... 1,611
Typ. tap loss ¹) dB 8 9 10 12 14
Tap loss tolerance dB ± 0.8 ± 0.9 ± 0.9 ± 1.3 ± 1.5
Typ. through loss ¹ )
dB 0.9 0.8 0.6 0.5 0.4
Through loss tolerance dB ± 0.3 ± 0.3 ± 0.3 ± 0.3 ± 0.3
Optical isolation, outputs dB 50 50 50 50 50
Temperature range (operation) °C -10 ... +65 -10 ... +65 -10 ... +65 -10 ... +65 -10 ... +65

Optical accessories
Overview optical Mux/Demux
Type Product
Description
Order no. type
Optical band pass filters for filtering a CWDM

O
BWMR C15-SC
channel.
c For use in RFoG splitters or at the input
24810192 Optical
o RFoG return path receivers to free the upstream
of
BWMR C18-SC Mux/Demux,
wave
w length from unwanted wave lengths.
24810260 mini-tube
Unwanted
U wave length components may still exist
design
from
fr insufficient directional attenuation or from
Page 202
selection
s of other WDM elements in the spectrum
Wave length demultiplexer (WDM) for splitting the

wave
w length 1,310 nm and the CWDM channel wave
BWMR 1310 Optical
length
le (C05) C11 ... C18 nm in HFC networks. In
24810197 Mux/Demux,
single-fi
s bre based HFC networks, the downstream
mini-tube
signal
s is transmitted on one wave length (1,310 nm)
Page 203 design
and
a the upstream signal on another wave length
(CWDM
(C C11 ... C18)
BWMR
1550-1610-60-LC-RFoG Wave length multiplexers (WDM) for splitting the
24810255 downstream and upstream wave lengths in RFoG
BWMR nnetworks. In single-fibre RFoG-networks, the
Optical
1310-1610-60-LC-RFoG ddownstream signal is transmitted on one wave
Mux/Demux,
24810256 length (1,310 nm or 1,550 nm) and the upstream
le
mini-tube
BWMR ssignal on 1,310 nm or 1,610 nm.
design
1550-1310-60-LC-RFoG
24810257 The BWMR 1xx0-1yy0-LC-RFoG is optimised for
T
the use in RFoG headends
th
Page 204
BWMR
1550-1610-60-SC-RFoG Wave length multiplexers (WDM) for splitting the
24810263 downstream and upstream wave lengths in RFoG
BWMR nnetworks. In single-fibre RFoG networks, the
Optical
1310-1610-60-SC-RFoG ddownstream signal is transmitted on one wave
Mux/Demux,
24810264 length (1,310 nm or 1,550 nm) and the upstream
le
mini-tube
BWMR ssignal on 1,310 nm or 1,610 nm.
design
1550-1310-60-SC-RFoG
24810265 The BWMR 1xx0-1yy0-60-SC-RFoG is optimised
T
for the use in RFoG headends
Page 205
BWM 011-D
Optical TThe BWM 011-D is an optical Mux/Demux used for
24810168
CWDM ssplitting the 1,310 nm broadcast wave length from
Mux/Demux the CWDM upstream wave lengths
th
Page 206
200
Optical accessories
Overview optical Mux/Demux
Type Product
Description
Order no. type
Fo
For splitting the CWDM channels C11, C12,
BWM 015-A/B C17
C and C18 (band A) and C13 ... C16 (band B).
Optical
24810169
CWDM Mux/
The
Th CWDM channels C11 ... C18 are fed into the
Demux
Page 207 Common-Port
Co and are separated bandwise and
then
th made available at port A or port B respectively.
BOD 08C-UL-K11-OD
24810229
Optical These
Th CWDM Mux and Demux components are
BOD 08C-UL-K11-OM
CWDM Mux/ designed
de for HFC systems with a CWDM return
24810230
Demux path
pa and CWDM narrowcast downstream
Page 208
The BOD 03C-1310-UL-K1x OD CWDM

Th
BOD 03C-1310-UL-K1x-OD
Optical 1,310 demultiplexers are normal CWDM demultiplexers
de
2481008x
CWDM in thin-film technology (PLC) which have been
Demultiplexers extended by the 1,310 nm wave length using an
ex
Page 209
additional 1,310 nm/1,550 nm WDM
ad
The BOD 03C-1310-UL-K1x OM CWDM

Th
BOD 03C-1310-UL-K1x-OM
Optical 1,310 multiplexers are normal CWDM multiplexers in thin-
m
2481006x
CWDM film technology (PLC) which have been extended
Demultiplexers by the 1,310 nm wave length using an additional
Page 210
1,310 nm/1,550 nm WDM
1,
The BOD 05C-1310-UL-K1x Ox CWDM

BOD 05C-1310-UL-K1x-OX multiplexers and demultiplexers are normal CWDM
Optical 1,310
248100xx multiplexers/demultiplexers in thin-film technology
m
CWDM Mux/
(PLC) which have been extended by the 1,310 nm
(P
Demux
Page 211 wave length using an additional 1,310 nm/
w
1,550 nm WDM
The BOD 05C-1310-UL-Kxx Ox-BK CWDM

BOD 05C-1310-UL-K13
multiplexers and demultiplexers are normal CWDM
OX-BK Optical 1,310
multiplexers/demultiplexers in thin-film technology
m
24810253/24810134 CWDM Mux/
(PLC) which have been extended by the 1,310 nm
(P
Demux
wave length using an additional 1,310 nm/
w
Page 212
1,550 nm WDM
1
BOD 09C 1310-UL-K11-OM The BOD 09C-1310-K1x Ox CWDM multiplexers

Th
24810079 Optical 1,310 and demultiplexers are particularly low-loss CWDM
an
BOD 09C-1310-UL-K11-OD CWDM multiplexers/demultiplexers in thin-film technology
m
24810078 Multiplexer/ (PLC) with very low insertion loss which have been
(P
Demultiplexer extended by the 1,310 nm wave length using an
ex
Page 213 additional 1,310 nm/1,550 nm WDM
ad

Optical accessories
BWMR C15-SC 24810192

BWMR C18-SC 24810260
Optical band pass filters for filtering a CWDM channel.
For use in RFoG splitters or at the input of RFoG return path

receivers to free the upstream wave length from unwanted
wave lengths.
Unwanted wave length components may still exist from

insufficient directional attenuation or from selection of
other WDM elements in the spectrum.
Similar
Similar to picture
p
 Optical bandpass filters for a CWDM channel

 Bandpass wave lengths: 1,611 nm and 1,551 nm
 Low insertion loss  Optical connections:

 900 μm fibres
 Design: Mini-tube  Connectors: SC/APC
Type BWMR C15-SC BWMR C18-SC

Order no. 24810192 24810260
Wave length, “Pass Channel” nm 1,551 ± 6.5 1,611 ± 6.5

1,460 ... 1,537 and
Wave length, “Reflect Channel” nm 1,460 ... 1,597
1,563 ... 1,617
dB 0.8
Selection (adjacent channel), “Common → Pass Channel” ¹ )
dB ≥ 30
Selection (adjacent channel), “Common → Reflect Channel” ¹) dB ≥ 15
PDL dB ≤ 0.1
Directivity, “Pass/Reflect Channel” (forward path/return path) dB 55
Max. optical power mW 500
202
Optical accessories
BWMR 1310 24810197
Wave length demultiplexer (WDM) for splitting the wave

length 1,310 nm and the CWDM channel wave length (C05)
In single-fibre based HFC networks, the downstream signal

is transmitted on one wave length (1,310 nm) and the up-
stream signal on another wave length (CWDM C11 ... C18).

Similar
Similar to picture
p
CWDM return path Rx on “Reflection-Port”
Connection in fibre node:  High isolation

Downstream receiver module in fibre node on “Pass-Port”
CWDM return path Tx on “Reflection-Port”  Low insertion loss
Fibre optics to headend “COM-Port”
 Optical multiplexer/demultiplexer:  Optical connections:

 Wave lengths: 1,310/CWDM C05 ... C18 nm  900 μm fibres
 Application e.g. splitting forward path/CWDM return path  Connectors: SC/APC
 High reliability  Designed for use in the optical compact receiver

ORA 9022 or in the KOP 10 in the headend
Type BWMR 1310

Order no. 24810197
Wave length, “Pass Channel” nm 1,310 ± 6.5

Wave length, “Reflect Channel” nm C05 ... C18

Insertion loss, “Pass Channel → Common” ¹) dB 0.6
dB 0.6
PDL dB ≤ 0.15
Directivity, “Pass/Reflect Channel” (forward path/return path) dB 55

BWMR 1550-1610-60-LC-RFoG 24810255

BWMR 1310-1610-60-LC-RFoG 24810256
BWMR 1550-1310-60-LC-RFoG 24810257


Similar to p
Similar picture
The BWMR 1xx0-1yy0-60-LC-RFoG is optimised for
The high downstream transmission power and Connection in headend:

low reception power of the return path or high Transmitter on “Pass-Port”
sensitivity of the optical RFoG receivers make Return path Rx on “Reflection-Port”
extremely high selection values necessary. Fibre optics to fibre node on “COM-Port”

 900 μm fibres
 High reliability  Connectors: LC/APC
 Extremely high isolation of 60/65 dB  Designed for use in RFoG networks for separation
BWMR 1550- BWMR 1310- BWMR 1550-

Type
1610-60-LC-RFoG 1610-60-LC-RFoG 1310-60-LC-RFoG
Order no. 24810255 24810256 24810257
Wave length 1, “Pass Channel” nm 1,550 ± 40 1,310 ± 40 1,550 ± 40

Wave length 2, “Reflect Channel” nm 1,610 ± 6.5 1,610 ± 6.5 1310 ± 20
Insertion loss, “Pass Channel → Common” on wave length 1 ¹) dB ≤ 1.0
Selection, “Common → Pass Channel” on wave length 2 dB ≥ 45
Insertion loss, “Common → Reflect Channel” ¹ on wave length 2 ¹
) )
≤ 0.5
Directivity, “Pass Channel → Reflect Channel” on wave length 1 ≥ 60 ≥ 65 ≥ 65
PDL dB ≤ 0.2
Optical connectors LC/APC
204
BWMR 1550-1610-60-SC-RFoG 24810263

BWMR 1310-1610-60-SC-RFoG 24810264
BWMR 1550-1310-60-SC-RFoG 24810265


Similar to p
Similar picture
The BWMR 1xx0-1yy0-60-SC-RFoG is optimised for
The high downstream transmission power and Connection in headend:

low reception power of the return path or high Transmitter on “Pass-Port”
sensitivity of the optical RFoG receivers make Return path Rx on “Reflection-Port”
extremely high selection values necessary. Fibre optics to fibre node on “COM-Port”

 900 μm fibres
 High reliability  Connectors: SC/APC
 High isolation of 60/65 dB  Designed for use in RFoG networks for separation
BWMR 1550- BWMR 1310- BWMR 1550-

Type
1610-60-SC-RFoG 1610-60-SC-RFoG 1310-60-SC-RFoG
Order no. 24810263 24810264 24810265
Wave length 1, “Pass Channel” nm 1,550 ± 40 1,310 ± 40 1,550 ± 40

Wave length 2, “Reflect Channel” nm 1,610 ± 6.5 1,610 ± 6.5 1,310 ± 20
Insertion loss, “Pass Channel → Common” on wave length 1 ¹) dB ≤ 1.0
Insertion loss, “Common → Reflect Channel” ¹ on wave length 2 ¹
) )
≤ 0.5
Directivity, “Pass Channel → Reflect Channel” on wave length 1 ≥ 60 ≥ 65 ≥ 65
PDL dB ≤ 0.2

Optical accessories
Optical CWDM Mux/Demux
BWM 011-D 24810168
The BWM 011-D is an optical Mux/Demux used for splitting

the 1,310 nm broadcast wave length from the CWDM
upstream wave lengths.
 Thin-film technology
 High isolation of optical channels
 Optical connectors: E-2000
 Ultra-compact design
Similar
S imilar to picture
Type BWM 011-D

Order no. 24810168
Number of optical ports 3

Wave lengths according to ITU nm 1,310 and 1,464 ... 1,617
CWDM passband bandwidth nm ± 6.5
CWDM passband flatness dB 0.5
Typ. insertion loss
dB < 0.7
at 1,310 nm ± 6.5 nm on 1,310 nm port ¹)
Typ. insertion loss
dB < 0.5
at 1,464 ... 1,617 nm on CWDM port ¹)
Optical isolation Band B dB > 14
206
Optical accessories
BWM 015-A/B 24810169
For splitting the CWDM channels C11, C12, C17

and C18 (band A) and C13 ... C16 (band B).
The CWDM channels C11 ... C18 are fed into the
Common-Port and are separated bandwise and then
made available at port A or port B respectively.
 CWDM passband channel spacing:

20 nm according to ITU grid
Similar
Similar to picture
p
 Optical connectors: E-2000
Type BWM 015-A/B

Order no. 24810169
Number of channels 8
Wave length range Band A at Port A nm C11, C12, C17, C18
Wave length range Band B at Port B nm C13, C14, C15, C16
Typ. insertion loss Band A ¹ )
dB < 1.0
Optical isolation band A dB > 15
Typ. insertion loss Band B ¹ )
dB < 0.8
Optical isolation Band B dB > 12
Directional loss dB > 50
Max. optical input power (operation) mW 300

Optical accessories
BOD 08C-UL-K11-OD 24810229

BOD 08C-UL-K11-OM 24810230
These CWDM Mux and Demux components are designed

for HFC systems with a CWDM return path and CWDM
narrowcast downstream.


BOD 08C-UL-K11-OD,
B
 Optical connectors: E-2000 s
similar to picture
p
 Types:
 ...-OM: Multiplexer
 ...-OD: Demultiplexer
Type BOD 08C-UL-K11-OD BOD 08C-UL-K11-OM

Order no. 24810229 24810230
Central wave lengths nm 1,471, 1,491, 1,511, 1,531, 1,551, 1,571, 1,591, 1,611
Max. insertion loss ¹) dB 1.8
Typ. insertion loss ¹) dB 1.4
Maximum insertion loss Mux/Demux pair dB 2.4
Optical isolation between adjacent channels dB 30
Optical isolation (non-adjacent channel) dB 45
Operating temperature range °C 0 ... +65
208
Optical accessories
Optical 1,310 CWDM Demultiplexers
BOD 03C-1310-UL-K11-OD 24810082

BOD 03C-1310-UL-K13-OD 24810083
BOD 03C-1310-UL-K15-OD 24810084
BOD 03C-1310-UL-K17-OD 24810085
These Demux components are designed for 1,310 nm HFC

systems with a CWDM return path.
The BOD 03C-1310-UL-K1x OD CWDM demultiplexers are

normal CWDM demultiplexers in thin-film technology (PLC)
which have been extended by the 1,310 nm wave length
using an additional 1,310 nm/1,550 nm WDM.
The demultiplexer demultiplexes two CWDM wave lengths BOD 03C-1310-UL-K11 OD,
B
and the 1,310 nm wave length from one incoming mono- s
similar to picture
mode fibre.
 Thin-film technology  Optical connectors: E-2000
 CWDM passband channel spacing:  Ultra-compact design, including pigtails

 Types:
 High isolation of optical channels  ...-OD: Demultiplexer
 Extremely low insertion loss: UL-type
BOD 03C- BOD 03C- BOD 03C- BOD 03C-

Type
1310-UL-K11-OD 1310-UL-K13-OD 1310-UL-K15-OD 1310-UL-K17-OD
Order no. 24810082 24810083 24810084 24810085
Number of channels 3 3 3 3
Central wave lengths nm 1,471, 1,491 1,511, 1,531 1,551, 1,571 1,591, 1,611
CWDM passband bandwidth nm ± 6.5 ± 6.5 ± 6.5 ± 6.5
CWDM passband flatness dB 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
Maximum CWDM insertion loss dB 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5
Maximum CWDM insertion loss ¹ Mux/Demux pair
)
dB 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2
Passband bandwidth 1,310 nm nm 1,270-1,350 1,270-1,350 1,270-1,350 1,270-1,350
Maximum insertion loss ¹) 1,310 nm dB 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0
Optical isolation between adjacent channels dB 30 30 30 30
Optical isolation (non-adjacent channel) dB 45 45 45 45
Optical isolation 1,310 nm CWDM dB 40 40 40 40
Operating temperature range °C 0 ... +65 0 ... +65 0 ... +65 0 ... +65

Optical accessories
Optical 1,310 CWDM Multiplexers
BOD 03C-1310-UL-K11-OM 24810066

BOD 03C-1310-UL-K13-OM 24810067
BOD 03C-1310-UL-K15-OM 24810068
BOD 03C-1310-UL-K17-OM 24810069
These Mux components are designed for 1,310-nm HFC

systems with a CWDM return path.
The BOD 03C-1310-UL-K1x Ox CWDM multiplexers are

normal CWDM multiplexers in thin-film technology (PLC)
which have been extended by the 1,310 nm wave length
using an additional 1,310 nm/1,550 nm WDM.
The multiplexer multiplexes two CWDM wave lengths and

the 1,310 nm wave length on an outgoing mono-mode fibre. BOD 03C-1310-UL-K11-OM,
B
s
similar to picture
 CWDM passband channel spacing:  Optical connectors: E-2000

 Types:
 Extremely low insertion loss: UL-type  ...-OM: Multiplexer
BOD 03C-1310- BOD 03C-1310- BOD 03C-1310- BOD 03C-1310-

Type
UL-K11-OM UL-K13-OM UL-K15-OM UL-K17-OM
Order no. 24810066 24810067 24810068 24810069
Central wave lengths nm 1,471, 1,491 1,511, 1,531 1,551, 1,571 1,591, 1,611
Maximum CWDM insertion loss ¹ )
dB 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5
Maximum CWDM insertion loss ¹ Mux/Demux pair
)
dB 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2
Maximum insertion loss ¹ 1,310 nm
)
dB 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0
Optical isolation between adjacent channels dB 30 30 30 30
210
Optical accessories
Optical 1,310 CWDM Multiplexers/Demultiplexers
BOD 05C-1310-UL-K11-OM 24810188

BOD 05C-1310-UL-K11-OD 24810187
BOD 05C-1310-UL-K13-OM 24810075
BOD 05C-1310-UL-K13-OD 24810074
These Mux/Demux components are designed for

1,310-nm HFC systems with a CWDM return path.
The BOD 05C-1310-UL-Kxx Ox CWDM multiplexers

and demultiplexers are normal CWDM multiplexers/
demultiplexers in thin-film technology (PLC) which have
been extended by the 1,310 nm wave length using an
additional 1,310 nm/1,550 nm WDM.
The multiplexer multiplexes four CWDM wave lengths and

the 1,310 nm wave length on an outgoing mono-mode fibre.


BOD 05C-1310-UL-K11-OM
 Extremely low insertion loss: UL- type
 Optical connectors: E-2000  Types:

BOD 05C- BOD 05C- BOD 05C- BOD 05C-

Type
1310-UL-K11-OM 1310-UL-K11-OD 1310-UL-K13-OM 1310-UL-K13-OD
Order no. 24810188 24810187 24810075 24810074
1,471, 1,491, 1,471, 1,491, 1,511, 1,531, 1,511, 1,531,
Central wave lengths nm
1,511, 1,531 1,511, 1,531 1,551, 1,571 1,551, 1,571
Maximum CWDM insertion loss dB 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8
Maximum CWDM insertion loss ¹) Mux/Demux pair dB 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4
)
dB 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0
Passband bandwidth reflection band nm 1,504-1,578 1,464-1,618 1,504-1,578 1,464-1,618
Maximum insertion loss ¹) reflection band dB 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6
Optical isolation betweeen adjacent channels dB 30 30 30 30

Optical accessories
Optical 1310 CWDM Multiplexer/Demultiplexer
BOD 05C-1310-UL-K13-OM-BK 24810253

BOD 05C-1310-UL-K13-OD-BK 24810134
These Mux/Demux components are designed for

The BOD 05C-1310-UL-Kxx Ox-BK CWDM multiplexers

and demultiplexers are normal CWDM multiplexers/
demultiplexers in thin-film technology (PLC) which have
been extended by the 1,310 nm wave length using an
additional 1,310 nm/1,550 nm WDM. The product is
designed as a BK module.
The multiplexer multiplexes four CWDM wave lengths and

the 1,310 nm wave length on an outgoing mono-mode fibre.

 High isolation of optical channels BOD 05C-1310-UL-K13-OM-BK,

similar to picture
 Extremely low insertion loss: UL-type
 Optical connectors: E-2000  Types:

 BK module  ...-OD: Demultiplexer
Type BOD 05C-1310-UL-K13-OM-BK BOD 05C-1310-UL-K13-OD-BK

Order no. 24810253 24810134
Central wave lengths nm 1,511, 1,531, 1,551, 1,571
Maximum CWDM insertion loss dB 1.8
Maximum CWDM insertion loss ¹) Mux/Demux pair dB 2.4
Passband bandwidth 1,310 nm nm 1,270-1,350
Maximum insertion loss ¹) 1,310 nm dB 1.0
Passband bandwidth reflection band nm 1,504-1,578
Maximum insertion loss ¹) reflection band dB 0.6
Optical isolation 1,310 nm CWDM dB 40
212
Optical accessories
Optical 1,310 CWDM Multiplexer/Demultiplexer
BOD 09C-1310-UL-K11-OM 24810079

BOD 09C-1310-UL-K11-OD 24810078
These Mux and Demux components are designed for

The BOD 09C-1310-UL-K1x Ox CWDM multiplexers and

demultiplexers are particularly low-loss CWDM multiplexers/
demultiplexers in thin-film technology (PLC) with very low
insertion loss which have been extended by the 1,310 nm
wave length using an additional 1,310 nm/1,550 nm WDM.
The multiplexers multiplex eight CWDM wave lengths and

the 1,310 nm wave length on an outgoing mono-mode fibre. BOD 09C 1310-UL-K11-OM,
similar to picture
 Thin-film technology  Optical connectors: E-2000
 CWDM passband channel spacing:  Ultra-compact design, including pigtails

 Types:
 High isolation of optical channels for demultiplexer  ...-OM: Multiplexer
 Extremely low insertion loss (UL)
Type BOD 09C 1310-UL-K11-OM BOD 09C-1310-UL-K11-OD

Order no. 24810079 24810078
Central wave lengths nm 1,471, 1,491, 1,511, 1,531, 1,551, 1,571, 1,591, 1,611
Maximum insertion loss ¹ Mux/Demux pair
)
dB 3.2
Passband bandwidth 1,310 nm nm 1,270-1,350
)
dB 1.0
Passband bandwidth reflection band nm 1,464-1,618
Maximum insertion loss ¹) reflection band dB 0.6
Optical isolation 1,310 nm CWDM dB 40

Optical accessories
Optical attenuators
ODF 01/E 24810141

ODF 02/E 24810142
ODF 03/E 24810143
ODF 04/E 24810144
ODF 05/E 24810145
ODF 06/E 24810146
ODF 07/E 24810147
ODF 08/E 24810148
ODF 09/E 24810149
ODF 10/E 24810150
 Optical E-2000 attenuators for universal application  Available types:

featuring E-2000 connectors  ODF 01/E ... ODF 10/E for attenuation values
from 1 dB ... 10 dB in 1 dB steps
Type ODF 01/E ODF 02/E ODF 03/E ODF 05/E ODF 05/E ODF 06/E ODF 07/E ODF 08/E ODF 09/E ODF 10/E
Order no. 24810141 24810142 24810143 24810144 24810145 24810146 24810147 24810148 24810149 24810150
Attenuation
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
in dB
214
Fibre-to-the-Home
General 216 Overview optical network termination units 219

Special brochure 217 Optical network termination units (100 Mbps) 220-225
Fibre management box 218 Optical network termination units (1 Gbps) 226-234
215
Fibre-to-the-Home
General
Fibre-to-the-Home (FTTH) networks offer the highest data

rates, comprehensive multi-media services, rapid Internet,
Voice-over-IP (VoIP) phone services and much more.
The optical termination unit at the subscriber’s premises
thereby plays a key role in this type of network. Here
Kathrein’s MSW 400/4000 models combine comprehensive
functionality and high future-proofing with ease of handling.
The automatic configuration and well thought-out

mechanical design ensure quick and easy commissioning.
Practical details such as the integral multi-functional fibre
management box, easily accessible interfaces and the
sealing facility all ensure easier installation.
Users can take advantage of the lowest power consump-

tion offered for such products. The MSW 400/4000 comfor-
tably fulfill all EMC regulations also with an optical CATV
receiver included.
The modern design with contemporary colouring and

trendy blue or white LEDs makes the MSW 400/4000 a
real eye-catcher even in the most modern of living rooms.
The MSW 4000 is especially convincing, offering data rates
up to 1 Gbit/s.
Modern design, practical details
Modern design and a matt white housing make the

MSW 400/4000 a real eye-catcher in the living room.
An integrated web server allows configuration by standard
web browser on a LAN network, e.g. for configurations
when changing transponders.
An SNMP agent has been implemented for monitoring
over a network management system (NMS).
The integratable FMB 400 fibre management box can also

be installed separately - allowing the active optical network
unit to be connected at a later date. All fibres, splices and
optical connectors can be stowed away securely.
The MSW 400/4000 can also be installed without the fibre

management box, e.g. if a separate splice box is already
fitted. In this case the MSW 400/4000 can be wall-mounted
or used as a table-top box. Various attachment options
and removable rubber feet (supplied) cover virtually every
application case.
216
Fibre-to-the-Home
Fibre-to-the-Home
Plug and play
MSW 400/4000 optical network termination units offer This relates specifically to the settings for telephony
varied and efficient management options. Automatic services, the maximum data rate, or for operation with CATV
configuration is essential for quick and easy commissioning. receivers. This process runs entirely automatically, so that
a subscriber could even carry out the installation himself.
When the MSW 400/4000 is switched on, it automatically
identifies itself to the DHCP and TFTP servers. The unit All settings can be changed at any time from the service
then obtains a configuration file via the DHCP option centre. This is done by entering the required changes and
“67 autoconfig file”; this file contains all required specified sending them to the respective network units as a new
settings. In this file all the relevant parameters can be set configuration file.
individually for each network termination unit - either for
all users or for specific users. SNMP (Simple Network Management Protocol) allows
incorporation into other management systems.
In addition, Telnet can also be used.
Video overlay for TV and radio services
Many FTTH networks offer a separate video overlay for

TV and radio services. The advantage being that an
existing CATV infrastructure can be used for transmission.
The optional optical CATV receiver offers the best of

Kathrein’s experience in CATV and HFC technology.
With the lowest input noise on the market, the unit

ensures the best of carrier-to-noise ratios even at very
low optical input levels down to -10 dBm. More
subscribers can be supplied with a given headend optical
output power – ensuring significant saving in system costs.
Special brochure
Full information on Kathrein’s optical termination units

MSW 400 and MSW 4000 is published in the brochure
depicted here. This can be either ordered or downloaded
from our website “www.kathrein.de”.

Fibre-to-the-Home 217
Fibre management box
FMB 400 25810012
The FMB 400 fibre management box is an accessory for the

FTTH network termination units MSW 400 and MSW 4000.
The FMB 400 is designed to carry out fibre management

in FTTH networks at the subscriber’s location. The network
termination units MSW 400 and MSW 4000 are to be
inserted into the FMB 400.
After glass fibres have been installed, the box is then Picture
P i t 1:
1 FMB 400,
400 closed
l d housing
h i
closed using a cover and can be additionally fitted with a
seal for tamper proofing (see picture 1). Different modules
(MSW 400 or MSW 4000) can be installed on the fibre
box’s platform, depending on the client’s demands.
The FMB 400 features the following fibre management

functions:
 Rapid and simple installation:

 Designed for either on-wall or under-plaster
fibre installation
 Clip-on connections: Slot in - ready to go!
 Retaining clips for protective covers and splices
 Tamper proofing afforded by seal
 Appealing design
 Compact dimensions Picture 2: FMB 400, open housing, top view
 For use with MSW 400 and MSW 4000
 Fibre management functions:

 Two coils to fasten excess length
 Two park positions for SC/APC optical connectors
 Fixing facilities for fibres using cable clips
with front coding (including dust-proof cap)  Three fibre splice trays (Ø = 3.0 mm)
 One park position for an optical  One WDM coupler tube (Ø = 5.5 mm)
LC/APC twin connector  One passive optics tray (Ø = 3.5 mm)
Type FMB 400

Order no. 25810012

Weight g 200
Connector compartment 2 x SC and 1 x LC twin
Fibre splice compartments (diameter: 3 mm) 3
Compartment for WDM tubes (diameter: 5.5 mm) 1
Additional passive optic compartment (diameter: 3.5 mm) 1
Bottom left, bottom right, upper left, upper right,
Insertion openings for glass fibres
through the base within the coils
Diameter of coils for excess fibre length mm 60
218
Fibre-to-the-Home
Overview optical network termination units
Optical receiver WDM

WAN LAN
CATV/Sat-IF filter
Type Wave length inte-
Order no. Wave grated
transmitter/ Connec- Data rate Data rate Connec-
Type length (1-fibre
receiver tors (Mbit/s) (Mbit/s) tors
(nm) solution)
(nm)
MSW 400
1,310/ 4x
V SC 100 - - - -
1,550 10/100
26210088
MSW 400 1,280

1,310/ 4x
VC SC 100 CATV ... SC/APC -
1,550 10/100
26210098 1,610
MSW 400
1,310/ 4x
VCW SC 1) 100 CATV 1,550 SC/APC 2) 
1,490 10/100
26210434
MSW 400 1,280

1,310/ 4x CATV &
VS SC 100 ... SC/APC -
1,550 10/100 Sat-IF
26210435 1,610
MSW 400
1,310/ 4x CATV &
VSW SC 1) 100 1,550 SC/APC 2) 
1,490 10/100 Sat-IF
26210436
MSW 4000 4x
1,310/ SFP
V 100/1,000 10/100/ - - - -
1,550 SC
26210106 1,000
MSW 4000 4x 1,280

1,310/ SFP
VC 100/1,000 10/100/ CATV ... SC/APC -
1,550 SC
26210427 1,000 1,610
MSW 4000 4x
1,310/ SFP
VCW 100/1,000 10/100/ CATV 1,550 SC/APC 2) 
1,490 SC 1)
26210411 1,000
MSW 4000 4x 1,280

1,310/ SFP CATV &
VS 100/1,000 10/100/ ... SC/APC -
1,550 SC Sat-IF
26210437 1,000 1,610
MSW 4000 4x
1,310/ SFP CATV &
VSW 100/1,000 10/100/ 1,550 SC/APC 2) 
1,490 SC 1) Sat-IF
26210438 1,000
MSW 4000 SFP 4x

1,310/
V LC 100/1,000 10/100/ - - - -
1,550
26210481 simplex 1,000
MSW 4000 SFP 4x 1,280

1,310/
VC LC 100/1,000 10/100/ CATV ... SC/APC -
1,550
26210482 simplex 1,000 1,610
MSW 4000 SFP 4x 1,280

1,310/ CATV &
VS LC 100/1,000 10/100/ ... SC/APC -
1,550 Sat-IF
26210484 simplex 1,000 1,610
1)
Internal interface
2)
Common WAN/CATV input of WDM filter
Optical network termination units, 4-port Ethernet
MSW 400 V 26210088

MSW 400 VC 26210098
MSW 400 VCW 26210434
The MSW 400 V, MSW 400 VC and MSW 400 VCW

are key components within FTTH networks.
Installation is carried out directly in the subscriber’s

apartment. The subscriber will now benefit from the
complete bandwidth potential of a single optical fibre.
The MSW 400 can be inserted into an external fibre

management box, the FMB 400, which is separately
available. Due to modularity, the FMB 400 may be
pre-installed as a single unit to be later easily retrofitted
with the active unit without the need to undertake
constructional measures. A smaller fibre management
MSW 400 VC
system is situated inside the MSW 400 to store
excessive lengths.
The MSW 400 can also be operated as a tabletop unit.

The MSW 400 VC is additionally equipped with an
Available variants: analogue optical CATV receiver to enable both analogue
and digital TV services, providing the network operator
The MSW 400 V is equipped with a 100 Mbps switch with a smooth migration scenario to IPTV.
which supports Internet, telephony and other data services
such as IPTV. The MSW 400 VCW not only features an analogue
optical CATV receiver, but also a WDM, which permits
implementation of single-fibre systems.
 Optical network termination units for  Variant with optical CATV receiver:
Fibre-to-the-Home (FTTH)  Optical CATV receiver for multi-channel TV
and radio signals (AM-VSB, FM and QAM)
 Multi-functional data module: with a bandwidth of 47 ... 1,000 MHz
 WAN: 100 Base Fx (single-mode fibre)  CATV receiver can be deactivated
 Integrated switch  Optical input power of CATV receiver can be monitored
 4 x 10/100 BaseT (Connectors: RJ 45)  Ultra low-noise
 Auto-configuration  High output level
 Various management facilities:  Wide input level/wave length ranges
- SNMP
- DHCP Option 67 Autoconfig File  Tamper proofing afforded by sealing facility
- Proprietary management
- QoS: Quality of Service, priority setting
 Blue status LEDs
 CoS: Class of Service

 Available variants:
 VLAN support (tagging, untagging, port-based)
 MSW 400 V (Data section with 4-way Ethernet
 Auto cross-over and auto-negotiation and 2 x phone/VoIP)
 MSW 400 VC (Data section with 4-way Ethernet,
 2 x phone connections for analogue phones (RJ 11)
2 x phone/VoIP and CATV receiver)
 Two simultaneous phone conversations  MSW 400 VCW (Data section with 4-way Ethernet,
can be held (VoIP)
2 x phone/VoIP, CATV receiver and WDM)
 VoIP: SIP 2.0 (RFC 3261)  Additional variants on request
 Various speech codecs available, G.711 as standard
 G3 Fax  Accessories, not included in delivery scope:
 FMB 400 (Order no. 25810012):
Fibre management box for MSW 400 and MSW 4000
220
Fibre-to-the-Home
Technical data
Type MSW 400 V MSW 400 VC MSW 400 VCW

Order no. 26210088 26210098 26210434
Data section
Optical data
Fibre type Singlemode 9/125 μm
Optical connector WAN (digital / analogue CATV) SC/PC / SC/APC SC/PC / SC/APC SC/PC
Interface 100 Base Fx
Wave lengths
Transmitter (upstream) nm 1,310
Receiver (downstream) nm 1,490/1,550 1,490/1,550 1,490
Standard/compliance IEEE802.3u 100 Base Bx
Electrical data
Interface 4 x 10/100 BaseT
Connectors 4 x RJ 45
Data rate Ethernet Mbit/s 10/100
Auto-negotiation, auto cross-over, half/full-duplex,
Mode
integrated four-port switch, MAC addresses: up to 2k
Standard/compliance IEEE802.3 10 BaseT, IEEE802.3u 100 BaseTX and IEEE802.3x
Layer 2 protocols RFC 2236-IGMP snooping V2
Telephony
Interface 2 x POTS (a/b)
Connectors RJ 11
VoIP protocol SIP 2.0 (RFC 3261)
Codec G.711 a-law/μ-law ¹)
Comfort Noise CNG (Comfort Noise Generation)
CLIP Via FSK and DTMF
STUN support Yes
Fax T.38
Management
Protocols ARP, IP, ICMP, UDP, DHCP, SYSLOG, TFTP, NTP
DHCP Option 67: Auto-provisioning file, Option 66: TFTP server
SNMP SNMP v1, v2c
Switch
VLAN IEEE 802.3Q (VLAN) up to 16 groups
Quality of Service/Class of Service IEEE 802.1p (Class of Serv.), RFC 2474/2475 (Diffserv)
Safety Broadcast Storm Protection
Traffic Shaping Ingress/Egress Rate Limiting
¹) Additional codecs on request
Technical data

Order no. 26210088 26210098 26210434
Yes, with an
Optical receiver for CATV/Sat-IF - Yes integrated WDM for
single-fibre systems
Optical data
Fibre type - Singlemode 9/125 μm Singlemode 9/125 μm
Optical connector - SC/APC SC/APC
Wave lengths nm - 1,280 ... 1,610 1,280 ... 1,610
Optical input level range dBm - -10 ... -3 -9 ... -2
Electrical data
Frequency range MHz - 47-1,000 47-1,000
Impedance Ω - 75 75
Equivalent noise current density pA/√Hz - 4 4
CNR (OMI = 4 %, Popt = -10 dBm/-9 dBm, 1,550 nm) dB - 46 46
Output level at 4 % OMI, 1,550 nm, -5 dBm dBμV - 88 ± 2 88 ± 2
Power consumption W <6 <7 <7
Yes, integrated in the
WDM - -
CATV receiver
Wave lengths CATV receiver nm - - 1,545 ... 1,555
Wave lengths IP port (upstream) nm - - 1,260 ... 1,360
Wave lengths IP port (downstream) nm - - 1,480 ... 1,500
Opt. decoupling (from IP port to CATV port) dB - - 40
Opt. decoupling (from CATV port to IP port) dB - - 20
Mechanics
Dimensions MSW 400 without FMB 400 mm 290 x 175 x 46 290 x 175 x 46 290 x 175 x 46
Dimensions MSW 400 with FMB 400 mm 290 x 175 x 67 290 x 175 x 67 290 x 175 x 67
Weight MSW 400 without FMB 400 g 660 740 750
Weight MSW 400 with FMB 400 g 860 940 950
222
Fibre-to-the-Home
Optical network termination units, 4-port Ethernet
MSW 400 VS 26210435

MSW 400 VSW 26210436
The MSW 400 VS and MSW 400 VSW are key components
within FTTH networks with CATV and SAT-IF modules.
Installation is carried out directly in the subscriber‘s

Due to modularity, the FMB 400 fibre management box
may be pre-installed as a single unit to be later easily
retrofitted with the active unit without the need to under-
take constructional measures. A smaller fibre management
system is situated inside the MSW 400 to store excessive
lengths.

MSW 400 VS
Available variants:
The MSW 400 Vxx is equipped with a 100 Mbps switch SAT TV services, providing the network operator with
which supports Internet, telephony and other data services a smooth migration scenario to IPTV.
such as IPTV.
The MSW 400 VSW not only features an analogue
The MSW 400 VS additionally features an analogue optical optical CATV and SAT receiver, but also a WDM, which
CATV and SAT-IF receiver, to enable analogue, digital and permits implementation of single-fibre systems.
 Optical network termination units for  Variant with optical CATV and Sat-IF receiver:
Fibre-to-the-Home (FTTH)  Optical CATV and SAT-IF receiver for multi-channel
TV and radio signals (AM-VSB, FM, QAM and Sat-IF)
 Multi-functional data module: with a bandwidth of 47 ... 2,400 MHz
 MAN: 100 Base Fx (single-mode fibre)  Ultra low-noise
 Integrated switch  High output level
 4 x 10/100 BaseT (Connectors: RJ 45)  Wide input level/wave length ranges
 Auto-configuration
 Various management facilities:  Integrated fibre management
- SNMP
- DHCP Option 67 Autoconfig File
 Tamper proofing afforded by sealing facility
- Proprietary management
 Blue status LEDs
- QoS: Priority setting
- VLAN tagging  Available variants:
- Auto cross-over and auto-negotiation  MSW 400 VS (Data section with 4-way Ethernet,
- 2 x phone connections for analogue phones (RJ 11) 2 x phone/VoIP and CATV and SAT-IF receiver)
- Two simultaneous phone conversations  MSW 400 VSW (Data section with 4-way Ethernet,
can be held (VoIP) 2 x phone/VoIP, CATV and SAT-IF receiver and WDM)
- VoIP: SIP 2.0 (RFC 3261)  Additional variants on request
- Various speech codecs available, G.711 as standard
- G3 Fax  Accessories, not included in delivery scope:
 FMB 400 (Order no. 25810012):
Technical data
Type MSW 400 VS MSW 400 VSW

Order no. 26210435 26210436
Data section
Optical data
Optical connector WAN (digital / analogue CATV) SC/PC / SC/APC
Interface 100 Base Fx
Wave lengths
Transmitter nm 1,310
Receiver nm 1,490/1,550 1,490
Standard/compliance IEEE802.3u 100Base Bx
Electrical data
Interface 4 x 10/100 BaseT
Data rate Ethernet Mbit/s 10/100
Mode
Standard/compliance IEEE802.3 10Base-T, IEEE802.3u 100BaseTX and IEEE802.3x
Telephony
Connectors RJ 11
STUN support Yes
Fax T.38
Management
SNMP SNMP v1, v2c
Switch
224
Fibre-to-the-Home
Technical data
Type MSW 400 VS MSW 400 VSW

Order no. 26210435 26210436
Optical receiver for CATV and Sat-IF

Optical data
Optical connector SC/APC
Wave lengths nm 1,280 ... 1,610
Optical input level range dBm -10 ... 3 -9 ... -2
Electrical data
Impedance Ω 75
Equivalent noise current density pA/√Hz 6
CNR (OMI = 4 %, Popt = -8 dBm, 1,550 nm) dB 46 typ.
Output level (4 % OMI, Popt = -5 dBm, 1,550 nm) dBμV 80 ± 2
Frequency response linearity dB ± 2.5
Power consumption W <7
WDM
Wave lengths CATV receiver nm - 1,545 ... 1,555
Wave lengths IP port (upstream) nm - 1,260 ... 1,360
Wave lengths IP port (downstream) nm - 1,480 ... 1,500
Opt. decoupling (from IP port to CATV port) dB - 40
Opt. decoupling (from CATV port to IP port) dB - 20
Mechanics
Dimensions MSW 400 without FMB 400 mm 290 x 175 x 46 290 x 175 x 46
Dimensions MSW 400 with FMB 400 mm 290 x 175 x 67 290 x 175 x 67
Weight MSW 400 without FMB 400 g 740 750
Weight MSW 400 with FMB 400 g 940 950
Optical network termination units, 4-port GBit Ethernet
MSW 4000 V 26210106

MSW 4000 VC 26210427
MSW 4000 VCW 26210411
The MSW 4000 V, MSW 4000 VC and MSW 4000 VCW

are important key components within FTTH networks.
The installation is carried out directly in the subscriber‘s


constructional measures. A smaller fibre management MSW 4000 VC
excessive lengths.
Available variants:
The MSW 4000 V is equipped with a 1,000 Mbps switch providing the network operator with a smooth migration
which supports Internet, telephony and other data services scenario to IPTV.
such as IPTV.
The MSW 4000 VCW not only features an analogue
The MSW 4000 VC additionally features an analogue optical optical CATV receiver, but also a WDM, which permits
CATV receiver to enable analogue and digital TV services, implementation of single-fibre systems.
 Optical network termination units for  Variant with optical CATV receiver:
Fibre-to-the-Home (FTTH)  Optical CATV receiver for multi-channel TV and
radio signals (AM-VSB, FM and QAM) with a
 Multi-functional data module: bandwidth of 47 ... 1,000 MHz
 WAN: 1000 Base-X (SFP with single-mode fibre)  Ultra low-noise
 Integrated Gigabit switch  High output level
 4 x 10/100/1000 BaseT (Connections: RJ 45)  Wide input level/wave length ranges
 QoS: Priority setting
 VLAN tagging  Integrated fibre management
 Auto cross-over and auto-negotiation
 Two simultaneous phone conversations
can be held (VoIP)
 White status LEDs
 VoIP: SIP 2.0 (RFC 3261)
 MSW 4000 V (Data section with 4 x Gigabit Ethernet
 G3 Fax
and 2 x telephone/VoIP)
 MSW 4000 VC (Data section with 4 x Gigabit Ethernet,
2 x telephone/VoIP and CATV receiver)
 MSW 4000 VCW (Data section with 4 x Gigabit
Ethernet, 2 x telephone/VoIP, CATV receiver and WDM)
 Accessories, not included in delivery scope:

 FMB 400 (Order no. 25810012):
226
Fibre-to-the-Home
Technical data

Order no. 26210106 26210427 26210411
Data section
Optical data
Optical connector WAN (digital / analogue CATV) SC/PC / SC/APC
Interface 1000 Base-X
Wave lengths
Transmitter nm 1,310 or customised 1,310
Receiver nm 1,490/1,550 or customised 1,490
Standard/compliance IEEE 802.3z Gigabit Ethernet
Electrical data
Interface 4 x 10/100/1000 BaseT
Data rate Ethernet Mbit/s 10/100/1,000
Mode
IEEE802.3 10 BaseT, IEEE802.3u 100 BaseTX,
Standard/compliance
IEEE 802.3z Gigabit Ethernet and IEEE802.3x
Telephony
Connectors RJ 11
Fax T.38
Management
SNMP SNMP v1, v2c
Switch
Technical data

Order no. 26210106 26210427 26210411
Optical receiver for CATV/Sat-IF

Optical data
Fibre type - Singlemode 9/125 μm Singlemode 9/125 μm
Optical connector - SC/APC SC/APC
Wave lengths nm - 1,280 ... 1,610 1,280 ... 1,610
Optical input level range dBm - -10 ... -3 -9 ... -2
Electrical data
Impedance Ω - 75 75
Equivalent noise current density pA/√Hz - 4 4
CNR (OMI = 4 %, Popt = -10 dBm/-9 dBm, 1,550 nm) dB - 46 46
Output level (OMI = 4 %, Popt = -5 dBm, 1,550 nm) dBμV - 88 ± 2 88 ± 2
Power consumption W 9 10 10
WDM
Wave lengths CATV receiver nm - - 1,545 ... 1,555
Wave lengths IP port (upstream) nm - - 1,260 ... 1,360
Wave lengths IP port (downstream) nm - - 1,480 ... 1,500
Optical decoupling (from IP port to CATV port) dB - - 40
Optical decoupling (from CATV port to IP port) dB - - 20
Mechanics
228
Fibre-to-the-Home
MSW 4000 V 26210481

MSW 4000 VC 26210482
The MSW 4000 V and MSW 4000 VC are important key

components within FTTH networks.
The installation is carried out directly in the subscriber‘s


constructional measures. A smaller fibre management
MSW 4000 VC
excessive lengths.
Available variants:
The MSW 4000 V is equipped with a 1,000 Mbps switch The MSW 4000 VC additionally features an analogue optical
which supports Internet, telephony and other data services CATV receiver to enable analogue and digital TV services,
such as IPTV. providing the network operator with a smooth migration
scenario to IPTV.
 Optical network termination units for  Integrated fibre management

Fibre-to-the-Home (FTTH)
 Multi-functional data module:
 WAN: 1000 Base-X (SFP with single-mode fibre)
 White status LEDs
 Integrated Gigabit switch
 4 x 10/100/1000 BaseT (Connections: RJ 45)
 MSW 4000 V (Data section with 4 x Gigabit Ethernet
and 2 x telephone/VoIP)
 VLAN tagging  MSW 4000 VC (Data section with 4 x Gigabit Ethernet,
 Auto cross-over and auto-negotiation 2 x telephone/VoIP and CATV receiver)
 Two simultaneous phone conversations  Accessories, not included in delivery scope:
can be held (VoIP)  FMB 400 (Order no. 25810012):
 VoIP: SIP 2.0 (RFC 3261) Fibre management box for MSW 400 and MSW 4000
 G3 Fax
 Variant with optical CATV receiver:

 Optical CATV receiver for multi-channel TV and
radio signals (AM-VSB, FM and QAM) with a
bandwidth of 47 ... 1,000 MHz
 Ultra low-noise
 High output level
 Wide input level/wave length ranges
Technical data
Type MSW 4000 V MSW 4000 VC

Order no. 26210481 26210482
Data section
Optical data
Optical connector WAN (digital / analogue CATV) LC/PC simplex / SC/APC
Interface 1000 Base-X
Wave lengths
Transmitter nm 1,310 or customised
Receiver nm 1,490/1,550 or customised
Standard/compliance IEEE 802.3z Gigabit Ethernet
Electrical data
Mode
Standard/compliance
Telephony
Connectors RJ 11
Fax T.38
Management
SNMP SNMP v1, v2c
Switch
230
Fibre-to-the-Home
Technical data
Type MSW 4000 V MSW 4000 VC

Order no. 26210481 26210482

Optical data
Fibre type - Singlemode 9/125 μm
Optical connector - SC/APC
Wave lengths nm - 1,280 ... 1,610
Optical input level range dBm - -10 ... -3
Electrical data
Frequency range MHz - 47-1,000
Impedance Ω - 75
Equivalent noise current density pA/√Hz - 4
CNR (OMI = 4 %, Popt = -10 dBm/-9 dBm, 1,550 nm) dB - 46
Output level (OMI = 4 %, Popt = -5 dBm, 1,550 nm) dBμV - 88 ± 2
Power consumption W 9 10
WDM
Wave length CATV receiver nm - -
Wave length IP port (upstream) nm - -
Wave length IP port (downstream) nm - -
Optical decoupling (from IP port to CATV port) dB - -
Optical decoupling (from CATV port to IP port) dB - -
Mechanics
Dimensions MSW 4000 without FMB 400 mm 290 x 175 x 46 290 x 175 x 46
Dimensions MSW 4000 with FMB 400 mm 290 x 175 x 67 290 x 175 x 67
Weight MSW 4000 without FMB 400 g 660 740
Weight MSW 4000 with FMB 400 g 860 940
MSW 4000 VS 26210437

MSW 4000 VS 26210484
MSW 4000 VSW 26210438
The MSW 4000 VS and MSW 4000 VSW are key

components within FTTH networks including a CATV
and SAT-IF module.
The units are equipped with a 1,000 Mbps switch which
supports Internet, telephony and other data services
such as IPTV.
Installation is carried out directly in the subscriber‘s

Due to modularity, the FMB 400 fibre management box
may be pre-installed as a single unit to be later easily
retrofitted with the active unit without the need to undertake MSW 4000 VS
constructional measures.
Available variants:
The MSW 4000 VSW not only features an analogue optical
The MSW 4000 VS additionally features an analogue optical CATV and SAT-IF receiver, but also a WDM which permits
CATV and SAT-IF receiver, to enable analogue, digital and implementation of single-fibre systems.
SAT TV services, providing the network operator with a
smooth migration scenario to IPTV.
 Optical network termination units for  Integrated fibre management

Fibre-to-the-Home (FTTH)
 Multi-functional data module:
 WAN: 1000 Base-X (SFP with single-mode fibre)  White status LEDs
 Integrated Gigabit switch
 4 x 10/100/1000 BaseT (Connections: RJ 45)
 MSW 4000 VS (Data section with 4-way Gigabit
 VLAN tagging Ethernet, 2 x phone/VoIP and CATV/SAT-IF receiver)
 Auto cross-over and auto-negotiation
 MSW 4000 VSW (Data section with 4-way Gigabit
Ethernet, 2 x phone/VoIP, CATV/SAT-IF receiver and
WDM)
 Two simultaneous phone conversations
can be held (VoIP)  Accessories, not included in delivery scope:
 VoIP: SIP 2.0 (RFC 3261)  FMB 400 (Order no. 25810012):
 G3 Fax
 Variant with optical CATV and Sat-IF receiver:

 Optical CATV and SAT-IF receiver for multi-channel
TV and radio signals (AM-VSB, FM and QAM) with a
bandwidth of 47 ... 2,400 MHz
 Ultra low-noise
 High output level
 Wide input level/wave length ranges
232
Fibre-to-the-Home
Technical data
Type MSW 4000 VS MSW 4000 VSW MSW 4000 VS

Order no. 26210437 26210438 26210484
Data section
Optical data
Fibre type Singlemode 9/125μm Singlemode 9/125μm Singlemode 9/125μm
SC/PC / SC/PC / LC/PC simplex /
Optical connector WAN (digital / analogue CATV)
SC/APC SC/APC SC/APC
Interface 1000 Base-X 1000 Base-X 1000 Base-X
Wave lengths
Transmitter nm 1,310 or customised 1,310 1,310 or customised
1,490/1,550 or 1,490/1,550 or
Receiver nm 1,490
customised customised
IEEE 802.3z IEEE 802.3z IEEE 802.3z
Standard/compliance
Gigabit Ethernet Gigabit Ethernet Gigabit Ethernet
Electrical data
Connectors 4 x RJ-45
Mode
Standard/compliance
Telephony
Connectors RJ 11
STUN support Yes
Fax T.38
Management
SNMP SNMP v1, v2c
Switch
Technical data
Type MSW 4000 VS MSW 4000 VSW MSW 4000 VS

Order no. 26210437 26210438 26210484

Optical data
Optical connector SC/APC
Wave lengths nm 1,280 ... 1,610
Optical input level range dBm -10 ... -3 -9 ... -2 -10 ... -3
Electrical data
Impedance Ω 75
Equivalent noise current density pA/√Hz 6
CNR (OMI = 4 %, Popt = -8 dBm, 1,550 nm) dB 46
Output level (Popt = -5 dBm, 1,550 nm, OMI = 4 %) dBμV 80 ± 2
WDM
Wave lengths CATV receiver nm - 1,545 ....1,555 -
Wave lengths IP port (upstream) nm - 1,260 ... 1,360 -
Wave lengths IP port (downstream) nm - 1,480 ... 1,500 -
Opt. decoupling (from IP port to CATV port) dB - 40 -
Opt. decoupling (from CATV port to IP port) dB - 20 -
Mechanics
234
Fibre-to-the-Home
Amplifier systems
Option
Inter
Int rsta
te sttaage
st
Deemphase
0 / 10 dB 2 / 0 / 4 dB 6 / 0 / 12
12 dB
dB 2 / 0 / 4 dB
dB 6 / 0 / 122 ddB
B 4 / 0 / 8 dB
d 1 / 0 / 2 dB
dB 3 / 0 / 6 dB
dB
dB dB dB
dB dB
Dämpfung Preee
eemp
mpha
mph
mppha
phhhaase
se Dämp
Dä
D
Däm
äämp
äm
mppf
m pffung
fun
fu
ung
uunnngg v = 16 dB
dB Pree
Pree
Pre mmph
mpha
pha
hassee
ha Dääm
Dä
Dämmppfung
m fung
fu
u g Däm
Däm
ä pffung -20 dB v = 22 dB
oder
Preemphase Übe
Ü
Üb
berwa
be rwa
rw
wach
cchu
hhuungs
nggss-T
ng --Tr
Traan
Tr ans
nspon
ns ppoon
ondde
der
eerr
(HM
((H
HM
H MS) S)
Strroom
m
85 - 862 MHz Temperatu
T aturr 85 - 862 MHz
TVM 850/H
H
Ub
ICS 5 - 65 MHz
5 - 65 MHz
Option
p
300 dB
2211 dB
3 / 0 / 6 dB
dB 2 / 0 / 4 ddB
B 6 / 0 / 122 dB Ab
Abge
Abg
Abge
b
bggescsch
chalt
ch a tet 4 / 0 / 8 ddB
B
-330
30 dB
pas
ppass
ass
assiv
sssiv
iv
(Rü
((R
Rü
Rüc
ck
ckw
kw
k
kwe
weg:
eg
eg:
g:
dB
dB dB
dB dB
B P =7 700ddB
BμμV)
μV
V))
V
n om
m in a l
akt
ak
aakti
kt
ktivv
v = 1144 dB Pre
Pr
Pree
Preee
rree
eemph
mpha
mp
m pha
ph
pha
hassee Dääm
Dämp
D
Däm
äämp
mpppfung
m ffung
fun
ung
un
ung
ng 0 / -88 dB / 5 MHz
Hz Däm fungg
Dämp inte
nte
teernn
tern Tes
Te
T eesst 2
5--65
5-65
55-6
65 M
65 MH
MHz
H
Hzz ""A
A
Abbg
bgesc sch
chhalt
altet"
alte t --220 dB
inteerrnn
15 MHz
15 M
Tesst
s 3 IIng
Inn
nggres
re s-
re
internn
-100 dBB ((P
P = 60 dBμV
BμV)) Det
De
D eettekt
ek ion S1100
S1
S10
Tes
T
Te
eesst 1
-2200 dB
-20
-2 dB Rüc
ück
üc kwe
kw
we
weeg-M
g-M
g-
g --M
Meess
esss
ssung
un
u ng
g
biddi
direk
reek
re
rekt
ekt
kkttiona
tion
iiona
io
oonna
ona
nal
nal ode
der -Ei
de -Ein
Eiiin
E
Einspe
nspspe
peisu
pe issung
sung
su ng
Op
Opt
O pttio
p iion
o
on
Opt
O
Oppt
ption
ion
n max. 7 A
m
pow
wer passing
g: 10
g: 0A
Verteilfeld 32
2-72 VAC
Durchschleif- SNT
SN
SNT
N T Au
Aus
Auussg gan
gaaannggss-
gs-
s
eingang C Veerrtte
Ve
Ver tei
eeiilfe
lfe
lf
feld
ld
15A T3,15A
5ALL
5AL
A B
D E
Eingang Loop through Ausga

Aus gang
gang2 Ausgang1
PG11 PG11 = Schiebeschalter
lter A/B/E/D=15A
A/B/E/D 15A Si
Sicherung
h PG11 PG11
■ BK amplifier system
A/B amplifiers 270
Overview amplifiers 236-237 Bridger amplifier 271
Return path amplifiers 272
■ Compact amplifiers Overview
Compact amplifiers, controlled 238-247 accessories for the BK amplifier system 273-274
Compact amplifiers, uncontrolled 248-250 Accessories for the BK amplifier system 275-282
Distribution network amplifiers 251-254 ■ Accessories for the GGA 8 amplifier system
House connection amplifiers 255-258 Overview
Overview accessories for compact amplifiers 259-260 accessories for the GGA 8 amplifier system 283
Accessories for compact amplifiers 261-266 Amplifier housings 284
Accessories Power injection filters 285-286
for electronically adjustable amplifiers 267-269 Power supply units 287-288
235
Amplifier systems
Overview amplifiers
Type
Order no.
Modern,
M monitorable compact amplifier for
interactive
i HFC networks. Frequency range
VGP 9033-1G
Compact 862/1,000
8 MHz, electronically switchable.
24410103
amplifier, R
Remote configuration of all setting parameters via
controlled monitoring
m system (can be activated/deactivated)
Page 238
Gain
G at 1,000 MHz: 33 dB
MModern, monitorable compact amplifier for

iinteractive HFC networks. High gain (up to 40 dB),
VGP 9041
Compact vvariable in interstage-position. Very high output
24410054
amplifier, llevels at lowest intermodulation products,
controlled eeven for interstage operation
Page 238
G
Gain at 862 MHz: 40 dB
Modern, monitorable compact amplifier for

interactive HFC networks. Frequency range
in
VGP 9240 606/862 MHz, electronically switchable.
6
Compact
24410114 The VGP 9240 is designed with two active high
T
amplifier,
level RF outputs. Each output is equipped with
le
controlled
Page 241 itits own end-stage amplifier
Gain at 862 MHz: 32/40 dB

G

M
interactive HFC networks. High gain (up to 40 dB),
in
VGP 9030
Compact variable in interstage-position. Very high output
va
24410106
amplifier, levels at lowest intermodulation products,
le
controlled even for interstage operation
e
Page 245
G

M
in
VGP 9040
va
24410107
le
controlled even for interstage operation
e
Page 245
G

M
in
VGF 9030
va
24410108
le
uncontrolled even for interstage operation
ev
Page 248
G
236
Amplifier systems
Amplifier systems
Overview amplifiers
Type
Order no.
M
in
VGF 9040
Compact va
variable in interstage-position. Very high output
24410109
amplifier, le
levels at lowest intermodulation products,
uncontrolled e
even for interstage operation
Page 248
G
V
Very high output level at lowest intermodulation
p
products (also for interstage attenuation).
VGO 939-1G
B
Built-in active return path with various setting
24410101 Distribution
p
possibilities. Monitorable with HMS or DOCSIS
network amplifier
tr
transponder (option)
Page 251
G
Gain at 1,000 MHz: 40 dB
Very high output level at lowest intermodulation

V
products (also for interstage attenuation).
p
VGF 939-1G
Built-in active return path with various setting
B
24410100 Distribution
possibilities. Monitorable with HMS or DOCSIS
p
network amplifier
transponder (option)
tr
Page 251
G
Monitorable house connection amplifier for modern

HHFC networks. Very high output level at lowest
VOS 952-1G
House iintermodulation products. Built-in active and
24410098
connection ppassive return path with various setting possibilities.
amplifier LLocally-fed version, F-type sockets
Page 255
G
MMonitorable house connection amplifier for modern

HHFC networks. Very high output level at lowest
VOS 953-1G
House iintermodulation products. Built-in active and
24410099
connection ppassive return path with various setting possibilities.
amplifier RRemote-fed version (auto-supply), F-type sockets
Page 255
G
Amplifier systems 237

Compact amplifiers
Compact amplifiers, controlled
VGP 9033-1G 24410103

VGP 9041 24410054
 Modern, monitorable compact amplifiers

for interactive HFC networks
 Frequency range 862/1,000 MHz,

electronically switchable

Using electronic tuning elements, set using HTE 10
hand-held unit (fewer plug-in cards and attenuation
pads required, repeatable device settings)
 Integrated frequency-agile 2-pilot control

enables quick commissioning:
 Automatic levelling in the forward path,
thus no need for time-consuming manual levelling
 Automatic presetting of the return path possible
 Remote configuration of all setting parameters via

VGP 9033-1G
monitoring system (can be activated/deactivated)
 Latest GaAs-MMIC technology
 Very high output levels at lowest intermodulation

products, even for interstage operation
 Loop-through input and output splitter can be configured
 De-emphasis (inverse-equalisation) insert position
 Remote feeding:
7 A per input/output, local feeding: 10 A
 Insert position for monitoring transponder

(HMS/DOCSIS)
 Transponder TVM 1000 can be inserted
VGP 9041
 Test sockets on input/output
and in return path amplifier
 Integrated return path amplifier,

settable gain
 Aluminium die-cast housing with PG 11 connections
Note:
The input and output plug-in positions must each be
equipped with a EBC xx-1G/EAC xx-1G for operation.
The other plug-in positions are already equipped with
null cards. Input and output cable fittings are not included
in the delivery scope.
238
Amplifier systems
Compact amplifiers
Technical data
Type VGP 9033-1G VGP 9041

Order no. 24410103 24410054
FORWARD PATH
Frequency range MHz 85-1,000 85-862
Gain (at 1,000 MHz) dB 33 40
Return loss dB 19 -1.5 dB/oct.
Frequency response (85-1,000 MHz at 25 °C) dB ± 0.5
Max. output level CENELEC 1)
- CTB > 60 dB dBμV 114
Max. output level CENELEC 1)
- CSO > 60 dB dBμV 116
Attenuation range, electronically settable in 1 dB steps dB 0-15
Slope range, electronically settable in 1 dB steps dB 0-15
Interstage attenuation, settable in 1 dB steps dB 0-5
Interstage pre-emphasis, electronically settable in 2.5 dB steps dB 2.5-10
Noise figure at minimum pre-emphasis dB 6.5
Level range, sloped at 85 MHz dB ±2
Level range, parallel dB ±3
Frequency range lower pilot Pu 2)
MHz 85-230
Frequency range upper pilot Po 2)
MHz 570-870
Pilot level (PAL/CW/QAM) dBμV 83-112
RETURN PATH
Gain dB 28
Frequency response at 25 °C dB ± 0.3
Input level density (CINR = 50 dB), at 28 dB gain dBμV/Hz -9
Dynamic range: CINR > 50 dB, 5-65 MHz, at 28 dB gain dB 21
Noise figure dB 6
Attenuation, switchable in 1 dB steps dB 0-30
Slope, switchable in 7 steps dB 1-8
IC switch
dB 0/6/> 45
(attenuation switchable over EMS or HTE 10 hand-held unit)
Hum modulation ratio at 7 A/> 15 MHz dB 60
GENERAL
Voltage supply VAC 30-72
Max. remote feed current per connection A 7
Max. remote feed current in local feeding (power passing) A 10
RF connections PG 11
Housing protection category IP 67

Compact amplifiers
Technical data
Type VGP 9033-1G VGP 9041

Order no. 24410103 24410054
GENERAL
Screening factor Conforms to CENELEC EN 50083-2
Overvoltage protection acc. to IEC 60-2 2 kV (1.2/50 μs)
Dimensions (W x H x D) mm 240 × 95 × 240 ³)
NETWORK MANAGEMENT (optional)
Operational voltage; current; temperature; electronic tuning
elements; pilot setting and alarm; automatic levelling of
Monitorable/settable parameters
forward path; automatic presetting of return path;
return path gain; IC switch; remote inventory data
¹) 9 dB slope
2)
Set using HTE 10 hand-held unit
3)
Width including hinges: 267 mm
Block diagram
Accessories

EBC 01E-1G (Order no. 24510121): Null card input, for operation without loop-through input

EBC 00-1G (Order no. 24510119): Null card output, for operation with one output

EBC 90-1G (Order no. 24510113): Splitter (two outputs symmetrical)

EAC 93-1G (Order no. 24510115): Tap (3/6 dB)

EAC 90-1G (Order no. 24510116): Tap (1.5/10 dB)

EAC 94-1G (Order no. 24510114): Tap (0.8/20 dB)

TVM 850/H (Order no. 26210077): Monitoring transponder HMS (5-42 MHz), frequency-agile

TVM 1000 (Order no. 26210086): Monitoring transponder DOCSIS
240
Amplifier systems
Compact amplifiers
Compact amplifier, controlled
VGP 9240 24410114
Line and distribution network amplifier, controlled,

for use in 606-MHz or in 862-MHz networks.
The VGP 9240 is designed with two active high level

RF outputs. Each output is equipped with its own
end-stage amplifier.
 Modern, monitorable compact amplifier

 Two high-level outputs each with own end stage

and configurable trunk output
 Frequency range 600/862 MHz, electronically switchable

Using electronic tuning elements, set using HTE 10 Note:
hand-held unit (fewer plug-in cards and attenuation The cable fittings on the inputs and outputs
pads required, repeatable device settings) are not included in the delivery scope.

thus no need for time-consuming manual levelling  Remote feeding: 7 A per input/output,
 Automatic presetting of the return path possible local feeding: 10 A
 Remote configuration of all setting parameters via  Insert position for monitoring transponder
monitoring system (can be activated/deactivated) (HMS/DOCSIS)
 State-of-the-art GaN technology  Test sockets on input/output

products, even for interstage operation  Integrated return path amplifier,
settable gain and slope
 The bridger amplifier output can be configured to
provide either one or two outputs  2 x Ingress Control Switch (ICS)
 De-emphasis (inverse-equalisation) insert position  Aluminium die-cast housing with PG 11 connections

Compact amplifiers
Technical data
Type VGP 9240

Order no. 24410114
Distribution network/
FORWARD PATH 1) Line/trunk output
distribution outputs 2)
Frequency range MHz 85-606/862 85-600/862
Gain (at 862 MHz) dB 32 40
Return loss dB 19 -1.5 dB/oct. 19 -1.5 dB/oct.
Frequency response at (85-862 MHz at 25° C) dB ± 0.5 ± 0.75
Additional frequency response over attenuation,
dB ± 0.8 ± 0.3
slope and temperature
Gain variation (ALSC off, -10 °C ... +50 °C) dB ± 0.8 ± 0.8
Signal-to-noise ratio to CENELEC 3)
- 862 MHz, CSO dB 78 70
- 862 MHz, CTB dB 80 70
- 606 MHz, CSO dB > 78 > 70
- 606 MHz, CTB dB > 80 > 70
Operating output level at 862 MHz dBμV 102.5 112
Attenuation range, electronically settable in 0.5 dB steps dB 0-15 0-10
Slope range, electronically settable in 0.5 dB dB 0-15 0-7
Pre-emphasis, electronically settable in 1 dB steps dB 4-8 4-8
Noise figure at minimal pre-emphasis (f > 130 MHz) dB 7 8
Level range, sloped at 85 MHz dB ±2 ±2
Level range, parallel dB ±3 ±3
Frequency range lower pilot Pu 4)
MHz 85-230 85-230
Frequency range upper pilot Po 4)
MHz 550-862 550-862
Pilot level (PAL/CW/QAM) dBμV 82-112 82-112
Hum modulation ratio at 7 A dB 70 70
Test sockets (directional coupler) dB -20 -20
RETURN PATH
Frequency range MHz 5-65 5-65
Gain dB 18 27
Frequency response at 25 °C dB ± 0.3 ± 0.3
Additional frequency response over attenuation,
dB ± 0.4 ± 0.4
slope and temperature
Input level density (CINR = 50 dB), at 30 dB gain dBμV/Hz 1 -8
Dynamic range: CINR > 50 dB, 5-65 MHz dB 18 18
Attenuation, switchable in 0.5 dB steps dB 20 20
Slope, switchable in 30 steps dB 0-12 0-12
IC switch
dB 0/6/> 36 0/6/> 36
Hum modulation ratio at 7 A/> 15 MHz dB 60 60
242
Amplifier systems
Compact amplifiers
Technical data
Type VGP 9240

Order no. 24410114
GENERAL
Impedance inputs, outputs and test sockets Ω 75 75
Voltage supply VAC 33-65 33-65
Power consumption (without transponder) W 37 37
Max. remote feed current per connection A 7 7
Max. remote feed current in local feeding (power passing) A 10 10
RF connections PG 11 PG 11
Housing protection category IP 54 IP 54
Ambient temperature range (data-conform) °C -20 to +50 -20 to +50
Max. housing temperature °C 75 75
Conforms to Conforms to
Screening factor
CENELEC EN 50083-2 CENELEC EN 50083-2
Overvoltage protection acc. to IEC 60-2 2 kV (1.2/50 μs) 2 kV (1.2/50 μs)
Dimensions (W x H x D) mm 240 × 95 × 240 5)
240 × 95 × 240 5)
¹) All trunk attenuation/slope settings in the forward path affect the distribution network outputs.
The stated adjustments can additionally be made on these outputs.
²) All data refer to operation with one distribution network output
³) 862 MHz: 6 dB slope, 41 carriers without Ch2,
606 MHz: 6 dB slope, 29 carriers without Ch2 each at operational level
4)
Set using hand-held unit HTE 10
5)
Width including hinges: 267 mm
Accessories
 EBC 00-1G (Order no. 24510119): Null card output, for operation with one output
 EBC 90-1G (Order no. 24510113): Splitter (two outputs symmetrical)
 EAC 93-1G (Order no. 24510115): Tap (3/6 dB)
 EAC 90-1G (Order no. 24510116): Tap (1.5/10 dB)

Compact amplifiers
Block diagram
Switched-mode power supply 2-pilot control
Plug-in
position
universal
Output
Ausgang
Output plug-in
position
TP input
Up to two bridger
outputs
EAC 90-1G
EAC 93-1G
EAC 94-1G
EBC 90-1G
EBC 00-1G
HMS-DOCSIS transponder (optional)
TP output
244
Amplifier systems
Compact amplifiers
Compact amplifiers, controlled
VGP 9030 24410106

VGP 9040 24410107

 Innovative operational concept: Using electronic tuning

elements, set using HTE 10 hand-held unit fewer plug-in
cards and attenuation pads required, repeatable device
settings)

 Automatic presetting of the return path possible Similar to picture

monitoring system (can be activated/deactivated) Note:
The output plug-in positions must each be equipped
 High gain (up to 40 dB), variable in interstage-position with a EBC xx-1G/EAC xx-1G for operation.

 Output splitter can be configured  Test sockets on input/output and in return path amplifier
 De-emphasis (inverse-equalisation) insert position  Integrated return path amplifier, settable gain
 Remote feeding: 7 A per input/output, local feeding: 10 A  Ingress Control Switch (ICS)
 Insert position for monitoring transponder  Aluminium die-cast housing with PG 11 connections
(HMS/DOCSIS)
Accessories
 EBC 90-1G (Order no. 24510113): Splitter (2 outputs symmetrical)
 ERC 22 (Order no. 24510085): C-line pre-emphasis equaliser for VGx 9040
 ERZ 630 (Order no. 24510108): Equaliser 630 MHz
 ERS 800 (Order no. 24510109): System equaliser 862 MHz
 ERD 810 (Order no. 24510110): De-emphasis equaliser switchable, 862 MHz
 ERD 813 (Order no. 24510117): De-emphasis equaliser
 ERD 814 (Order no. 24510120): Attenuation pad

Compact amplifiers
Technical data
Type VGP 9030 VGP 9040

Order no. 24410106 24410107
FORWARD PATH
Frequency response at (85-862 MHz at 25° C) dB ± 0.5
Additional frequency response (over slope and temperature range) dB ± 0.8
Max. output level CENELEC ¹ - CTB > 60 dB
)
dBμV 114
Max. output level CENELEC ¹) - CSO > 60 dB dBμV 116
Attenuation range, electronically settable in 0.5 dB steps dB 0-16
Slope range, electronically settable in 0.5 dB dB 0-20
Pre-emphasis, electronically settable in 1 dB steps dB 2-9
Noise figure at minimum pre-emphasis dB 6
Level range, sloped at 85 MHz dB ±2
Level range, parallel dB ±3
Frequency range lower pilot Pu ² )
MHz 85-230
Frequency range upper pilot Po ² )
MHz 570-870
Pilot level (PAL/CW/QAM) dBμV 83-112
Hum modulation ratio at 7 A dB 70
RETURN PATH
Gain dB 30
Noise figure dB 6
IC switch
dB 0/6/> 45
GENERAL
246
Amplifier systems
Compact amplifiers
Technical data
Type VGP 9030 VGP 9040

Order no. 24410106 24410107
GENERAL
¹) 9 dB slope
²) Set using hand-held unit HTE 10
³) Width incl. hinges: 267 mm
Block diagram
Switched-mode
power supply
Plug-in Plug-in
position position
universal universal
Output
Input
Output
Output plug-in
position
Plug-in
position
universal -1G
-1G
-1G
Plug-in -1G
module -1G

Compact amplifiers
Compact amplifiers, uncontrolled
VGF 9030 24410108

VGF 9040 24410109


Using electronic tuning elements, set using HTE 10
hand-held unit (fewer plug-in cards and attenuation
pads required, repeatable device settings)
 Quick commissioning:
 Automatic presetting of the return path possible

monitoring system (can be activated/deactivated)
 High gain (up to 40 dB), variable in interstage-position Note:

The output plug-in positions must each be equipped
 Latest GaAs-MMIC technology with a EBC xx-1G/EAC xx-1G for operation.

 Output splitter can be configured  Test sockets on input/output

 De-emphasis (inverse-equalisation) insert position
 Integrated return path amplifier,
 Remote feeding: 7 A per input/output, settable gain
local feeding: 10 A
 Insert position for monitoring transponder
(HMS/DOCSIS)  Aluminium die-cast housing with PG 11 connections
Accessories
 ERC 22 (Order no. 24510085): C-line pre-emphasis equaliser for VGx 9040
 ERZ 630 (Order no. 24510108): Equaliser 47-630 MHz, switchable 2-18 dB in 2 dB steps
248
Amplifier systems
Compact amplifiers
Technical data
Type VGF 9030 VGF 9040

Order no. 24410108 24410109
FORWARD PATH
Frequency response at (85-862 MHz at 25° C) dB ± 0.5
Additional frequency response (over slope and temperature range) dB ± 0.8
Max. output level CENELEC ¹ - CTB > 60 dB
)
dBμV 114
Max. output level CENELEC ¹) - CSO > 60 dB dBμV 116
Attenuation range, electronically settable in 0.5 dB steps dB 0-16
Slope range, electronically settable in 0.5 dB dB 0-20
Pre-emphasis, electronically settable in 1 dB steps dB 2-9
Noise figure at minimum pre-emphasis dB 6
Hum modulation ratio at 7 A dB 70
RETURN PATH
Gain dB 30
Noise figure dB 6
IC switch
dB 0/6/> 45
GENERAL

Compact amplifiers
Technical data
Type VGF 9030 VGF 9040

Order no. 24410108 24410109

¹) 9 dB slope
²) Set using HTE 10 hand-held unit
³) Width incl. hinges: 267 mm
Block diagram
Switched-mode
power supply
ERC 22
Plug-in
position dB
universal
Output
Input
Output
Output plug-in
position
Plug-in
position
universal -1G
-1G
-1G
Plug-in
Monitoring transponder -1G
module -1G
250
Amplifier systems
Compact amplifiers
Distribution network amplifiers
VGO 939-1G 24410101

VGF 939-1G 24410100
 Frequency response up to 1,006 MHz

 Integrated diplexers allow optimised data
 Very high output level at lowest intermodulation

products (also for interstage attenuation)
 Pluggable loop-through output
 One or two output(s) configurable
 Built-in active return path with various setting  Advanced remote power concept in the VGF 939-1G:
possibilities  Newly developed remote-feed coils
 Remote feed current:
 Return path can also be operated passively Max. 7 A per connection, local insertion
max. 10 A totally
 15 MHz high pass can be activated in the return path  Remote feeding possibilities:
By choice via all RF connections or
 Ingress Control Switch (ICS) local connector (power passing)
 Monitorable with HMS or DOCSIS transponder (option)  Surge absorbers on all RF connections and
in switched-mode power supply unit
 Insert position for additional functions in the
forward path (e.g. de-emphasis)  Power management: Unused amplifier stages
switch-off for reduced power consumption
 Bi-directional test socket on the amplifier input
 Die-cast housing with PG 11 connectors
 Directional coupler test socket on amplifier output
and in return path  Easy connection of large cable fittings due to
extended thread distance
 Test signals can be coupled in for the return path
 Outdoor operation possible,
 LED as function indicator housing protection class: IP 54
 Highly efficient switched-mode power supply unit  Test sockets: F-type connectors (internal)
 Delivery status:
 For operation with one input or output,
no plug-in cards required
 All insert positions are fitted with 0-dB
bridging plugs ex works
 Input and output cable fittings not included
in the delivery scope

Compact amplifiers
Technical data
Type VGO 939-1G VGF 939-1G Remarks
Order no. 24410101 24410100

Locally fed Remotely fed
FORWARD PATH
Gain dB 40
Gain setting range, interstage ³ )
dB 32-40
Amplitude response dB ± 0.5 85-1,006 MHz, at 25 °C
Amplitude response (additional, from 862-1,006 MHz) dB -0.5 At 25 °C
Attenuation setting range, on input 3) dB 0-26

Pre-emphasis setting range, on input ³) dB 0-26 or 0/4/8
Return loss, as of 40 MHz dB 18 -1.5/oct.
Noise figure dB 4 At 40 dB gain
CTB: 60 dB/CSO: 60 dB
Max. operational level: CENELEC raster ¹) dBμV 116/118 (pre-emphasis 4 dB)
Hum modulation ratio dB - 60/70 At 7 A, 5-65/85-1,000 MHz
RETURN PATH
Gain (input stage bridged), active operation dB 30 (21)
Gain, passive operation dB -2
Amplitude response dB 0.5
Attenuation setting range, at input or interstage ³ )
dB 0/4/8 or 0-16
Pre-emphasis setting range, interstage dB 0/3/6
Ingress Control Switch (ICS) dB 8/> 40 Attenuated/switched-off
60 dB IMod2/IMod3
Max. output level at 30 and 21 dB gain dBμV 107/116 (EN 60728-3/50083-5)
According to KDG 1 TS 140

Maximum output level dBμV 120 (full system load)
CINR at 50 dB
Input level density dBμV/Hz -8 (EN 60728-3/item 4.7)
Dynamic range at 30 dB gain (5-65 MHz) ²) dB 18

Dynamic range at 21 dB gain (5-65 MHz) ² )
dB 25
Noise figure dB 5
NETWORK MANAGEMENT
Internal voltage supply,

Monitorable parameters internal current drain, internal
temperature, IC switch
Test sockets
Test socket 1 (on amplifier input), bi-directional dB 20
Possibility to feed in return path
signals (5-65 MHz); if button is
Test socket 2 (on amplifier output), directional coupler dB 20 kept pressed, the incoming return
path signal can be measured
Attenuation relative to
Test socket 3 (in return path amplifier), directional coupler dB 10 return path input
252
Amplifier systems
Compact amplifiers
Technical data
Type VGO 939-1G VGF 939-1G Remarks
Order no. 24410101 24410100

SWITCHED-MODE POWER SUPPLY

Nominal input voltage VAC 230 32-72
Mains frequency range Hz 50-60 50-60
Max. remote feed current A - 7 Per input or output
Max. remote feed current, local insertion A - 10

Power consumption (without monitoring) W 17.5 17.5 Return path amplifier active
General
Ambient temperature range °C -20 to +55 Data-conform operation
Test sockets F-type connector
Housing protection class (to EN 60529) IP 54
Packing unit/weight pc./kg 1(10)/2.2
¹) CENELEC: 41 channels
²) When the 15 MHz high pass is connected, the dynamic range increases by 3 dB
³) Settable in 2-dB steps using slide switches
Accessories

 ERZ 940 (Order no. 24510059): De-emphasis equaliser (cable simulation) 862 MHz, 7 dB fixed

Compact amplifiers
Block diagram
Option
Interstage
De-emphasis
0 / 10 dB 2 / 0 / 4 dB 6 / 0 / 12 dB 2 / 0 / 4 dB 6 / 0 / 12 dB 4 / 0 / 8 dB 1 / 0 / 2 dB 3 / 0 / 6 dB
dB dB dB dB
Attenuation Pre-emphasis Attenuation Pre-emphasis Attenuation Attenuation -20 dB

or
pre-emphasis Monitoring transponder
Current
85 - 1006 MHz Temperature 85 - 1006 MHz
Ub
ICS 5 - 65 MHz
5 - 65 MHz
Option
30 dB
21 dB
3 / 0 / 6 dB 2 / 0 / 4 dB 6 / 0 / 12 dB Switched-off 4 / 0 / 8 dB
-30 dB
passive
(Return path:
dB dB dB P = 70 dBμV)
nominal
active
v = 14 dB Pre-emphasis Attenuation 0 / -8 dB / 5 MHz Attenuation Internal Test 2
5-65 MHz "switched-off" -20 dB
Internal 15 MHz
Test 3 Ingress
Internal
-10 dB (P = 60 dBμV) detection S10
Test 1 nominal
-20 dB Return path

bi-directional measurement
Option
max. 7 A or feed-in
Option
power passing: 10 A
Loop through 32-72 VAC
splitter field SNT Output
C splitter field
15 A T3,15AL
A B
D E
Input Loop through Output 2 Output 1

PG11 PG11 = slide switches A/B/E/D = 15-A fuse PG11 PG11
254
Amplifier systems
Compact amplifiers
House connection amplifiers
VOS 952-1G 24410098

VOS 953-1G 24410099
 Monitorable house connection amplifiers

for modern HFC networks

 Very high output level at lowest

intermodulation products
 Built-in active and passive return path

with various setting possibilities
 Band 1-operation possible without return path
 15 MHz high pass can be activated in the return path  Test signals can be coupled in for the return path
 Ingress Control Switch (ICS)  Highly efficient switched-mode power supply unit
 Monitorable with HMS or DOCSIS (option)  VOS 952-1G - locally fed, F-type sockets
 Insert position for additional functions in the  VOS 953-1G - remotely fed (auto-supply),
forward path (e.g. de-emphasis) F-type sockets
 Bi-directional test socket on amplifier input  Surge absorbers on all RF connections

with inductive coupling and in switched-mode power supply unit
 Directional coupler test socket on amplifier output  Die-cast housing

and in return path
 Test sockets: F-type sockets
Accessories
 ERZ 940 (Order no. 24510059): De-emphasis equaliser (cable simulation) 862 MHz, 7 dB fixed
 ERD 810 (Order no. 24510110): De-emphasis equaliser switchable 85-862 MHz: 3/6/9 dB, 470-862 MHz: 0/4/8 dB
 ERD 813 (Order no. 24510117): De-emphasis equaliser 6 dB (in relation to 85-862 MHz) or 7 dB (in relation to 85-1,006 MHz)
 ERD 814 (Order no. 24510120): Attenuation pad 6 dB
 TVM 850/H (Order no. 26210077): Monitoring transponder HMS (frequency-agile)

Compact amplifiers
Technical data
Type VOS 952-1G VOS 953-1G Remarks
Order no. 24410098 24410099

FORWARD PATH
Frequency range MHz 47/85-1,006 47/85-1,006
Gain ¹ )
dB 40-32 40-32 Interstage gain setting
Amplitude response dB ± 0.5 ± 0.5 85-1,006 MHz, at 25 °C
Amplitude response (additional, from 862-1,006 MHz) dB -0.5 -0.5 At 25 °C
Attenuation setting range dB 0-16 0-16 On amplifier input
Pre-emphasis setting range dB 0-16 and 0/6 0-16 and 0/6 On amplifier input and interstage
Noise figure dB 4/5/5 4/5/5 At 40/36/32 dB gain
CTB: 60 dB/CSO: 60 dB
Max. operational level: CENELEC channel plan ²) dBμV 112/116 112/116 (pre-emphasis 6 dB and
gain 39.5 dB)
Hum modulation ratio dB - > 60/70

RETURN PATH
Gain, switchable dB 30/21 30/21
Frequency response dB 0.5 0.5
Attenuation setting range dB 0-16 / 0/4/8 0-16 / 0/4/8 On input/interstage
Pre-emphasis setting range dB 0/3/6 0/3/6 Interstage
Ingress Control Switch (ICS) dB 0/8/> 40 0/8/> 40 Attenuated/switched-off
60 dB IM2/IM3
Max. output level at 30 and 21 dB gain dBμV 107/116 107/116 (EN 60728-3/50083-5)
According to KDG 1 TS 140

Maximum output level dBμV 120 120 (full system load)
CINR at 50 dB
Input level density dBμV/Hz -10 -10 (EN 60728-3/item 4.7)
Dynamic range at 30 dB gain (5-65 MHz) ³) dB 17 17

Dynamic range at 21 dB gain (5-65 MHz) ³ )
dB 25 25
Noise figure dB 5 5
NETWORK MANAGEMENT
Internal voltage supply,
Monitorable parameters internal current drain,
temperature, IC switch
Test sockets
Test socket 1 (on amplifier input) dB 20 20 5-1,006 MHz bi-directional, internal
5-1,006 MHz with directional

coupler, external - return path
signals can be fed in (5-65 MHz);
Test socket 2 (on amplifier output) dB 20 20 if push-button is kept pressed,
the incoming return path signal
can be measured
5-65 MHz with directional coupler,
Test socket 3 (in return path) dB 10 10 external
256
Amplifier systems
Compact amplifiers
Technical data
Type VOS 952-1G VOS 953-1G Remarks
Order no. 24410098 24410099

SWITCHED-MODE POWER SUPPLY

Nominal input voltage VAC 110-230 38-65
Mains frequency range Hz 50-60 50-60
Return path amplifier active/
Power consumption W 11 12 without monitoring
GENERAL
Ambient temperature range °C -20 to +55 -20 to +55
RF connections F-type socket F-type socket
Test sockets F-type socket F-type socket
IP 54: Outdoor use in
Housing protection class (to EN 60529) IP 54 IP 54 weather-proof cabinet
Dimensions (W x H x D) mm 225 × 55 × 155 225 × 55 × 155

Packing unit/weight pc./kg 1(10)/1.8 1(10)/1.8
¹) Settable with 2 slide switches in 1 dB steps

²) CENELEC: 42 channels
³) When the 15 MHz high pass is connected, the dynamic range increases by 3 dB
Block diagram VOS 952-1G

Compact amplifiers
Block diagram VOS 953-1G
Special brochure
Full information on Kathrein’s compact amplifiers is

published in the brochure depicted here. This can be Compa
ct amp
either ordered or downloaded from our website liﬁers
“www.kathrein.de”. VGP 90
33-1G
VGP 90
41
You can also order a hard copy of the brochure from VGP 92
40
your local Kathrein representative. VGP 90
30
VGP 90
40
See pages 380-383 for addresses. VGF 90
30
VGF 90
40
VGO 93
9-1G
VGF 93
9-1G
VOS 95
2-1G
VOS 95
3-1G
258
Amplifier systems
Accessories for compact amplifiers
Overview accessories for VGF/VGO/VGP/VOS *
Type
Order no.
EBC 01E-1G
24510121 EBC 01E-1G: For operation on VGP 9033-1G
the input insert position
EBC 00-1G Null cards VGP 9041-1G
24510119 EBC 00-1G: For operation on
the output insert position VGP 90xx
Page 261
ERC 22
C-line Generates pre-emphasis
24510085
pre-emphasis based on the C-line specifications VGP 9041
equaliser of Kabel Deutschland, 862 MHz
Page 261
VGF/VGO 939-1G
EAC 9x-1G
Plug-in modules to extend the
2451011x
Tap plug-in cards corresponding devices to two VGP 90xx
outputs, 1 GHz
Page 262
VGP 90xx-1G
VGF/VGO 939-1G
EBC 90-1G
Plug-in module to extend the
24510113 Splitter
corresponding devices to two VGP 90xx
plug-in card
outputs, 1 GHz
Page 262
VGP 90xx-1G
ERM 22
VGF 81
273269 Measurement High-impedance probe head
adapter with 20 dB connection loss
ORA 820/821
Page 263
VGF/VGO 939-1G
ERD 810
Cable equivalent
24510110 De-emphasis
de-emphasis 85-862 MHz: VOS 95x
equaliser
Page 263
VGP 90xx
VGF/VGO 939-1G
ERD 813
VOS 95x-1G
24510117 De-emphasis Cable-equivalent
VOS 95x
equaliser de-emphasis: 7 dB, 1 GHz
VGP 90xx
Page 264
VGP 90xx-1G
* Not included in the amplifiers delivery scope

Overview accessories for VGF/VGO/VGP/VOS *
Type
Order no.
VGF/VGO 939-1G
ERD 814
VOS 95x-1G
24510120 Attenuation
Attenuation: 6 dB, 1 GHz VOS 95x
pad
VGP 90xx
Page 264
VGP 90xx-1G
VGF/VGO 939-1G
ERZ 630
24510108 Equaliser, Switchable in 2-dB steps from
VOS 95x
630 MHz 2-18 dB (cable equivalent)
Page 265
VGP 90xx
ERZ 940
VGF/VGO 939-1G
24510059 De-emphasis Cable analogue:
equaliser 7 dB, 862 MHz
VOS 95x
Page 265
VGF/VGO 939-1G
ERS 800
24510109 Cable-equivalent pre-emphasis
System equaliser VOS 95x
from 200 to 862 MHz
Page 266
VGP 90xx
VGF/VGO 939-1G
HTE 10 WWith the HTE 10 hand-held
25010005 uunit one is able to easily adjust
Hand-held unit VGP 90xx
ccorrespondingly equipped
Page 267 aamplifier components on site.
VGP 90xx-1G
Monitoring of different
VGF/VGO 939-1G
TVM 850/H pparameters, such as voltage,
Monitoring VOS 95x
26210077 ccurrent drain, internal
transponder VGP 90xx
ttemperature
(HMS protocol) VGP 90xx-1G
Page 268
VGP 9240
T
Transmission in the HMS protocol
Monitoring of different
parameters, such as voltage, VGF/VGO 939-1G
TVM 1000 Monitoring
current drain, internal VOS 95x
26210086 transponder
temperature VGP 90xx
(DOCSIS/
VGP 90xx-1G
Page 269 EuroDOCSIS 2.0)
Transmission in the DOCSIS/ VGP 9240
EuroDOCSIS protocol
* Not included in the amplifiers’ delivery scope
260
Amplifier systems
Null cards for VGP 90xx

distribution network amplifiers
EBC 01E-1G 24510121

EBC 00-1G 24510119
 Plug-in modules for operation of the VGP 90xx

distribution network amplifiers with one input or output
 EBC 01E-1G: For operation on the input insert position
 EBC 00-1G: For operation on the output insert position
Type EBC 01E-1G EBC 00-1G

Order no. 24510121 24510119

Through loss ¹) dB < 0.5
¹) The through loss is the signal loss between the unit‘s output and output 1 when the insert is inserted in the output section insertion point or between the unit‘s input
and the tap output when the insert is inserted in the unit‘s input section (input configuration section)
C-line pre-emphasis equaliser
ERC 22 24510085
 Generates pre-emphasis based on

the C-line specifications of Kabel Deutschland
 For use in the amplifiers VGP 9041/VGF 9040
 Application in the universal input insert position

(“Forward 1“)
Type ERC 22
Order no. 24510085

Pre-emphasis For C-lines
Basic loss (at 862 MHz) dB 1
Return loss dB 23 -1/oct.

Tap/splitter plug-in cards for VGP 90xx and

VGF/VGO 938/939 distribution network ampli-
fiers and ORA 9022-1G optical compact receiver
EAC 90-1G 24510116

EAC 93-1G 24510115
EAC 94-1G 24510114
EBC 90-1G 24510113
 Plug-in modules to extend

the corresponding devices to two outputs
 When inserted in the amplifier’s input section these

modules can be used to configure a loop-through input
 Suitable for: VOS 95x-1G, VGF/VGO 939-1G,

VGP 90xx, ORA 920, ORA 9022-1G, (VOS 95x,
VGF/VGO 939, ORA 9022)
Type EAC 90-1G EAC 93-1G EAC 94-1G EBC 90-1G

Order no. 24510116 24510115 24510114 24510113
Frequency range MHz 5-1,000 5-1,000 5-1,000 5-1,000

Through loss ¹ 5-610 MHz
)
dB < 1.3 < 2.1 < 0.5 < 3.6
Through loss ¹ 610-862 MHz
)
< 1.3 < 2.3 < 0.6 < 3.8
Through loss ¹ 862-1,000 MHz
)
dB < 1.5 < 2.6 < 0.9 < 3.9
Like
Tap loss dB 10 6 20
through loss
Decoupling 5-65 MHz dB > 28 > 23 > 38 > 28
Decoupling as of 862-1,000 MHz dB > 22 > 20 > 28 > 18
¹) The through loss is the signal loss between the unit‘s output and output 1 when the insert is inserted in the output section insertion point or between the unit’s input
and the tap output when the insert is inserted in the unit‘s input section (input configuration section)
262
Amplifier systems
20 dB measurement adapter
ERM 22 273269
 High-impedance probe head with 20 dB connection loss
 To carry out level measurements on undecoupled

test sockets without shutting down
 Required for VGF 81 and ORA 820/821
Type ERM 22
Order no. 273269

Connection loss dB 20
Return loss on output dB > 14
ERD 810 24510110
 Cable simulation switchable:

 Cable equivalent de-emphasis 85-862 MHz:
 KDG de-emphasis 470-862 MHz:
 Both de-emphases can be used in combination

VOS 952, VOS 953, VGF 939, VGO 939
Type ERD 810

Order no. 24510110

Deemphasis, 85-862 MHz, fixed dB 3
KDG de-emphasis, 470-862 MHz, switchable dB 0/4/8
Cable-equivalent de-emphasis 85-862 MHz, switchable dB 3/6/9

De-emphasis equaliser/attenuation pad
ERD 813 24510117

ERD 814 24510120
 ERD 813: Cable-equivalent de-emphasis: 7 dB ¹)

 ERD 814: 6 dB attenuation
ERD 813
ERD 814
Type ERD 813 ERD 814

Order no. 24510117 24510120
Transmission range MHz 85-1,000 85-1,000

Nominal impedance Ω 75 75
Attenuation (linear) dB 1 6
De-emphasis (862 MHz) dB 6 -
De-emphasis (1 GHz) dB 7 -
Return loss dB 20 -1,5/octave 20 -1,5/octave
¹) In reference to 85-862 MHz
264
Amplifier systems
Equaliser, 630 MHz
ERZ 630 24510108
 Equaliser, 47-630 MHz
 Switchable in 2-dB steps from 2-18 dB (cable equivalent)

VOS 95x, VGF/VGO 9xx, VGP 90xx and ORA 920/921
Type ERZ 630

Order no. 24510108

Equalisation, settable in 2-dB steps dB 2-18
Basic loss (at 47/630 MHz) dB 0.5/1.5
ERZ 940 24510059
7 dB de-emphasis equaliser for VOS 95x
 Cable analogue 7 dB
Type ERZ 940

Order no. 24510059

De-emphasis dB 7±1
Return loss dB 20-3

System equaliser
ERS 800 24510109
 System equaliser for use in special applications
 Characteristics:
3 dB (at 47-862 MHz: 4 dB)
3 dB (equivalent to additional emphasis in the range
700-862 MHz by 2 dB)
 To be inserted into the input insert position of VOS 95x,

VGF/VGO 939, VGP 90xx, ORA 9022 and ORA 920
Type ERS 800

Order no. 24510109

Cable-equivalent pre-emphasis,
dB 3/(4)
47-700 MHz/(corresponding to 47-862 MHz)
Cable-equivalent pre-emphasis in the range 700-862 MHz dB 3
Return loss dB > 15
Frequency response curve ERS 800
Principal frequency response curve ERS 800

MHz
0 47 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 862
0
1
3
dB
4
5
6
7
266
Amplifier systems
Hand-held unit
HTE 10 25010005
TDK 10 26210054
TDK 12 26210076
With the HTE 10 hand-held unit one is able to adjust

correspondingly equipped devices on site.
Using the “Up” and “Down”, “Menu” and “Enter” buttons,

one is able to change and set the values on the
four-line display.
The display is illuminated and easy to read.
The hand-held unit presents the following functions:
 All appropriately equipped devices or

modules can be adjusted and operated
 All settings are displayed  Language: English
 The last settings are saved (copy function)  Splash-proof/shock-proof
 Characteristics:  Environmental conditions:
 The hand-held unit is power-supplied by the  Ambient temperature: -20 to +50 °C

respective module  Suitable for outdoor application
 Protection category: IP 54
 Distances:
 Control signal: Serial, RS 232
 Data transfer between HTE 10 and the device or
module over max. 14 m  Connection: Sub D, 9-pin
 Standard connection cable: 2 m
(included in delivery scope)  Accessories (not included in the delivery scope):
 Can be extended to 14 m (TDK 10)
 TDK 10 (Order no. 26210054): Connection cable 14 m
 4-line display, illuminated  TDK 12 (Order no. 26210076): PC connection cable for
HTE 10 (for software updates)
Connection scheme
12 V
- DC
+
T DK 12
PC
HT E 10
K AT HR E IN HT E 10 ME NU
S E LE C T K AT H R E IN-W e rk e K G
HT E 1 0 V 1 . 6 . 0 . 0
E NT E R

Monitoring transponder HMS protocol,

frequency-agile
TVM 850/H 26210077
The TVM 850/H HMS transponder is situated inside

of an amplifier or fibre node and can be integrated into
existing cable modem management systems via SNMP.
The TVM 850/H functions on its own frequencies outside
of basic channels.

- Operation of IC switches
 Monitoring transponder for compact amplifiers,
Additional functions in fibre nodes: house connection amplifiers and optical compact
receivers (see table)
- Return path transmitter attenuation  Monitors various parameters such as voltage,
- Fibre recognition on/off current drain and internal temperature
- Optical input levels
- Optical output levels  Controls the Ingress Control Switch in
- Switching to second receiver correspondingly equipped devices
 Transmission in the HMS protocol
 Frequency-agile in range 5-42 MHz
Type TVM 850/H

Order no. 26210077
Input frequency range MHz 75-90.5

Max. output level dBμV 105
Transmission protocol HMS
VGO 939, VGF 939, VGO 939-1G, VGF 939-1G,
VOS 952/953, VOS 952-1G, VOS 953-1G, ORA 9022,
Suitable for
ORA 9022-1G, ORA 920/921, VGP 9033, VGP 9033-1G,
VGP 9041, VGx 9030/9040, VGP 9240
268
Amplifier systems
DOCSIS/EuroDOCSIS 2.0, frequency-agile
TVM 1000 26210086
The TVM 1000 frequency-agile DOCSIS/EuroDOCSIS

transponder functions as a normal cable modem within an
cable modem management systems through SNMP.
No additional frequency bands are utilised, neither for
downstream nor upstream. The additional data volume
through the TVM 1000 is very low.

- Operation of IC switches
Additional functions in an ORA 9022 fibre node:

- Return path transmitter attenuation
- Optical input level
- Optical output level  Monitoring transponder for compact amplifiers,
- Switching to second receiver house connection amplifiers and
optical compact receivers (see table)
Additional (Euro)DOCSIS 2.0 features for
monitoring purposes:  Monitors various parameters such as voltage,
current drain and internal temperature
- S/N measuring through carrier
- Analysis of return path attenuation  Controls the Ingress Control Switch in
- Packet error analysis correspondingly equipped devices
- Encrypted data transmission
- Display of transponder status information  Transmission in DOCSIS or EuroDOCSIS protocol
- Local access via Web browser
- Ethernet connection from transponder to  Frequency-agile in range 5-65 MHz and 90-862 MHz
headend for service purposes
 10/100 BaseT-RJ 45 interface to headend
for service purposes
Type TVM 1000

Order no. 26210086
Input frequency range MHz 90-862

Max. output level dBμV 113-118
Transmission protocol DOCSIS/EuroDOCSIS 2.0
VGO 939, VGO 939-1G, VGF 939, VGF 939-1G, VOS 952/953,
VOS 952-1G, VOS 953-1G, ORA 9022, ORA 9022-1G, ORA 920/921,
Suitable for
VGP 9033 as of version A03 (Nov. 2008), VGP 9033-1G,
VGP 9041 as of version A02 (Nov. 2008), VGx 9030/9040, VGP 9240

BK amplifier system
A/B amplifiers
TVB 815K 25110016

TVB 816K 25110030
 The A/B trunk amplifiers TVB 81xK provide the output

levels for the A/B lines in the coax amplifier point,
with corresponding pre-emphasis
 Fine equalisation of the coax cable and exact deviation

control of the attenuation caused by variations in
temperature with a 2-pilot control integrated in the
module
 Cascadable up to 20 times (BK2K2)
 5 outputs (5 x AB-line level)
 LEDs indicate alarms in case of RF signal failure

and in case of any faulty monitoring function
 On the test socket, the RF signal of the A/B lines,

lowered by 20 dB, can be tapped off
 Additionally, TVB 815K provides an output to tap off

a forward monitoring carrier
 For field lengths of 25 dB and a frequency range up to

862 MHz, use the A/B amplifier TVB 816K High Gain,
Order no. 25110030, together with the equaliser
ERZ 925A, Order no. 272687.
Technical data of TVB 816K are identical to those TVB 815K TVB 816K
of the TVB 815K with exception of the higher gain.
Type TVB 815K TVB 816K

Order no. 25110016 25110030
Impedance Ω 75 75
Input level (flat) dBμV 71.5 69.5
Nominal output level AB/C at 862 MHz dBμV 96 96
Slope (qKx characteristics) dB 6-7 6-7
Pilot frequency lower pilot MHz 121 121
Pilot frequency upper pilot MHz 610 610
Control range cable equivalent at 862 MHz dB -6.5 to +2.5 -6.5 to +2.5
Test socket (reference AB/C output) dB -20 -20
EMF output (reference AB/C output) dB -20 -20
Temperature range °C -10 ... +70 -10 ... +70
270
Amplifier systems
BK amplifier system
Bridger amplifier
TVC 810 25110018
 TVC 810 bridger amplifier provides the required high

output level in the coax amplifier point for the C lines,
with corresponding pre-emphasis and in conformity
with the appropriate KDG specifications
 To adjust the amplifier to the different cable topologies,

the slope of the output signal can be set to 16, 19 and
22 dB (111-862 MHz) with an adjustable pre-emphasis
(display on LEDs)
 The pre-emphasis can be set on site, either on the

device or via the management system
 A diplexer in the output splits up the upstream

and downstream signals
 The output signal can be distributed to two outputs,

with an integrated splitter that is connected from the
outside via a cable
 Due to an optional 15 MHz high-pass filter (factory

default setting) in the return path, the interferences
coming from net level 4 are lowered
 LEDs indicate alarms in case of RF signal failure

and in case of any faulty monitoring function
 On the test socket, the RF signal of the C output in

downstream, lowered by 20 dB, can be tapped off
Type TVC 810

Order no. 25110018
Impedance Ω 75
RF FORWARD PATH
Nominal output level C at 862 MHz dBμV 125
Gain at 862 MHz and slope setting 22 dB dB 29
Slope between 111 and 862 MHz in slope setting 16 dB dB 10
Pilot frequency MHz 610
Test socket (reference C output) dB -20
RF RETURN PATH
Insertion loss diplex filter 15-65 MHz dB <1
RF SPLITTERS
Splitting loss dB <4

BK amplifier system
Return path amplifiers and

HMS monitoring transponder
TVR 12 25110012
TVR 12TR 25110019
TVR 12F 25110035
 TVR 12, TVR 12 F and TVR 12TR return path amplifiers

couple the return path signals of the A/B and C lines in
the coax or fibre optic amplifier point
 The return path amplifiers can be cascaded

up to 20 times in net level 3 or 2.2d
 Fine adjustment of slope and output level can be

carried out on the device using the keypad
 A second output for redundancy operation is available

for application in the fibre amplifier point
 TVR 12, TVR 12 F and TVR 12TR return path amplifiers

may be used in both amplifier points in BK 450
technology and in modern BK systems up to 614 or
862 MHz
TVR 12TR:
 The HMS transponder for amplifier point monitoring

is integrated in the return path amplifier
 Easy commissioning due to automatic presetting

of the electronic actuators
Type TVR 12 TVR 12TR TVR 12F

Order no. 25110012 25110019 25110035
RF DATA (RF INPUTS 1-5)

Impedance Ω 75
Nominal input level dBμV 75
Through loss Ingress Control Switch (ICS), 1 setting
st
dB 0
nd
dB 8
rd
dB > 45
Nominal gain at 65 MHz in mode “High Gain” dB 19
Nominal gain at 65 MHz in mode “Low Gain” dB 9
Parallel loss in mode “High Gain” (settable in 0.5 dB steps) dB 0-15.5
Parallel loss in mode “Low Gain” (settable in 0.5 dB steps) dB 0-9
Pre-emphasis qkx cable equivalent (settable in 0.5 dB steps) dB 0-5
INTEGRATED HMS TRANSPONDER No Yes No
Frequency range downstream (settable in 50 kHz steps) MHz - 75-90 -
Frequency range upstream (settable in 50 kHz steps) MHz - 5-42 -
272
Amplifier systems
Accessories for the BK amplifier system
Overview accessories for BK amplifier system *
Type
Order no.
ERZ 9xxB2
2571005x The ERZ 9xx equalisers are designed TVB 811K
for equalisation of the frequency and TVB 815K
ERZ 925A Equalisers cable length-dependent attenuation
272687 of the coax cable between the BK TVB 816K
amplifier points TVS 800
Page 275
The ERZ 900 equaliser is designed TVB 811K

ERZ 900
for equalisation of the frequency and TVB 815K
25710128
Equaliser cable length-dependent attenuation
of the coax cable between the BK TVB 816K
Page 275
amplifier points TVS 800
ERZ 9xx The ERZ 9xx equalisers are designed TVB 811K
B2T/T/B2K/K for equalisation of the frequency and TVB 815K
25710xxx Equalisers cable length-dependent attenuation
of the coax cable between the BK TVB 816K
Page 276 amplifier points TVS 800
W
WFS 865 remote-feed diplexer splits
WFS 865
Remote-feed u and/or couples the RF signals
up
222283
diplexer t
transmitted in the frequency multiplex GMG 51
65/85 MHz (
(forward and return path) and the
Page 277
s
superimposed remote-feed voltage
ZFS 10
Interlock for To mechanically mount the remote-
25710034
remote-feed feed diplexers and splitters in the GMG 51
diplexer BK housing
Page 277
Attenuation from
1 ... 25 dB in 1 dB steps
ERD 100
25710xxx
Attenuator For insertion into IEC sockets All IEC sockets
Page 278
With protection clamp
for BK modules
EBC 802
272644 Distributes the output signal of
2-way C splitter GMG 51
a C amplifier to two outputs
Page 278

Overview accessories for BK amplifier system *
Type
Order no.
EBC 803
272669 Distributes the output signal of
3-way C splitter GMG 51
a C-amplifier to three outputs
Page 279
GMG 51
Amplifier housing for insertion
A
279129
Amplifier housing oof BK transmission system
ccomponents
Page 280
ERD 900
Cable analogue: 6.4 dB
C
25710072 Equaliser
BK2K2
For use in A/B amplifiers
F
Page 280
The power injection filter is used only

ESpFi
at locally fed CATV amplifier points.
25010068 Power injection
Its duty is to prevent input or output GMG 51
filter
transmissions over the 65 V
Page 281
remote feed cables.
KAP 10 The KAP 10 is a cap that is plugged

25010013 Remote-feed into unused contacts on the
splitter cap remote-feed diplexer as protection
Page 282 against accidental contact
EMK 98
75 Ω The EMK 98 terminating resistor is
273153
terminating used for the termination of unused All IEC sockets
resistor outputs
Page 282
ZGF 01 The ZGF 01 is a lead-through to

25510001 Optical insert optical cables (pigtails) into
GMG 51
lead-through the inside of the amplifier point
Page 282 housing
ZMP 51
25010033 For
F wall mounting of the GMG 51
Mounting bracket GMG 51
amplifi
a er housing
Page 282
274
Amplifier systems
Equalisers
ERZ 906B2 25710051

ERZ 910B2 25710052
ERZ 914B2 25710053
ERZ 918B2 25710054
ERZ 922B2 25710055
ERZ 925B2 25710056
ERZ 925A 272687
 The ERZ 9xx equalisers are designed for equalisation

of the frequency and cable length-dependent
attenuation of the coax cable between the BK
amplifier points
 Additionally, they equalise the typical frequency  The respective fine equaliser type is recognised
filter-edge loss of two remote-feed diplexers by the monitoring system
 Fine equalisation of the coax cable via  ERZ 925A for use with TVB 816K in 862 MHz networks
the pilot control of the line amplifier
Type ERZ 906B2 ERZ 910B2 ERZ 914B2 ERZ 918B2 ERZ 922B2 ERZ 925B2 ERZ 925A
Order no. 25710051 25710052 25710053 25710054 25710055 25710056 272687
Field length dB 6 10 14 18 22 25 25
For cable type qKx qKx qKx qKx qKx qKx qKx
Frequency range MHz 85-862 85-862 85-862 85-862 85-862 85-630 85-862
ERZ 900 25710128
 Equaliser (0 dB) for the BK2K2 system
ERZ 9900,
similar to picture
simila
Type ERZ 900

Order no. 25710128
Basic attenuation dB < 0.4

Image resistance kΩ 2.87
Impedance Ω 75

Equalisers
ERZ 918B2T 25710061

ERZ 922B2T 25710062
ERZ 925B2T 25710063
ERZ 925T 25710126
ERZ 918B2K 25710069
ERZ 922B2K 25710070
ERZ 925B2K 25710071
ERZ 925K 25710127
 The ERZ 9xxB2x equalisers are designed for

equalisation of the frequency and cable length-
dependent attenuation of the coax cable between
the BK amplifier points
 Additionally, they equalise the typical frequency

filter-edge loss of two remote-feed diplexers
 Fine equalisation of the coax cable via

the pilot control of the line amplifier
 The respective fine equaliser type is recognised

by the monitoring system
 ERZ 925T and ERZ 925 K for use with TVB 816K
in 862 MHz networks
Type ERZ 918B2T ERZ 922B2T ERZ 925B2T ERZ 925T ERZ 918B2K ERZ 922B2K ERZ 925B2K ERZ 925K
Order no. 25710061 25710062 25710063 25710126 25710069 25710070 25710071 25710127
Field length dB 18 22 25 25 18 22 25 25
For cable type tKx tKx tKx tKx kKx kKx kKx kKx
Frequency
MHz 85-862 85-862 85-630 85-862 85-862 85-862 85-630 85-862
range
276
Amplifier systems
Remote-feed diplexer 65/85 MHz
WFS 865 222283
 The WFS 865 remote-feed diplexer splits up

and/or couples the RF signals transmitted in the
frequency multiplex (forward and return path) and
the superimposed remote-feed voltage
 Remote-feed diplexer is inserted in the coax input

and on all A/B outputs of an amplifier point
 The remote-feed diplexer is plugged directly onto the

screwed cable gland on the BK die-cast housing with
the plug for the input and output, and is protected by
a clamping fixture
 Remote-feed currents of up to 8 A can be conducted
 The return path signal, lowered by 30 dB,

can be tapped-off on a test socket
Type WFS 865

Order no. 222283
Impedance Ω 75
FORWARD PATH
Through loss dB 0.5
Return path
Through loss dB < 1.1
Remote feeding
Remote-feed voltage (45-65 Hz) V AC < 65
Nominal current A <8
Short circuit current A < 11
Interlock for remote-feed diplexer
ZFS 10 25710034
 To mechanically mount the remote-feed diplexers

and splitters in the BK housing
 To mount two adjoining components

Attenuator, pluggable
ERD 100 25710xxx
 Attenuator, pluggable
 Frequency range: 5-862 MHz
 Attenuation from 1 ... 25 dB in 1 dB steps
 For insertion into IEC sockets
 With protection clamp for BK modules
Type ERD 100

Order no. 25710... ...099 ...100 ...101 ...102 ...103 ...104 ...105 ...106 ...107 ...108 ...109 ...110 ...111
Attenuation (dB) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
Order no. 25710... ...112 ...113 ...114 ...115 ...116 ...117 ...118 ...119 ...120 ...121 ...122 ...123
Attenuation (dB) 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25
2-way C splitter
EBC 802 272644
 The 2-way C splitter distributes the output signal

of a C amplifier to two outputs
 To avoid overvoltages, the inner conductors of the

splitter outputs are electrically isolated and furnished
with surge absorbers
 The C splitter is plugged directly onto the screwed cable

gland on the BK die-cast housing with an output,
and is protected by a clamping fixture
Type EBC 802

Order no. 272644
Impedance Ω 75
Distribution loss 5-450 MHz dB < 3.8
Distribution loss 450-862 MHz dB < 4.3
Decoupling of outputs (10-65 MHz) dB > 20
Decoupling of outputs (85-862 MHz) dB 23 -1/oct.
Return loss (10-65 MHz) dB > 20
Return loss (85-862 MHz) dB 23 -1/oct.
278
Amplifier systems
3-way C splitter
EBC 803 272669
 The 3-way C splitter distributes the output signal

of a C amplifier to three outputs
 To avoid overvoltages, the inner conductors of the

splitter outputs are electrically isolated and furnished
with surge absorbers
 The C splitter is plugged directly onto the screwed cable

gland on the BK die-cast housing with an output,
and is protected by a clamping fixture
Type EBC 803

Order no. 272669
Impedance Ω 75
Distribution loss 5-450 MHz Output 1 dB < 3.8
Distribution loss 450-862 MHz Output 1 dB < 4.3
Distribution loss 5-450 MHz Output 2 and 3 dB < 7.6
Distribution loss 450-862 MHz Output 2 and 3 dB < 8.6
Decoupling of outputs (10-65 MHz) dB > 20
Decoupling of outputs (85-862 MHz) dB 23 -1/oct.
Return loss (10-65 MHz) dB > 20
Return loss (85-862 MHz) dB 23 -1/oct.

Amplifier housing
GMG 51 279129
 Amplifier housing for insertion of

BK transmission system components
 Additionally it has the following functions:

 Dissipation of emerging lost heat
 RF-proof screening to meet the EMC demands
 Splash guard
 A housing with six insert positions is also available

(see GMG 52, Order no. 279128)
Type GMG 51
Order no. 279129
Number of insert positions 12

Equaliser BK2K2
ERD 900 25710072
 Cable analogue: 6.4 dB
 For use in A/B amplifiers
Type ERD 900

Order no. 25710072

Slope 85-862 MHz dB 6.4
Basic attenuation (at 85 MHz) dB 1.6
Return loss dB > 20 -1/oct.
280
Amplifier systems
Power injection filter
EspFi 25010068
The “EspFi” is a power injection filter for remote-feed power

supply to the CATV amplifier point.
The power injection filter is used only at locally fed CATV

amplifier points. Its duty is to prevent input or output
transmissions over the 65 V remote feed cables. The power
injection filter is fitted at the top right in the CATV amplifier
housing.
Two remote feed transformers and one local feed unit

for the auto power supply of the CATV amplifier point
can be connected. The further distribution of the power
is performed via flat spade connections to the distribution
field of the CATV amplifier housing.
 The EspFi power injection filter is used to insert

remote-feed leads into the BK housing for local supply
of the amplifier point
 Its duty is to prevent input or output transmissions

over the remote-feed cables
 Can be used in GMG 51 amplifier housing
 Connections:
 Input: Screw terminal
 Output: Flat spade connector
Type EspFi
Order no. 25010068

Short circuit current A 11
Remote-feed voltage (50 Hz) V eff < 65
Suppression loss (all inputs):
50 kHz/75 kHz/100 kHz/150 kHz/ dB 11/14/17/19/
300 kHz/500 kHz/1 MHz/10 MHz/1 GHz 25/28/31/65/100

Remote-feed splitter cap
KAP 10 25010013
 The KAP 10 is a cap that is plugged into unused

contacts on the remote-feed diplexer as protection
against accidental contact
 Packing unit: 100 pcs.
75 Ω terminating resistor
EMK 98 273153
 The EMK 98 terminating resistor is

used for the termination of unused outputs
 Connector: IEC 2.4/9.5
 Impedance: 75 Ω
Optical lead-through
ZGF 01 25510001
 The ZGF 01 is a lead-through to insert optical cables

(pigtails) into the inside of the amplifier point housing
 Up to four optical cables with a diameter of

max. 4 mm each may be inserted
 It is installed on an unoccupied cable entry point

(PG 11) on the amplifier housing
 Protection category if correctly installed: IP 54
 Length: app. 70 mm, max. diameter: 27 mm
Mounting bracket
ZMP 51 25010033
 Set of mounting brackets to enable wall mounting

of the GMG 51 amplifier housing
282
Amplifier systems
Accessories for the GGA 8 amplifier system
Overview GGA 8 accessories *
Type
Order no.
GMG 51
279129 Amplifi
A er housing for insertion of
Amplifier housing
B transmission system components
BK
Page 284
GMG 52
279128 Chromated amplifier housing for insertion
C
Amplifier housing
of GGA 8 amplifier system components
o
Page 284
ESpFi The power injection filter is used only at

25010068 Power injection locally fed CATV amplifier points. Its duty
GMG 51
filter is to prevent input or output transmissions
Page 285 over the 65 V remote-feed leads.
GMZ 55 The GMZ 55 5-way power injection filter

25010020 Power injection is used for insertion of remote-feed leads
GMG 52
filter into the BK housing for local supply of the
Page 286 amplifier point

Amplifier housings
GMG 51 279129
 Amplifier housing for insertion of

BK transmission system components

 Splash guard
 A housing with six insert positions is also available

Type GMG 51
Order no. 279129

GMG 52 279128
 Chromated amplifier housing for insertion of

GGA 6/GGA 8 amplifier system components

 Splash guard
 A housing with 12 insert positions is also available

Type GMG 52
Order no. 279128

284
Amplifier systems
EspFi 25010068
The “EspFi” is a power injection filter for remote-feed power

supply to the CATV amplifier point.
The power injection filter is used only at locally fed CATV

amplifier points. Its duty is to prevent input or output
transmissions over the 65 V remote feed cables. The power
injection filter is fitted at the top right in the CATV amplifier
housing.
Two remote feed transformers and one local feed unit

for the auto power supply of the CATV amplifier point
can be connected. The further distribution of the power
is performed via flat spade connections to the distribution
field of the CATV amplifier housing.
 The EspFi power injection filter is used to insert

remote-feed leads into the BK housing for local supply
of the amplifier point

 Can be used in GMG 51 amplifier housings
 Connections:
 Input: Screw terminal
 Output: Flat spade connector
Type EspFi
Order no. 25010068

Short circuit current A 11
Remote-feed voltage (50 Hz) V eff < 65
Suppression loss (all inputs):
50 kHz/75 kHz/100 kHz/150 kHz/ dB 11/14/17/19/
300 kHz/500 kHz/1 MHz/10 MHz/1 GHz 25/28/31/65/100

GMZ 55 25010020
 The GMZ 55 5-way power injection filter is used for

insertion of remote-feed leads into the BK housing
for local supply of the amplifier point

 Can be used in GMG 52
 Connections:
 Output: 5 x voltage-carrying leads 1.5 mm²,  Input: 5 x voltage-carrying leads 1.5 mm²,
1 x common lead 2.5 mm² 2 x common leads 2.5 mm²
Type GMZ 55
Order no. 25010020
Nominal current/short circuit current A AC 10/-

Remote feed voltage supply VAC < 65
286
Amplifier systems
Power supply units
Power supply units BK/GGA 8
TFN 43 24410057
TFN 43F 24410095
TFN 43P2 24410097
 Supplies constant, short-circuit proof

and unearthed operational voltage
 Parallel operation of two power supply units is possible

(redundant operation)
 Higher output current up to 3.5 A
 TFN 43: Signalling on Pin 7
 TFN 43F: Signalling on Pin 7,

input voltage at the front panel
 TFN 43P2: Signalling on Pin 2
TFN 43, TFN 43P2 TFN 43F
Type TFN 43 TFN 43F TFN 43P2

Order no. 24410057 24410095 24410097
Input voltage, operation on remote-feed transformer 65 VAC VAC 32-65 32-65 32-65
Input voltage, operation at 90 VDC VDC 40-90 40-90 40-90
Output voltage VDC 24 ± 2 % 24 ± 2 % 24 ± 2 %
Max. output current ADC 3.5 3.5 3.5
Max. output power W 84 84 84
Overvoltage protection static and dynamic t < 1 s VDC 26-28 26-28 26-28
Primary power consumption W 97 97 97
Temperature range °C -10 ... +70 -10 ... +70 -10 ... +70
Signalling (remote alarm) Pin 7 7 2
Primary voltage Pin 3/8 and 4/9 Front panel 3/8 and 4/9
Secondary voltage Pin 1 and 5 1 and 5 1 and 5

Power supply units
BK power supply, monitorable
TFN 44 24410092
 On the back panel bus of the BK die-cast housing,

the power supply unit provides the controlled,
highly constant supply voltage required to feed
the active units
 Supplies constant, short-circuit proof

and unearthed operational voltage
 Over-voltage protection
 Parallel operation of two power supply units is possible

(redundant operation)
 Output current: 4 A
 RS 485/LON dual bus monitoring interface

on Pin 3/4 or Pin 6/7
 LEDs for status display
 24 V test output on front panel
 Code switch to select the desired operational mode

for the Sub D connector
 Signalling switchable between Pin 2 and 7
Type TFN 44
Order no. 24410092
Input voltage, nominal VAC 230

Input voltage range VAC 207 ... 253
Input mains frequency Hz 50/60
Primary power consumption, at full load (typ.) W 113
Efficiency at full load (typ.) % 85
Nominal input current (Uprim = 230 V, Isec = 4 A) A 0.8
Output voltage (potential-free) VDC 24 ± 2 %
Max. output current ADC 4.0
Output short-circuit current (rectangular characteristic) A <5
Max. output power W 96
Protection class II
Protection category IP 30
288
Amplifier systems
Data technology
Cable modem with M-Bus 290 Cable modem with monitoring inputs 296
Special brochure 293 M-Bus Ethernet converter 299
Ethernet interface with M-Bus interface 294 Special brochure 300
289
Cable modems
DOCSIS/EuroDOCSIS cable modem

with M-Bus for smart metering
TDS 10 26210221
The TDS 10 from Kathrein is a DOCSIS/EuroDOCSIS 2.0-

compliant cable modem with an integrated M-Bus master
for installation rail mounting.
It is designed to transmit data for remote meter reading.
The TDS 10 automatically identifies if the protocol is
DOCSIS or EuroDOCSIS allowing easy commissioning
without requiring manual intervention.
The design has been specially optimised for installation in

meter cabinets. The form of the housing and the mounting
material fully meet the requirements for installation rail
mounting components.
The TDS 10 features an M-Bus master and is equipped

with three M-Bus clamps which allow connection of up to
30 M-Bus clients (meters or slaves). The clients are fed TDS 10, installation rail not included in the delivery scope
through the M-Bus; polarity is not to be taken into account
when they are connected.
The M-Bus is short-circuit proof.
It is a robust two-wire bus designed for remote reading of M-Bus data transport:
the following reader types: The headend queries meter data over the TDS 10 on
TCP-Port 3007. The TDS 10 transacts the commands and
- Heat meters the corresponding M-Bus protocol to the M-Bus over the
- Water meters serial interface. The received M-Bus data from the
- Electricity meters addressed meter is then transmitted back to the headend
- Gas meters over the Ethernet interface (TCP) without interpretation by
the TDS 10.
The M-Bus can be designed as a tree or star structure.
As a two-wire bus, normal telephone cables or category 5 In co-operation with the respective providers, this new
cables can be used. modem opens the doors to totally new business models
for cable operators.
 Remote meter reading over an  Automatic switch-over to DOCSIS or EuroDOCSIS

existing cable network
 Easy registration onto DOCSIS or EuroDOCSIS CMTS
 Ethernet interface (local service interface) without requiring any special hardware/software settings
 Three M-Bus interfaces in compliance with EN 13757,  Integrated 230 VAC power supply
with screw terminals with screw terminals (L, N, PE)
 Connection of up to 30 meters  Easy installation on installation rails
 Integrated M-Bus master  Internal Web server for configuration of the

Ethernet interface (adress: port: 192.168.100.1:81)
 Comprehensive SNMP management support:
MIB-II; Ethernet-like MIB, Bridge MIB, Cable Device
MIB, Baseline Privacy Interface MIB, RF Interface MIB
290
Data technology
Cable modems
Technical data
Type TDS 10
Order no. 26210221
Receiver (downstream)
Modulation 64/256 QAM
Symbol rate DOCSIS MSym/s 5.057 (64 QAM)/5.361 (256 QAM)
Symbol rate EuroDOCSIS MSym/s 6.952 (64 QAM)/6.952 (256 QAM)
Frequency range MHz 90 to 862
Channel bandwidth DOCSIS/EuroDOCSIS MHz 6/8
Input level range dBμV 49 to 79
Input impedance Ω 75
Transmitter (upstream)
TDMA QPSK, 8 QAM, 16 QAM, 32 QAM, 64 QAM
Modulation
S-CDMA QPSK, 8 QAM, 16 QAM, 32 QAM, 64 QAM, 128 QAM
Symbol rate kSym/s 160, 320, 640, 1,280, 2,560
Channel bandwidth kHz 200, 400, 800, 1,600, 3,200, 6,400
68 to 118 (TDMA: QPSK), 68 to 115 (TDMA: 16 QAM),
Output level range dBμV
68 to 114 (TDMA: > 16 QAM), 68 to 113 (S-CDMA)
Output impedance Ω 75
Network characteristics
MAC protocol Excentis EuroDOCSIS 2.0/MCNS DOCSIS 2.0
Application protocol UDP, IP, ARP, ICMP, DHCP, TFTP, SNMP, http
SNMP, MIB-II, Ethernet-like MIB, Bridge MIB, Cable Device
Management
MIB, Baseline Privacy Interface MIB, RF Interface MIB
Safety Baseline Privacy/Baseline Privacy Plus
Data filtering 32 Unicast addresses
Connections
To CATV network F-type socket
To service PC RJ 45-10/100 BaseT (half/full duplex, auto-sensing)
M-Bus interface Three parallel-connected screw terminal pairs
M-Bus idle mode, logical “1” VDC 36
M-Bus active mode, logical “0” VDC 22
Max. number of M-Bus clients, 1.5 mA each 30
Default baud rate (configurable via SNMP-OID) Baud 2,400
Max. bus length (JYSTY 2*0,8²) m 100
Voltage supply
Supply voltage Screw terminals (L, N, PE)
Nominal input voltage VAC 230
Power consumption (30 M-Bus clients connected) W 8.3
Data technology 291

Cable modems
Technical data
Type TDS 10
Order no. 26210221
General
Operating temperature range °C -5 to +50
Weight g Approx. 300
Housing material PC and ABS
Flammability rating UL-94 standard
The interface modules
(XUR'2&6,6+)&QHWZRUN
0%XV
M-Bus
TDA 10-232
TDA 10-CS
TDS 10
RJ 45
9$& &6%XV 56
0RQLWRULQJRIಹ 9$&
Sense IN
TDS 10-PWR
RJ 45
230 V AC
292
Data technology
Cable modems
Connection example TDS 10
End user Cable operator Public utility

company
E-meters NE 4
Water meters
Gas meters
M-Bus
Power
Plant
Management
HFC network
with EuroDOCSIS CMTS Internet
Internet
At least
...30 EuroDOCSIS 1.0 VPN
meters e.g. CGW 120 E
Kathrein
M-Bus cable modem
Service TDS 10
Special brochure
You will find full information on Kathrein’s TDS 10

cable modem in the special brochure depicted here which (Euro)D
you can order online or download from “www.kathrein.de”. O
with an CSIS cable m
integra o
Remote ted M-B dem TDS 10
You can also order a hard copy of the brochure from m
an exis eter reading o us mas
ting cab
le ne
ver ter
twork
• Low a
ddition
• Easy al costs
inst
• 30 ind allation of un
ividual its (inst
• Monit m alla
oring o eters can be re tion rails)
f data tr
ansfer ad with one d
evice
Data technology 293

Cable modems
Ethernet interface with

M-Bus interface for Smart Metering
TDS 10-Eth 26210702
The TDS 10-Eth from Kathrein is an Ethernet M-Bus

interface with an integrated M-Bus master for
installation rail mounting. It is designed to transmit
M-Bus data over Ethernet data networks.
The design has been specially optimised for installation

in installation cabinets. The form of the housing and the
mounting material fully meet the requirements for
installation rail mounting components.
The TDS 10-Eth features an M-Bus master and is

equipped with three M-Bus clamps which allow connection
of up to 30 M-Bus clients (meters or slaves). The clients
are fed through the M-Bus; polarity is not to be taken into
account when they are connected. TDS 10-Eth, installation rail not included in the delivery scope
The M-Bus is short-circuit proof.
The M-Bus is a robust two-wire bus designed for the

transmission of various different measurement values and
can be arranged as a tree or star structure. As a two-wire
bus normal telephone cable or category 5 cable can be
used.
M-Bus data transport:

The headend queries meter data over the TDS 10-Eth on
TCP-Port 3007. The TDS 10-Eth transacts the commands
and the corresponding M-Bus protocol to the M-Bus over
the serial interface. The received M-Bus data from the
adressed meter is then transmitted back to the headend
over the Ethernet interface (TCP) without interpretation by
the TDS 10-Eth.
 Remote transmission of M-Bus data over  Integrated 230 VAC power supply
Ethernet data networks with screw terminals (L, N, PE)
 Ethernet interface (RJ 45)  Easy installation on installation rails
 Three M-Bus interfaces in compliance with EN 13757,  Internal Web server for configuration of the
with screw terminals Ethernet interface (Address: port: 192.168.100.1:81)

MIB-II; Ethernet-like MIB, Bridge MIB, RS 232-MIB
294
Data technology
Cable modems
Technical data
Type TDS 10-Eth

Order no. 26210702
SNMP, MIB-II, Ethernet-like MIB, Bridge MIB,
Management
Baseline Privacy Interface MIB
Connections
Data network RJ 45-10/100 BaseT (half/full duplex, auto-sensing)
M-Bus interface Three parallel-connected screw terminal pairs
M-Bus idle mode, logical “1” VDC 36
M-Bus active mode, logical “0” VDC 22
Number of clients supplied (< 1.5 mA per client) 30
Default baud rate (configurable via SNMP-OID) Baud 2,400
Max. bus length (JYSTY 2*0,8²) m 100
Voltage supply
Power consumption (30 M-Bus clients connected) W 8.3
General
Weight g 280
0%XV
M-Bus
TDA 10-232
TDA 10-CS
TDS 10-Eth
(WKHUQHW RJ 45
&6%XV 56
230 V AC
Data technology 295

Cable modems
DOCSIS/EuroDOCSIS cable modem

with four 65-VAC monitoring inputs
TDS 10-PWR 26210712
The TDS 10-PWR from Kathrein is a DOCSIS/

EuroDOCSIS 2.0-compliant cable modem for installation
rail mounting. It is designed to transmit data during the
monitoring of up to four remote-feed power supplies
(65 VAC). Voltages are measured cyclically and can be
read out.
If voltages fall below a user-defined alarm threshold,

an alarm will go off. Different correction factors for various
curve forms (sine, trapezium, rectangle, etc.) can be
entered into the MIB for correct display of voltages.
The TDS 10-PWR automatically identifies if the protocol

is DOCSIS or EuroDOCSIS allowing easy commissioning
Similar to picture, installation rail not included in delivery scope
without requiring manual intervention.
The design has been specially optimised for installation

in installation cabinets. The form of the housing and the
mounting material fully meet the requirements for installation
rail mounting components.
 Remote reading of four AC voltage values  Easy installation on installation rails

over the existing cable network
 LEDs for: Downstream carrier search, modem
 Ethernet interface (local service interface) ready for data traffic, Ethernet connection ok,
measurement size alarm
 Connection of up to four power supply lines using
screw terminals (USV) with 65 VAC  Measurement of up to four AC voltage signals
(polling, cycle time < 5 seconds)
MIB-II; Ethernet-like MIB, Bridge MIB, Cable Device  Display of measured values in Kathrein-MIB with
MIB, Baseline Privacy Interface MIB, RF Interface MIB integration of SCTE-HMS-MIB for alarm thresholds
 Automatic switch-over to DOCSIS or EuroDOCSIS  The measured value is the rectified mean, using the
correction factor for a sine wave (default). Many other
 Easy registration onto DOCSIS or EuroDOCSIS CMTS curve forms with appropriate correction factors are
without requiring any special hardware/software settings available at a moment’s notice
 Integrated 230 VAC power supply  The earthing inputs “E” and the input “PE” are
with screw terminals (L, N, PE) connected internally to the unit’s secondary ground
296
Data technology
Cable modems
Technical data
Type TDS 10-PWR

Order no. 26210712
Receiver (downstream)
Modulation 64/256 QAM
Symbol rate DOCSIS MSym/s 5.056941 (64 QAM)/5.360537 (256 QAM)
Symbol rate EuroDOCSIS MSym/s 6.952 (64 QAM)/6.952 (256 QAM)
Channel bandwidth DOCSIS/EuroDOCSIS MHz 6/8
Input level range dBμV 49 to 79
Input impedance Ω 75
Transmitter (upstream)
TDMA QPSK, 8 QAM, 16 QAM, 32 QAM, 64 QAM
Modulation
S-CDMA QPSK, 8 QAM, 16 QAM, 32 QAM, 64 QAM, 128 QAM
Symbol rate kSym/s 160, 320, 640, 1,280, 2,560
Channel bandwidth kHz 200, 400, 800, 1,600, 3,200, 6,400
68 to 118 (TDMA: QPSK), 68 to 115 (TDMA: 16 QAM),
Output level range dBμV
68 to 114 (TDMA: > 16 QAM), 68 to 113 (S-CDMA)
Output impedance Ω 75
Network characteristics
MAC protocol Excentis EuroDOCSIS 2.0/MCNS DOCSIS 2.0
SNMP, MIB-II, Ethernet-like MIB, Bridge MIB, Cable Device MIB,
Management
Baseline Privacy Interface MIB, RF Interface MIB
Max. number of 65/230 VAC lines to be monitored 4
Connections
Ethernet port RJ 45 10/100 BaseT (half/full duplex, auto-sensing)
V rms,
Measurement interface 5 ... 65 ... 90
Sine
Number of independent measurement inputs 4
Measurement accuracy %, Sine 4
Lightning arrester kV 1.5
Over-voltage resistance VAC rms 140
To CATV network F-type socket
Data technology 297

Cable modems
Technical data
Type TDS 10-PWR

Order no. 26210712
Voltage supply
Power consumption W Typ. 3.5
General
(XUR'2&6,6+)&QHWZRUN
0RQLWRULQJRIಹ 9 $&

Sense IN
TDS 10-PWR
RJ 45
230 V AC
298
Data technology
Cable modems
M-Bus Ethernet converter for TDS 10
TDA 10-CS 26210694

TDA 10-232 26210700
The TDA 10-CS from Kathrein is an interface converter

for bidirectional conversion of the M-Bus protocol into
CS-Bus protocol and vice-versa.
The Kathrein TDA 10-232 is an interface converter

for bidirectional conversion of the M-Bus protocol into
RS 232 protocol and vice-versa.
The TDA 10-232 interface converter types are designed

for interface conversion, extend the connection options
of the TDS 10 on other interfaces beyond the M-Bus
and are constructed for installation rail mounting.
Different TDA 10 interface converter types can be
connected to an M-Bus so that various interfaces can be TDA 10-CS,
operated with a TDS 10. When connecting the interface similar to picture
modules, observe the number of load units (M-Bus clients)
that are limited by current drain. A TDS 10 can feed up to
30 load units.
 Easy installation on installation rails
 Remote meter reading over an existing cable network  TDA 10-CS: Conversion of M-Bus protocol into
in conjunction with the TDS 10 CS-Bus protocol with independent data rates
 TDA 10-232: Conversion of the M-Bus protocol into
 Powering over M-Bus connection RS 232 protocol with independent data rates
Type TDA 10-CS TDA 10-232

Order no. 26210694 26210700
Connections
Interface 1 M-Bus, one screw terminal pair
Baud rate (default value = 2,400 baud) Baud 2,400 ... 9,600
Interface 2 CS bus RS 232 interface (eHz)
Baud rate (default value = 300 baud) Baud 300 ... 9,600 300 ... 9,600
Level for idle mode (logical “1”) mA 17 -
Level for active mode (logical “0”) mA 4 -
CS voltage V 14 -
Voltage supply Over the M-Bus Over the M-Bus
Current drain from the M-Bus (for an M-Bus voltage of 36 V) mA 15 10
Load units on M-Bus 10 7
Number of slaves on interface 2 ≤3 1
General
LED signalling Operational voltage
Data technology 299

Cable modems and CMTS
Special brochure
You will find the latest information on Kathrein

cable modems in the special brochure depicted here,
which you can order online or download from DOCSIS
“www.kathrein.de”. cable m /EuroDOCSIS
odems 3.0 –
Kathrein offers a wide array of cable modems for
DOCSIS/EuroDOCSIS 3.0, from modems purely intended
for data transmission, eMTAs to gateways with integrated
routers and Wireless LAN.

300
Data technology
IPTV
■ IPTV rackmount system

General 302-305
Special brochures 306
■ Hotel software for IPTV systems

“Hotel” user package 307
“Hotel” Video-on-Demand 307
Content Management System 308
301
IPTV rackmount system
Flexible - versatile - future-proof
Because of their high technical demands, state-of-the-art

interactive media offerings have until now been available
only from very large telecoms suppliers.
The Kathrein IPTV rackmount system now makes the
comprehensive facilities of these systems available to the
users of small local distribution networks - and that includes
HDTV support.
Thanks to its very compact design and mature automatic
self-configuring server and software, installation of the
modules is child’s play.
Completed systems can easily be installed without
exhaustive system planning and commissioning. Operation
requires hardly any intervention and no highly specialised
operations team on site. Remote access via the Internet
means that service and monitoring can also be handed over
completely to an external service provider. Irrespective of
the location where efficient distribution of TV, video and
audio content is required, the Kathrein IPTV rackmount Airports and railway stations
system always offers an appropriate solution. Here, where many people pass through and require
up-to-date information, information must be displayed at
short notice and in different ways in various parts of the
building. The switch between graphical and textual
information display and moving images or TV must be
remotely controllable, and there must be the facility to play
recorded sequences in a loop (such as instructions at the
check-in).
In the field of business, in-store TV may be required at the
point-of-sale. Here, an IPTV system such as the Kathrein
IPTV rackmount system displays its strengths in respect of
flexibility, formatting of surfaces and segmentation by
function or area of the terminals that are addressed.
Here are some selected fields of application:
Hotel TV and hospitality applications

Nowadays, practically all hotels offer their guests Internet
access. In order to ensure confidentiality and connection
quality for business customers, in medium and upper class
hotels this includes wired access directly to the room.
New construction and modernisation is the time to think

about the future capability of media provision for guests.
Hotels can offer their guests a very special service with

Premium Living
facilities such as Video-on-Demand (VoD) or timeshift TV.
In various types of accommodation for the upper classes,
Even if the business meeting lasted rather longer than
such as cruise liners or yachts, nowadays exclusive access
expected, guests need not forgo the programmes they
to functions such as timeshift TV and videos on demand in
usually watch, they can simply watch them later.
high resolution is expected. The Kathrein IPTV rackmount
This includes information and news services and the facility
system offers a professional solution to deliver these
to integrate the IPTV rackmount system into the hotel‘s
facilities. It ranges from sounds from the MP3 music library
Property Management System (PMS).
to video images from various surveillance cameras –
everything can be called up individually for each room
Campus and holiday villages
or cabin by remote control.
Often a university campus already offers access to a
high-performance IT network. Thanks to the flexibility of
Conference centres, public buildings, multi-screen
the Kathrein IPTV rackmount system, the media offering
cinemas, digital signage
can in addition easily be updated.
As at airports, here too the requirement is for flexibility to
allow frequent or regular changes of use; flows of visitors
This is useful also for holiday villages, which are similar
must be directed and informed about events or offerings
to hotels in this respect; tourist information and seasonal
that are starting or in progress. Here a Kathrein IPTV
changes to facilities can be presented in a variety of media
rackmount system acts as the heart of IP based TV signal
with information offerings.
provision, with appropriate graphical user interfaces for the
necessary flexibility and control.
302
IPTV
Business TV, banks & trading rooms,

editorial and broadcasting stations
Do your employees require the most up-to-date Whether news broadcasters need the latest stock
information directly at their workplace, by mouse click if market news or to preview contributions sent in from
possible? The “Desktop-Media-Client” is a video external sources, whether live or from a central server:
application for PCs, for which neither a second screen nor Each sequence and each contribution can then be called
parallel cabling are necessary. up across the company by every workplace that has the
authorisation to do so.
Wide range of multi-media functions
Live streaming of video and audio content Audio-on-Demand

Live streaming allows IP-based TV and radio programmes The functions are comparable with those of a modern
to be selected and consumed via a data network, using a MP3 player: Selection of the title by genre or interpret are
channel list, just like conventional channel processing sys- only some of the known options that provide for the needs
tems. A graphical user guide, together with an EPG (Electro- of the user.
nic Programme Guide) and very fast Teletext, further
increases the operator convenience (from version LIV). Video recorder (nPVR)
The video recorder function is implemented on the server
for each individual user, and thus can be freely sized for
the individual recording duration. It can subsequently be
played back on the terminal without intervention.
Electronic Programme Guide (EPG)

A clearly-structured EPG matrix provides information on
current, future and past programmes - the detail view
gives extended EPG information. The EPG matrix allows
timeshift TV channels to be called up and TV recordings
to be scheduled and programmed. The entire user Timeshift TV
interface can be customised to the client’s wishes. Time is no longer an issue. Broadcasts currently in
progress can simply be paused and restarted later.
Video-on-Demand (VoD) Or just rewind within the programme:
This offers a video library from which the user can select Depending on capacity, up to 27 hours.
films for display directly on the screen and play them
“on demand” at the press of a button. Waiting times or
fixed start times are a thing of the past. Individual and
spontaneous entertainment is no longer an obstacle.
Additional revenues can be generated.
IPTV 303
Flexible - versatile - future-proof
The application areas for a low-cost compact IPTV

head-end are today very diverse, and the Kathrein IPTV
rackmount system has the flexibility to match these
individual application areas.
Thanks to its integrated structure, the Kathrein IPTV
rackmount system on the one hand covers a wide range
of application areas, and on the other hand however also
permits incremental extension with new functions as new
demands emerge.
An entry-level basic offering of TV channels can for
instance later be extended to further channel categories,
and then step-by-step to non-linear services such as
timeshift TV, videos or music on demand and interactive
services can be added. All this by means simply of
software upgrades, without modifications to the network
or the reception devices for the guest or customer.
The high flexibility of the Kathrein IPTV rackmount system For example: Application in an airport. One system provides different
permits operation of different user interfaces or services to services to the hotel and terminal areas.
specific groups of set-top boxes/TV sets. There is even

the facility to direct customer-specific services or interfaces
individually to each TV set. Within an airport for instance In the terminal area the TV sets in the waiting areas can
guests at the airport hotel may be provided with interactive be provided with TV programmes, whilst flight information
services such as timeshift or video-on-demand which the is displayed at the check-in. All this is controlled centrally
guests can select themselves. by an administrator.
The four configurations
1. IPTV rackmount streamer (“STR”) 3. IPTV rackmount IPC SET Video-on-Demand (“VOD”)
This configuration offers streaming of up to 100 TV and This configuration contains an “on demand” function,
radio channels by multicast. All streaming-capable IPTV which allows films, videos and music titles to be called up
set-top boxes can be used for reception. IPTV set-top individually (approx. 300 to 400 hours at standard
boxes from Kathrein are already set up to offer an resolution). Hotels, hospitals and holiday villages can
automatically generated channel list for easy channel use this service to generate additional income.
selection. The number of set-top boxes that can be
connected under this configuration is unlimited. Licences for 100, 200 and 500 subscribers are available.
Subsequent software upgrades to other configurations
can be performed at any time (having regard to the 4. IPTV rackmount IPC-SET Premium (“PRE”)
maximal numbers of subscribers then permissible).
In addition to the functions described above, this
2. IPTV rackmount live IPC-SET live (“LIV”) configuration offers a timeshift function.
Up to 40 channels can be buffered simultaneously for
This configuration offers all state-of-the-art convenience up to 27 hours, and thus made available to users for
features such as a graphical operating interface and a timeshifted viewing *.
simple to use electronic programme guide (EPG), which Within the buffer time the user can “rewind” and “fast
supports automatic updating of the programme data. forward” the programme as much as he likes, view
In addition, the lightning-fast Teletext offers all the interesting sections multiple times or just pause the
advantages of the most modern server technology: programme. In addition there is the facility to set up a
The storage and continuous updating of all programme data network-based video recorder (nPVR) for subscribers.
and Teletext pages in the Kathrein IPTV rackmount system Using his individual user interface the subscriber can
ensures their immediate availability to the TV user at the record and replay any programmes he likes. The storage
push of a button on the remote control, without a long is performed centrally on the server. For this purpose each
loading time. Up to 500 subscribers (set-top boxes) can be subscriber can be assigned a certain storage capacity in
connected. hours.
* Please familiarise yourself with the copyright provisions of the respective

channel providers
304
IPTV
The IPTV rackmount system options
The flexibility of the IPTV rackmount system permits a

wide variety of applications. The numerous options allow
the system to be optimised to special fields of application.
Upgrades
All IPTV rackmount versions can be extended by software
at any time to up to 500 subscribers or for further functions.
Additional channels can be fed in by fitting further DVB
reception cards. Further hard disks can be retrofitted to
extend the storage capacity for video and video recorder
(nPVR) functions.
Above all, highly specific additional features are available

for hotels and similar applications in the hospitality field:
The Desktop Media Client
The hotel package
The desktop media client brings operating convenience
The IPTV hotel solution from Kathrein consists of a basic to TV viewing, such as easy channel selection and the
package which can be tailored individually to the hotel Electronic Programme Guide on the PC screen.
operator’s wishes by use of various media packages. Ideal for TV and video applications in companies such
If offers the guest simple, logical and self-explanatory as: Editorial offices, schools, universities, hospitals, spas,
operation. The highlight is a video-on-demand package banks, insurance offices, power suppliers, publishers,
with the latest blockbusters from the biggest film studios. media companies, film producers, airports, network
The hotel package includes many practical and convenient operators, transport companies, government offices etc.
functions such as a welcome screen, news service,
alarm clock, automatic language change-over, Anywhere that an existing or newly installed IT network
central management, etc. can be accessed and the contents made available to a
The user interface for the guest can be customised to the PC screen.
wishes of the hotel, for example with their own logo or
specific colour scheme.
The IPTV solution can be linked into the hotel’s Property
Management System (PMS).
Video-on-Demand
Our offering provides you not only with an interactive

hotel TV solution, but also at the same time with top
current content:
- Connection to the latest films in a wide variety of
languages shortly after their release to cinemas and
before their availability on DVD
- Automatic updates of the film range via Internet
- No monthly rental charge or minimum guaranteed
payment invoicing only for the actual viewing of the films Specifications:
Content management system  Reception of TV and radio channels from

the IPTV rackmount system onto the PC
The Kathrein content management system provides the  Display of EPG data
hotel guests with appropriate visual information:  Display of teletext pages
- Presentation platform for the hotel  Call-up of the timeshift transmitter
- Announcement of events  Overview of the EPG data of the timeshift transmitter
- Presentation of service offerings
- Domestic messages etc.
 Direct input of call-off times from the
timeshift transmitter
 Recording of broadcasts on the PC hard disk
 Customisation option for the screen display
(colour management)
 Full-screen display
 For Windows operating systems
IPTV 305
Special brochures
You will find full information on Kathrein’s IPTV rackmount

system in the special brochures depicted here which you
can order online or download from “www.kathrein.de”.
You can also order hard copies of these brochures from

306
IPTV
Hotel software for IPTV systems
“Hotel” user package
The IPTV hotel solution from Kathrein offers your guests

from at home and abroad not just entertainment but also
information about your hotel and its environs. No matter
whether it’s a large business hotel or a small family hotel, IPTV rackmount
the IPTV hotel solution from Kathrein is always perfectly
positioned.
The IPTV hotel solution from Kathrein consists of a
basic package that can be extended individually with
a variety of media packages in accordance with the
hotel operator‘s wishes. It offers the guest simple,
logical and self-explanatory operation.
The highlight is a cinema package with the latest block-

busters from the biggest film studios. We deliver the films
immediately to your video-on-demand platform.
 Customised IPTV solution

 “Hard wired” to your guests
 Individually optimised TV experience for your guests
 Logically structured and self-explanatory
operating concept
 Perfect entertainment for demanding TV connoisseurs
 The latest top Hollywood blockbusters
 Interactivity – the guests determine their own programme
 Cost-efficient, compact solution without
additional expenditure
“Hotel” Video-on-Demand
Our offering provides you not only with an interactive hotel

TV solution, but also at the same time with top current
content. This allows you to offer your guests the latest
blockbusters from Hollywood and also erotic films can be
called up at any time.
 “Early release window”: Connection to the latest films

shortly after their release to cinemas and before their
availability on DVD
 Additional source of revenue by attractive
revenue share model
 High-quality film offering for your hotel guests,
consisting of blockbusters
 Logically structured and self-explanatory operating
concept and erotic titles of a variety of genres
 Automatic updates of the films via the Internet
(no administrative and technical effort for you)
 Films in a variety of languages
 Integrated juvenile protection
 State-of-the-art additional service for your guests
IPTV 307
Hotel software for IPTV systems
Content Management System
The Kathrein Content Management System provides

your hotel guests with visual information in a form
appropriate to them as customers, such as text and images.
 Presentation platform for your hotel
 Central generation of information
 Dynamic information management in harmony

with the corporate design of the operator
 Up-to-date information always ensured
 Very simple operation, so no programming

or HTML knowledge necessary
 Saves time and costs
 Uniform presentation
 The contents are stored separately from the design,

so the design remains unchanged
 Replaces costly and labour-intensive guest

folders in the rooms
308
IPTV
Multi-media capable
building distribution
Modem outlet (selective) 316

House transfer point 1,000 MHz 310 Connection example 317
Modem outlets (selective) 312 Architecture of a modern house
Modem outlets (broadband) 314 distribution network 318
Multi-media capable building distribution 309

House transfer points and network termination units
House transfer point 1,000 MHz
EVK 60 25010032
The house transfer point is the interface between the

broadband communicaton network and the subscriber
(house distribution system).
 HF connections: Screw terminals
 Test socket: IEC
 Protection category: IP 54
 Equipped with:
EVZ 66 (slot A) and EVZ 67 (slot B)
Type EVK 60
Order no. 25010032
Frequency range MHz 5-47 47-470 470-862 862-1,000

Without high pass dB < 0.5 < 0.8 < 1.4 <2
Through loss
With high pass dB > 60 < 1.0 < 1.6 -
Decoupling attenuation dB > 45 > 45 > 45 > 40
Test socket connection loss dB -4 ± 1 -4 ± 1 -4 ± 1 -4 ± 1
Screening factor dB > 85 > 80 > 75 > 75
Impedance Ω 75
Without gas discharge > 18 -1.5/oct. (as of 47 MHz);
dB > 18 > 12
eliminator but > 14
Return loss
With gas discharge > 18 -1.5/oct. (as of 47 MHz);
dB > 18 > 10
eliminator but > 12
- Technical and mechanical data conform to EN 50083-2

- Includes clamp for voltage surge absorber, H1 design on input X1 enables retrofitting
- Test voltage effective value between the inner and outer absorber without a voltage surge conductor 2 kV; at 50 Hz/10 s
- Decoupling capacitor on output X4, U ≤ 400 V according to EN 132400 (VDE 05605T1-1)
310
House transfer points and network termination units
Accessories

EVZ 61 (Order no. 25010024) - Module high pass filter 47 MHz

EVZ 62 (Order no. 25010025) - Module high-pass filter 85 MHz

EVZ 63 (Order no. 25010026) - Module low-pass filter 518 MHz

EVZ 64 (Order no. 25010027) - Module equaliser

EVZ 65 (Order no. 25010028) - Measuring module

EVZ 66 (Order no. 25010030) - Module passage/termination

EVZ 67 (Order no. 25010031) - Module passage
EVZ 61 EVZ 62 EVZ 63 EVZ 64

Frequency range MHz 47-1,000 87-1,000 5-518 5-1,000
Through loss dB 0.5-1 0.5-1 2-3.5 ≤ 1.5 (5-470 MHz)

≥ 60 (5-10 MHz)
Trapping filter depth dB ≥ 45 (5-65 MHz) ≥ 52 (from 558 MHz) -
≥ 45 (10-30 MHz)
De-emphasis dB - - - 3/6 (470-862 MHz)
Connections
Equipment options: Equipment options:
Insert position A Insert position B

EVZ 61 EVZ 63
EVZ 62 EVZ 64
EVZ 66* EVZ 65
* Equipment on delivery status EVZ 67*
* Equipment on delivery status
Insert position A Insert position B
Bracket for surge absorbers Test socket output (IEC)

Modem outlets
Modem outlets (selective)
ESM 40 274456
ESM 41 274457
ESM 42 274458
 Conform to: EN 50083-1 and EN 50083-2
 For interactive CATV/HFC networks
 Very high decoupling between modem and TV/radio

outlet ports suppresses modem-induced disturbance
of TV/radio reception
 Ingress noise blocking function stops irradiation of

unwanted interference from the subscriber units
 Selective signal splitting to TV and radio outlet ports
 Integrated solution without external filter,

providing higher network protection from
manipulation by the subscribers
 ESM 40:
Single connection outlet for stub and star-wired
systems with very low connection loss
 ESM 41/ESM 42:

Directional coupler outlets for loop-through systems  Connections: TV: IEC (pin)
Radio: IEC (socket)
 Suitable for almost all installation methods Modem: F-type (socket)
 With screw and claw fixing, suitable for in-wall  Screening factor: 5-300 MHz: > 85 dB
mounted outlets with a diameter of 55-65 mm 300-470 MHz: > 80 dB
470-1,000 MHz: > 75 dB
 Solid die-cast housing
 Packing unit/weight (pc./kg): 10 (50)/1.1
Installing ESM 4x
3. Rotate socket with

cable by 180°
312
Modem outlets
Technical data
Type ESM 40 ESM 41 ESM 42

Order no. 274456 274457 274458
TV CONNECTION
Connection loss dB 4 13.5 10
RADIO CONNECTION
Frequency range MHz 87.5-108 87.5-108 87.5-108
Connection loss dB 4.5 15 11.5
MODEM CONNECTION
< 65 MHz: 1
Connection loss dB 13.5 10
> 65 MHz: 3.5
PASSAGE
Through loss dB - < 1.5 < 2.5
DECOUPLING INTERNAL ¹ )
In range 5-47 MHz dB > 75 > 78 > 78

In range 47-65 MHz dB > 45 > 70 > 50
In range 87.5-108 MHz dB > 16 > 42 > 42
In range 108-1,000 MHz dB > 25 > 30 > 30
DIRECTIONAL LOSS ²)
In range 5-65 MHz dB - 60 60 ³)
In range 87.5-470 MHz dB - 30 33
In range 470-1,000 MHz dB - 30 30
¹) Between modem and TV/radio connection

²) Between output and TV/radio connection
³) To the radio connection > 45 dB

Modem outlets
Modem outlets (broadband)
ESM 30 274429
ESM 31 274430
ESM 32 21110010
 Conform to: EN 50083-1 and EN 50083-2


 Broadband signal splitting to TV and radio outlet ports
 Integrated solution without external filter,

providing higher network protection from
manipulation by the subscribers
 ESM 30:
Single connection outlet for stub and star-wired
systems with very low connection loss  Suitable for almost all installation methods
 ESM 31:  Packing unit/weight (pc./kg): 10 (50)/1.1

Directional coupler outlet for loop-through
systems 14 dB  Connections: TV: IEC (pin)
Radio: IEC (socket)
 ESM 32: Loop-through outlet 10 dB Modem: F-type (socket)
 Solid die-cast housing  Screening factor: 5-300 MHz: > 85 dB
300-470 MHz: > 80 dB
 With screw and claw fixing, suitable for in-wall
470-1,000 MHz: > 75 dB
mounted outlets with a diameter of 55-65 mm
Installing ESM 3x

cable by 180°
314
Modem outlets
Technical data
Type ESM 30 ESM 31 ESM 32

Order no. 274429 274430 21110010
TV CONNECTION
Connection loss dB 6 14 10
RADIO CONNECTION
Connection loss dB 6 14 10
MODEM CONNECTION
Connection loss dB 6.5 14 10
PASSAGE
Through loss (typ.) dB - 2.0 4.5
DECOUPLING INTERNAL ¹ )
In range 5-47 MHz dB > 78 > 78 > 78

In range 47-65 MHz dB > 42 > 42 > 78
In range 80-862 MHz dB > 30 > 30 > 40
In range 862-1,000 MHz dB > 30 > 34 > 30
DIRECTIONAL LOSS ²)
In range 5-65 MHz dB - 60 34
In range 87.5-470 MHz dB - 33 30
In range 470-862 MHz dB - 30 30
In range 862-1,000 MHz dB - 25 25

²) Between output and TV/radio connection

Modem outlets
Modem outlet (selective)
ESM 20 21110008
 Conforms to: EN 50083-1 and EN 50083-2
 Single connection outlet for stub and star-wired

systems with very low connection loss


 Selective signal splitting to TV and radio outlet ports
 Solid die-cast housing
 With screw and claw fixing, suitable for in-wall

mounted outlets with a diameter of 55-65 mm
 Suitable for almost all installation methods  Screening factor: 5-300 MHz: > 85 dB
300-470 MHz: > 80 dB
 Connections: TV: IEC (pin) 470-1,000 MHz: > 75 dB
Radio: IEC (socket)
Modem: F-type (socket)  Packing unit/weight (pc./kg): 10 (50)/1.1
Type ESM 20
Order no. 21110008
TV CONNECTION
Frequency range MHz 47-68/111-1,000
RADIO CONNECTION
Frequency range MHz 87.5-108
MODEM CONNECTION
DECOUPLING INTERNAL ¹)
In range 5-34 MHz dB > 78
In range 47-68/111-1,000 MHz dB > 25
In range 87-108 MHz dB > 25
316
Modem outlets
Installing ESM 2x

cable by 180°
Connection example ESM 2x/3x/4x

Architecture of a modern house

distribution network
The various apartments or rooms

(1–6) of a building can be supplied
in a star shape from one central site.
This is usually where the house

transfer point (HTP), the house
connection amplifier (HCA) and
taps or splitters for signal splitting
are to be found.
The house transfer point, as an

interface between the line network
(network level NL 3) and the house
distribution network (NL 4) is the
starting point for distribution
throughout the building.
A modern house distribution

network should be mainly
constructed in a star structure.
The creation of a tree structure for
several living units is considered
obsolete and is thus not
recommended for multimedia-
compliant systems.
Optimum function of components can ensure perfect Star distribution to every apartment
operation of the multimedia services only if the house
distribution network has been planned by a specialist If a central star structure is not possible inside an
who has taken the points above into account. apartment, outlets may also be installed in a tree structure.
With this type of structure, only one line per apartment is
Star distribution to every outlet required to the distribution point, even if several outlets
have been installed.
Every outlet in a building is supplied via a separate
cable from the distribution point (central star structure). Directional coupler outlets (loop-through outlets) must be
The necessary decoupling between outlets is achieved due used in these cases.
to the directional attenuation of the taps. Modem outlets that
prevent the individual services interfering with each other Because of the high connection and directional loss of
are to be installed for connecting cable modems or similar. these outlets, the signal can be split downstream of the
Single connections are to be used. house connection amplifier with splitters. However, please
bear in mind that the tree structure should only be used
inside the apartment. Extension of the structure to further
apartments is not advisable for the reasons mentioned
above.
The requirements of the respective network provider

must by all means be taken into account when planning
a house distribution network.
Distribution systems should generally be designed

according to the current series of standards EN 50173
(application-neutral communication cablings for
information technology).
The future-proof structuring of cabling simplifies the

maintenance and service of house distribution networks,
increases the reliability of the network, enables the
application of future technologies and is thus a positive
contribution to real estate value retention been installed.
318
Taps and splitters
1-way taps
Overview taps and splitters 320-321 2-way taps
12-way end multi-taps 322 with flexible connection cables 329
2-way taps for outdoor installation 324 with flexible connection cables 330
Splitters and feed-in diplexer with flexible connection cables 331
for outdoor installation 326 2-way splitters
Mounting bracket for wall mounting 327 with flexible connection cables 332
319
Taps and splitters
Overview taps and splitters
Type
Order no.
EAX 15
E
EAX 15:
272166
E
End multi-tap with continuous attenuation
EAX 16 12-way
272168 end multi-taps
E
EAX 16:
E
End multi-tap with slope
Page 322
Frequency range: up to 1 GHz

EAN 2xx
2451008x
1-way taps Through-line and tap are remote-feed capable
Page 323
Connections: 5/8”-24 (female)

EAO 2xx
245100xx
2-way taps Through-line and tap are remote-feed capable
Page 324

EAP 2xx
24510xxx
4-way taps Through-line is remote-feed capable
Page 325
EBK 20x
2451010x
WFS 202 Splitters and
Inputs and outputs are remote-feed capable
24510107 feed-in diplexer
Page 326
EAT 8x
Suitable for underground or above-ground installation
272xxx
EAT 9x 1-way taps
Connection type: 4/20 (KES)
272xxx in KES design
Capacitive separation of inner conductors
Page 328
EAU 8x
272xxx
EAU 9x 2-way taps
272xxx in KES design
Page 329
320
Taps and splitters
Taps and splitters
Overview taps and splitters
Type
Order no.
EAR 8x
2722xx
EAR 90 3-way taps
272241 in KES design
Page 330
EAV 8x
2722xx/2451000x
EAV 9x 4-way taps
2722xx/2451000x in KES design
Page 331
EBU 30
272598
EBU 31 2-way splitters
24510022 in KES design
Page 332
ZMP 200
25010029 F wall mounting of taps and splitters
For
Mounting bracket
E
EAN 2xx, EAO 2xx, EAP 2xx, EBK 2xx, WFS 202
Page 327
Taps and splitters 321

Taps
12-way end multi-taps
EAX 15 272166
EAX 16 272168
EAX 15:
End multi-tap with continuous attenuation
EAX 16:
End multi-tap with slope
(tap loss decreases the higher the frequency is)
 Return-path compatible end taps
 High corrosion resistance

due to chromated surface
EAX 15
 Connections:
Inputs and outputs: F-type socket
EAX 16
Type EAX 15 EAX 16

Order no. 272166 272168

Tap loss
Connection 1 dB 11.6 25.5-9.0
Connection 10 dB 19.8 25.5-16.7
Connection 11 dB 20.7 25.5-17.8
Connection 12 dB 20.2 25.5-18.1
Decoupling loss 5-40 MHz dB > 28 > 40
Decoupling loss 40-862 MHz dB > 36 > 36
Return loss 5-40 MHz dB > 14 > 16
Return loss 40-862 MHz dB > 20 at 40 MHz, -1.5/oct. > 20 at 40 MHz, -1.5/oct.
Screening factor dB > 75 > 75
322
Taps and splitters
Taps
1-way taps for outdoor installation
EAN 208 24510086

EAN 212 24510087
EAN 216 24510088
 Frequency range: up to 1 GHz
 Through-line and tap are remote-feed capable
 Low through loss
 High screening factor - class A
 Protection category: IP 65 ¹)
 Easy installation
EAN 212
 Connections: 5/8”-24 (female)
 Mounting bracket for wall mounting ZMP 200

optionally available
Type EAN 208 EAN 212 EAN 216

Order no. 24510086 24510087 24510088

Impedance Ω 75 75 75
Tap loss dB 8.5 12 16
Frequency response (tap) dB ± 1.5 ± 1.5 ± 1.5
Through loss 5-862 MHz dB 1.7 1.2 0.8
Through loss 862-1,000 MHz dB 2.6 2.0 1.4
Directional loss 2)
dB 25 20 25
Return loss dB > 16
Max. remote feed voltage VAC 90
Max. remote feed current ³ )
A 15
Hum modulation ratio at 10 A, 10-1,000 MHz dB > 60
Screening factor Conforms to EN 50083-2 (class A)
¹) When suitable plugs are used

²) Between output and tap
³) Remote feeding between input, output and tap

Taps
EAO 208 24510089

EAO 211 24510090
EAO 214 24510091
EAO 217 24510092
EAO 220 24510093
EAO 223 24510094
EAO 226 24510095
EAO 229 24510096
 Through-line is remote-feed capable
 Exchangeable RF part for taps:

 e.g. to change the tap loss
 Uninterruptible - RF path and remote feed current
for through-line always remain connected
 High corrosion resistance  Connections:

 Input and output: 5/8”-24 (female)
 Protection category: IP 65 ¹)  Taps: F-type (female)
 Easy installation  Mounting bracket for wall mounting ZMP 200

Type EAO 208 EAO 211 EAO 214 EAO 217 EAO 220 EAO 223 EAO 226 EAO 229
Order no. 24510089 24510090 24510091 24510092 24510093 24510094 24510095 24510096
Frequency range MHz 5-1,000 5-1,000 5-1,000 5-1,000 5-1,000 5-1,000 5-1,000 5-1,000
Impedance Ω 75 75 75 75 75 75 75 75
Tap loss dB 9 11.5 14.5 17 20 23.5 26 29
Frequency response (taps) dB ± 1.8 ± 1.8 ± 1.8 ± 1.8 ± 1.8 ± 1.8 ± 1.8 ± 1.8
Through loss 5-862 MHz dB 2.6 1.5 1.2 1.0 0.8 0.6 0.6 0.6
Through loss 862-1,000 MHz dB 2.6 2.2 1.2 1.0 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2
Directional loss ²) dB 20 25 25 25 25 25 30 35
Return loss dB > 16
Max. remote feed current ³ )
A 12

²) Between output and taps
³) Remote feeding only between input and output
324
Taps and splitters
Taps
EAP 208 24510097

EAP 211 24510098
EAP 214 24510099
EAP 217 24510100
EAP 220 24510101
EAP 223 24510102
EAP 226 24510103
EAP 229 24510104

 Through-line is remote-feed capable
 EAP 208: 4-way end tap, not remote-feed capable
 Exchangeable RF part for taps:
 e.g. to change the tap loss
 Uninterruptible - RF path and remote feed current
for through-line always remain connected
 Connections:
 Input and output: 5/8”-24 (female)
 Taps: F-type (female)
Type EAP 208 EAP 211 EAP 214 EAP 217 EAP 220 EAP 223 EAP 226 EAP 229
Order no. 24510097 24510098 24510099 24510100 24510101 24510102 24510103 24510104
Frequency range MHz 5-1,000 5-1,000 5-1,000 5-1,000 5-1,000 5-1,000 5-1,000 5-1,000
Impedance Ω 75 75 75 75 75 75 75 75
Tap loss dB 8 12.5 14.5 17.5 20.5 23 25.5 28.5
Frequency response (taps) dB ± 1.5 ± 1.5 ± 2.0 ± 1.5 ± 2.0 ± 1.5 ± 1.5 ± 1.5
Through loss 5-862 MHz dB - 3.0 2.0 1.2 1.0 0.7 0.7 0.8
Through loss 862-1,000 MHz dB - 4.0 3.0 1.7 1.7 1.3 1.3 1.3
Directional loss ² )
dB - 30 25 25 25 25 25 25
Return loss dB > 16 > 16 > 16 > 16 > 16 > 16 > 16 > 16
Max. remote feed voltage VAC - 4) 90 90 90 90 90 90 90
Max. remote feed current ³) A - 4) 12 12 12 12 12 12 12
Hum modulation ratio at 12 A dB - 4)
> 70 > 70 > 70 > 70 > 70 > 70 > 70
Screening factor Conform to EN 50083-2 (class A)

²) Between output and taps
³) Remote feeding only between input and output
4)
No remote-feeding possible

Splitters
Splitters and feed-in diplexer

for outdoor installation
EBK 202 24510105

EBK 203 24510106
WFS 202 24510107
 Inputs and outputs are remote-feed capable
 Connections: 5/8”-24 (female)

Type EBK 202 EBK 203 WFS 202

Order no. 24510105 24510106 24510107

Splitting loss 5-862 MHz dB 4.0 2 x 7.3/1 x 4.0 -
Splitting loss 862-1,000 MHz dB 4.5 2 x 8.5/1 x 4.5 -
Through loss 5-1,000 MHz dB - - 0.4
Decoupling loss ²) dB 20 25 -
Return loss dB > 16 > 16 > 20
Max. remote feed current A 15
Hum modulation ratio at 10 A, 10-1,000 MHz dB > 60

²) Between outputs
Note:
On the WFS 202 we recommend the use of the remote feed connection 5/8”
EMP 52 (Order no. 275316) for connection of the remote feed
326
Taps and splitters
Accessories for taps and splitters
Mounting bracket for wall mounting
ZMP 200 25010029
 For wall mounting of taps and splitters

EAN 2xx, EAO 2xx, EAP 2xx, EBK 2xx, WFS 202
 With earthing connection
Mounting bracket ZMP 200

Taps with flexible connection cables
1-way taps with flexible connection cables,

KES design
EAT 80 272137
EAT 81 272476
EAT 85 272138
EAT 86 272477
EAT 90 272140
EAT 91 272478
EAT 80, EAT 85 and EAT 90:
 Connection cable length: 180 mm
EAT 81, EAT 86 and EAT 91:
 Suitable for underground or above-ground installation
 Connection type: 4/20 (KES)
 Capacitive separation of inner conductors
 Accessories:
 Cable end plugs (KES):

EMP 06, EMP 07 and EMP 08
 KES terminating resistor: EMK 92
 Heat shrink tubing: ESO 61
Type EAT 80 EAT 81 EAT 85 EAT 86 EAT 90 EAT 91

Order no. 272137 272476 272138 272477 272140 272478
Frequency range MHz 4-862 4-862 4-862

Tap loss dB 10 15 20
Through loss dB < 1.9 < 1.4 < 1.3
Decoupling tap dB > 31 > 33 > 33
Decoupling output dB > 20
Return loss dB > 15
Screening factor dB Conforms to EN 50083-2/A1 (class A)
328
Taps and splitters

KES design
EAU 80 272147
EAU 81 272624
EAU 85 272148
EAU 86 272625
EAU 90 272149
EAU 91 272626
EAU 80, EAU 85 and EAU 90:
EAU 81, EAU 86 and EAU 91:
 Accessories:

Type EAU 80 EAU 81 EAU 85 EAU 86 EAU 90 EAU 91

Order no. 272147 272624 272148 272625 272149 272626

Through loss dB < 3.0 < 2.1 < 1.8
Decoupling tap dB > 30
Return loss dB > 15


KES design
EAR 80 272238
EAR 85 272239
EAR 90 272241
 Accessories:

Type EAR 80 EAR 85 EAR 90

Order no. 272238 272239 272241

Through loss dB < 4.6 < 2.9 < 2.3
Return loss dB > 15
330
Taps and splitters

KES design
EAV 80 272276
EAV 81 24510001
EAV 85 272277
EAV 86 24510002
EAV 90 272278
EAV 91 24510003
EAV 80, EAV 85 and EAV 90:
EAV 81, EAV 86 and EAV 91:
 Accessories:

Type EAV 80 EAV 81 EAV 85 EAV 86 EAV 90 EAV 91

Order no. 272276 24510001 272277 24510002 272278 24510003

Through loss dB < 5.9 < 3.6 < 2.7
Return loss dB > 15

Splitters with flexible connection cables
2-way splitters with flexible connection cables

in KES design
EBU 30 272598
EBU 31 24510022
EBU 30:
EBU 31:
 Accessories:

Type EBU 30 EBU 31

Order no. 272598 24510022

Impedance Ω 75
Splitting loss dB < 3.7
Decoupling of outputs dB > 17
Return loss dB > 20 ¹)
¹) Up to 47 MHz > 10 dB
332
Taps and splitters
S lot No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
G ND 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
P a ne l
( +7 . 5 V D C ) 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 +7 . 5 V D C
R S 485+ 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 R S 485+
R S 485- 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 R S 485-
+2 4 V D C 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 U ba t2=+2 4 V
Ma s te r/S la ve 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 U ba t1=+2 4 V
7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7
U S ubra c k B C D S witc h
S ubra c k-I D 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8
S lot-I D 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9
RA RB RC RD RX
R1 R2 R3 R4 R5 R6 R7 R8 R9 R 10
G ND
19” support frame 334

Accessories for the 19” frame 334-335 Cable transfer point/housing ducts 343
19” module rack 335 5/8” cable fittings 344
19” BK module carrier 336 5/8” connectors 345
BK module carriers 336-339 N-type connector 345
Coaxial cables 340 Ingress test socket 345
PG 11 connectors 341 KES connectors 346
Blind caps, cable fittings 342 RF connection cables 347-348
Cable plugs for professional applications 343 Power supply cables 348
333
Cabinets and mounting accessories
19” support frame
TUG 100 24310003
 For headends installed in 19” cabinets
 Can be fitted with 19” base units and

19” module carriers from both front and rear
 Construction: 41 RU (equivalent to 2 m)
Width: 60 cm, depth: 60 cm
 Dimensions (mm):
600 x 2,000 x 600 without glass door
600 x 2,000 x 670 with glass door
 Packing unit/weight (pc./kg): 1/31 net
TUG 100 with ESO 06 and ZSO 210
Accessories for the 19” frame
ZSO 200 24310004

ZSO 74 276249
ZSO 200 (Order no. 24310004):
 Rail set for the TUG 100
 To mount any 19” racking (not necessary for

module carriers and TGZ 1x module rack)
 Packing unit/weight (pc./kg): 1/1.4
ZSO 74 (Order no. 276249): ZSO 74
 Front panel (1 RU)
 For cable passage and ventilation
ZSO 200
334
Accessories for the 19” frame
ESO 06 24310005
ZSO 210 24310007
ESO 06 (Order no. 24310005):
 Two side and rear panels for the TUG 100
 Packing unit/weight (pc./kg): 1/37 net
ZSO 210 (Order no. 24310007):
 Glass door for TUG 100
 Packing unit/weight (pc./kg): 1/19.7 net
19” module rack
TGZ 10 236430
TGZ 15 24310006
TGZ 10 (Order no. 236430):
 To mount the other headend components

into TUG 100
 Dimensions (mm): 483 x 267 x 198 (19”, 6 RU)
TGZ 15 (Order no. 24310006):
 To mount EAX 24/26/28 and EBC 06/08 as splitters

and couplers (e.g. in optical transmission and
reception stations)
TGZ 15 fitted
 Dimensions (mm): 483 x 221 x 190 (19”, 5 RU)
Cables, plugs and accessories 335

19” BK module carrier
TOG 05 236198
 Up to 10 BK modules can be inserted

in the module carrier
 Power supply and signalling to the

individual modules over a 9-pole bus
 Design: 19” racking, six RU
 Three power supply sections to separately

supply inserted modules
 Wall mounting is possible
Type TOG 05
Order no. 236198
Screening factor dB > 30

Operational voltage VDC < 30
Voltage drop terminal bus - module insert position
mVDC < 100
(at max. current drain per 1 A, insert positions 1-6)
Operational current per terminal (cooling vane temperature < 70 °C) ADC <5
BK module carrier
BBT 000 25210048
 Module carrier for insertion of

ten passive BK modules
Type BBT 000

Order no. 25210048

Weight kg 2
336
BK module carrier
BBT 001 25210036
 Module carrier for insertion of ten BK modules
 Power supply and signalling to the

individual modules over a 9-pole bus
 Design: 19” racking, 6 RU
 Redundant power supply of individual module sections
 Supports automatic insert position identification
 Identifier codes settable to monitor

individual module carriers
 Individual module carriers can be monitored using

the NCE 10 net element controller
Type BBT 001

Order no. 25210036
Maximum recommended power consumption per module carrier W 90

Thermal resistance K/W 0.2
RF screening factor, 5-862 MHz dB > 40
Maximum current through Sub D sockets ADC 7.5
Supply voltage VDC 24
Weight kg 12
Block diagram
S lot No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
G ND 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
P anel
(+7.5 V DC ) 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 +7.5 V DC
R S 485+ 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 R S 485+
R S 485- 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 R S 485-
+24 V DC 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 U bat2=+24 V
Mas ter/S lave 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 U bat1=+24 V
7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7
U S ubrack B C D S witch
S ubrack-ID 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8
S lot-ID 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9
RA RB RC RD RX
R1 R2 R3 R4 R5 R6 R7 R8 R9 R 10
G ND

BK power supply module carrier
BBT 002 25210037
 Power supply module carrier for insertion of

seven BK power supply units and one NEC network
element controller
 Ready for n+1 power supply redundancy
 Several BBT 001 module carriers can be supplied

through a BBT 002 power supply module carrier
 Easy cabling due to plug-in technology
Type BBT 002

Order no. 25210037

Weight kg 12
Block diagram
U1, 7.5VDC
Slot No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 U2, 7.5VDC
GND 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
U3, 7.5VDC
U4, 7.5VDC
+7.5 VDC 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
U5, 7.5VDC
U6, 7.5VDC
RS485+/GND 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
RS485-/Uin- 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
U1, 24VDC
+24 VDC 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 U2, 24VDC
U3, 24VDC
RS485+ 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
U4, 24VDC
RS485- 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 U5, 24VDC
GND 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 U6, 24VDC
Uin- 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9
GND
Uin1 Uin2 Uin3 Uin4 Uin5 Uin6 Uin7
338
BK module carrier
BBT 003 25210038
 Module carrier for insertion of eight BK modules

and two BK power supplies
 Supports automatic insert position identification
 Individual module carriers can be monitored

using the NCE 10 net element controller
Type BBT 003

Order no. 25210038

RF screening factor, 5-862 MHz dB > 40
Weight kg 12
Block diagram
S lot No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
G ND 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
+7.5 V 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 +7.5 V DC
or
R S 485+ 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
S tatic Ala
R S 485- 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
+24 V 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
Mas ter/S lave 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 R S 485+

7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 R S 485-
S ubrack-ID 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8
S lot-ID 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 Uin10
Uin9
USubrack
R1 R2 R3 R4 R5 R6 R7 R8
G ND

Cables
Coaxial cables
LCM 33 271623
LCM 50 271622
LCM 96 271624
LCM 52 271600
LCM 33
 LCM 33, LCM 50, LCM 96:

Frequency range: 0.15-2,400 MHz, impedance: 75 Ω
 LCM 52:
Frequency range: 50-2,050 MHz, impedance: 50 Ω
 Conform to EN 50117 LCM 50
Type LCM 33 LCM 50 LCM 96 LCM 52

Order no. 271623 271622 271624 271600
Underground cable Underground cable Underground cable Underground cable
Halogen-free yes yes yes yes

Diameter inner conductor mm 3.3 Cu 2.2 Cu 1.1 Cu 4.0 Cu
Diameter isolation on inner conductor mm 13.5 PE (bamboo) 8.8 PE (bamboo) 7.3 PE (cell rim) 8,6 PE (helix)
12.3 Cu
Diameter outer conductor mm 14 Cu welded 9.3 Cu welded 7.8 Cu welded
(corrugated tube)
Diameter of cable mm 17.0 12.5 11.0 15.7
Material used for outer isolation PE black PE black PE black PE black
Max. dynamic power n 550 350 300 1,000
Copper content kg/km 194 109 58 -
Bending radius ¹ )
mm > 280 > 150 > 150 > 50
Impedance Ω 75 75 75 50
Attenuation at 20 °C and dB/100 m
f = 50 MHz 1.2 1.8 3.6 2
f = 100 MHz 1.7 2.6 5.2 3
f = 200 MHz 2.4 3.9 7.6 4
f = 300 MHz 3.1 4.9 9.5 5
f = 450 MHz 4.0 6.0 12.0 6
f = 800 MHz 5.5 8.7 16.4 9
f = 1,000 MHz 7.0 10.0 19.0 10
f = 1,750 MHz 9.2 14.4 26.1 13
f = 2,050 MHz 10.3 15.9 28.8 14
f = 2,400 MHz 11.5 17.7 31.7 14.6
Return loss (dB)
5-450 MHz > 28 > 28 > 28 > 26
450-1,000 MHz > 26 > 26 > 26 > 26
1,000-2,400 MHz > 22 > 22 > 22 > 26
Coupling resistance
5-30 MHz mΩ/m < 0.1 < 0.1 < 0.1 -
DC resistance Ω/km 4.5 8.6 25.5 1.5
Screening factor (dB)
30-100 MHz > 120 > 120 > 120 > 120
100-500 MHz > 120 > 120 > 120 > 120
500-1,000 MHz > 120 > 120 > 120 > 120
1,000-2,000 MHz > 110 > 110 > 100 > 120
2,000-2,400 MHz > 100 > 100 > 100 > 120
Temperature range °C -20 to +50 -20 to +50 -20 to +50 0 to +60
Weight kg/100m 35.0 18.5 15.0 37
¹ Value for non-recurring bending; for repeated bending: × 2.5

)
340
Cable fittings and plugs
PG 11 connectors
EMP 26 275281
EMP 28 275283
EMP 29 275284
EMP 31 275286
 Plugs: EMP 26 EMP 28
EMP 26 (Order no. 275281):

Plug for LCD 90/95/99/110/111 cables
EMP 28 (Order no. 275283): Plug for LCM 14/17 cables
 Cable fittings:
EMP 29 (Order no. 275284): Cable fitting for LCM 33 cable

EMP 29 EMP 31
EMP 31 (Order no. 275286): Cable fitting for LCM 96 cable
EMP 34 275289
EMP 35 275300
EMU 29 273243
EMP 01 275260
 Adapters:
EMP 34 EMP 35
EMP 34 (Order no. 275289):
PG 11 to IEC socket with M14 external thread
EMP 35 (Order no. 275300):

PG 11 to F-type socket (female)
EMU 29 (Order no. 273243): PG 11 adapter ring to 5/8“
 Dummy cap:
EMU 29 EMP 01
EMP 01 (Order no. 275260):
PG 11 dummy cap to cover unused
outputs on an amplifier/housing

Dummy plug
EVK 75 25010034
 Dummy plug: PG 11
 To cover unused outputs/inputs on

amplifier housings (e.g. GMG 51)
Cable fittings
EMK 104 273195

EMK 105 273196
EMK 106 273197
 Cable fittings:
EMK 104 (Order no. 273195):

F-type cable fitting for LCM 33 cable EMK 104
EMK 105 (Order no. 273196):

F-type cable fitting for LCM 50 cable
EMK 106 (Order no. 273197):

F-type cable fitting for LCM 96 cable
Refer to our SAT catalogue for more F-type connectors
EMK 105
EMK 106
342
Cable plugs for professional applications
EMK 180 25010014

EMK 181 25010015
 Cable plugs for professional applications
 Connection technology: IEC with M14 locking nut EMK 180
Type EMK 180 EMK 181

Order no. 25010014 25010015
Suitable for cables LCD 99 LCM 14 and LCM 17

Frequency range MHz 0.3-3,000 0.3-3,000
Impedance Ω 75 75
Return loss dB > 15 > 16
Voltage capacity kV 3.5 2.5
Max. current load A 8 8
Screening factor dB > 100 > 100
Cable transfer point/housing duct
EVK 73 275247
 Housing duct: PG 11
 Cable transfer-point adapter:

IEC socket to socket 3.5/12
EVK 76 25010037
 Retaining clip for PG 11 housing connection
 Can be screwed on
 To prevent accidental unplugging

of IEC angled connectors

5/8” cable fittings
EMP 40 275305
EMP 42 275307
EMP 43 275308
 5/8” cable fittings

EMP 40 EMP 42
 Protection category: IP 67
EMP 43
Type EMP 40 EMP 42 EMP 43

Order no. 275305 275307 275308
Suitable for cables LCD 90/95/99/110/111 LCM 14 and LCM 17 LCM 33

Impedance Ω 75
Return loss dB < 40 MHz: 22; > 40 MHz: 22 -1,5/oct.
Voltage capacity kV 1.5
Max. current load A 3 10
Screening factor up to 1,000 MHz dB > 75
Screening factor 1,000-3,000 MHz dB > 55
344
5/8” connectors
EMP 47 275312
EMP 49 275314
EMP 51 275315
EMP 52 275316
 Adapters: EMP 47 EMP 49
EMP 47 (Order no. 275312):

5/8” plug to IEC socket (M14) angled
EMP 49 (Order no. 275314):

5/8“ plug to F-type socket, angled
EMP 51 (Order no. 275315): 5/8” plug to F-type socket

EMP 51 EMP 52
 Remote feeding connector:
EMP 52 (Order no. 275316):

Remote feeding connector for cables
with an inner conductor diameter up to 2.3 mm
N-type connector
EMK 53 273249
 Cable end plug N-type plug
 For Flexwell cables 3/8“
Ingress test socket
EVK 74 25010012
 Duct: PG 11
 Adapter: IEC socket to F-type socket
 Waterproof termination unit with protective cap
 External contact point to a unit-internal test socket

in an amplifier housing (GMG 51/GMG 52)

KES connectors
EMP 03 275273
EMP 06 25010073
EMP 07 25010006
EMP 08 25010010
EMP 10 275267
 Cable end plugs: EMP 07 EMP 08

EMP 06 (Order no. 25010073): For cable iKx (LCM 96)
EMP 07 (Order no. 25010006): For cable nKx (LCM 50)
EMP 08 (Order no. 25010010): For cable qKx (LCM 33)
 KES/KES connecting sleeve:

EMP 10 (Order no. 275267)
EMP 10 EMP 03
 Adapters:
EMP 03 (Order no. 275273):
Housing duct KES socket to IEC
Type EMP 06 EMP 07 EMP 08

Order no. 25010073 25010074 25010075
Frequency range MHz 4 ... 1,600

Through loss 4-1,600 MHz dB 0.2 ± 0.2
4-862 MHz dB ≥ 30
Return loss 862-1,006 MHz dB ≥ 25
1,006-1,600 MHz dB ≥ 20
Coupling resistance 4-30 MHz mΩ/m <5
30-1,006 MHz dB ≥ 85
Screening factor (Class A)
1,006-1,600 MHz dB ≥ 75
Resistance (inner and outer conductor) mΩ ≤2
Insulation resistance GΩ ≥ 50
Current load, 2/50 hours A 11/6.5
Voltage capacity (Ueff/t) kV ≥2
General
Red Blue Brown
Colour
(similar to RAL 3000) (similar to RAL 5002) (similar to RAL 8011)
Suitable for cables iKx or LCM 96 nKx or LCM 50 qKx or LCM 33
Pull-off force inner conductor n ≥ 60 ≥ 190 ≥ 360
Operating temperature range °C -20 ... +55 -20 ... +55 -20 ... +55
Material
Spring contacts CuBe silver-plated
Contact pin CuZn silver-plated
Housing components Brass, polycarbonate
346
Cables
RF connection cables (blue)
TVK 901 236799

TVK 902 236798
TVK 903 236797
TVK 904 236796
TVK 905 236795
TVK 906 236794
TVK 907 236793
TVK 908 236779
TVK 909 236778
TVK 910 236764
TVK 930 25210034
 TVK 90x RF connection cables for internal RF cabling

in BK and GGA amplifier points
 Conform to TS 0131/96 technical specifications
 The cables are UV resistant,

TVK 906
halogen-free and flame-retardant
 Connector: IEC angled connector
 Impedance: 75 Ω  Lengths:
 Screening factor: > 85 dB  TVK 901: 150 mm

 TVK 902: 200 mm
 Frequency range: 1-1,000 MHz  TVK 903: 250 mm
 TVK 930: 300 mm
 TVK 904: 350 mm
 TVK 905: 450 mm
 TVK 906: 600 mm
 TVK 907: 900 mm
 TVK 908: 1,200 mm
 TVK 909: 1,500 mm
 TVK 910: 2,000 mm
Other lengths on request
 Colour: Blue

Cables
RF connection cables (green and white)
TVK 901G 25210014

TVK 901W 25210015
TVK 904G 25210016
TVK 904W 25210017
TVK 927W 25210033
 TVK 90x RF connection cables for internal RF cabling

in BK and GGA amplifier points
 The cables are UV resistant,

halogen-free and flame-retardant
 Connector: IEC angled connector
TVK 904G
 Screening factor: > 85 dB
 Frequency range: 1-1,000 MHz
 Lengths and colours:

 TVK 901G: 150 mm, green
 TVK 901W: 150 mm, white
 TVK 904W: 350 mm, white
Other lengths on request
Power supply cables
TVK 04 236900
TVK 05 236924
TVK 01 236914
 TVK 04 and TVK 05 power supply cables are used

to distribute the remote-feed voltage inside BK or
GGA amplifier points
 Connections: Blade terminals acc. to DIN 46247
 Colour: Black
 Lengths:
 TVK 04: 210 mm

 TVK 05: 500 mm TVK 04
 TVK 01: 700 mm
348
Technical appendix
Terrestrial antennas 350

Mast calculation 351 Catalogue data 362-363
Optical components 352-357 Planning and installation instructions 364-365
Television standards 358 Earthing, Potential equalisation,
Channel allocation 359-360 Useful level, Media law 366
CENELEC channel plan 361 Guidelines, Standards, Sources 367-368
349
Technical appendix
Terrestrial antennas
Radio antennas
AM/FM
Special features:
 Antenna foot is self-centring, for a mast with a diameter
of 32 to 50 mm
 Raised FM antenna, entire mast length can be used
 Additional antenna cables can be inserted through the

antenna foot into the mast
FM
 Mast clamp for diameters of 22 to 60 mm
Television antennas
Half-power beam width
VHF range, Band III
 Mast clamp can be tipped, for diameters of 22 to 60 mm.
Mast clamp is adjusted by 90° for vertical polarisation horizontal °
UHF range, Band IV and V

 Mast clamp can be tipped, for diameters of 22 to 60 mm.
Mast clamp is adjusted by 90° for vertical polarisation vertical °
Impedance
 All television antennas are equipped with connection
housings for 75 and 300 Ω cable
DVB-T antennas Front-to-back ratio

 Active VHF/UHF antennas for indoor
and outdoor use
dB
Gain values
 The gain values for antennas refer to the dipole
 For gain values that refer to the isotropic radiator,

the following applies: Catalogue value + 2.15 dB
350
Technical appendix
Technical appendix
Mast calculation method to EN 60728-11
The bending moment affects the

mast on the upper fixing point for
all antennas.
The wind load on the mast must

be included in the calculation.
The overall bending moment is

not to exceed the maximum permitted
bending moment of the mast and must
not be greater than 1,650 Nm.
If the bending moment is greater,

a static engineer is required to provide
verifi cation of the transfer of forces into
the structure of the building.
Wind load values
The stated values are based on a

dynamic pressure of 800 N/m2.
A dynamic pressure of 800 N/m2

corresponds to a wind speed of 36 m/s
or approx. 130 km/h i.e. wind force 12.
When installed greater than 20 m

above ground, a dynamic pressure
of 1,100 N/m2 must be applied.
A dynamic pressure of 1,100 N/m2

corresponds to a wind speed of 42 m/s
or 150 km/h.
1, 1,
Conversion factor:
Wind load (1,100 N/m2) =
Windlast (800 N/m2) x 1,37
Mast ZSH 59
Unless otherwise stated, a maximum
permissible wind speed of 150 km/h
applies to the antennas.
For guidelines and standards,

see pages 367 and 368.
General safety information on selecting the installation location for antennas:
Kathrein antennas are designed according to the specifications of EN 60728, part 11 and
fulfil these requirements.
When selecting the installation site, take into account the structural features of the building
(e.g. susceptibility to oscillation, roof characteristics, installation on cylindrical structures),
which could lead to increased wind loads according to DIN 1055, part 4/2005-03 or
DIN 4131.
The dynamic properties of the antenna and the structure can mutually influence each
other and cause detrimental changes.
Technical appendix 351

Technical appendix
Optical components
■ General
The same terminology is used for the optical taps (BOC xxx) and optical splitters (BOV xxx) and for the electrical CATV taps
and splitters.
The terms refer to the optical power in the fibre. The values are given in decibels (dB) as they are for the CATV components as
well. The absolute optical power in the fibre is specified in “dBm”.
■ Particularities
The data given for the optical splitters and optical taps is generally dependent on the optical wave length.
When selecting components, it is important to ensure that the wave length of the transmitting elements matches the wave length
range of the optical taps and splitters.
This is especially important for products to be used in CWDM systems, in which very wide bandwidths are required.
The optical splitters (BOV xxx) are additionally labelled “CWDM”.
Tap/Splitter
Insertion loss
Attenuation between input “E” and output “A”.

For splitters between input “E” and outputs “A”.
Tap loss or connection loss
Attenuation between input “E” and tap-off “Ab”
Directivity
Attenuation between output “A” and tap-off “Ab”
Isolation
Attenuation between two tap-offs “Ab”.

For splitters between the outputs “A”.
Return loss
Attenuation of a reflected signal “R” compared with

the signal in the forward direction “V”.
The data provided for the individual products only applies if all outputs are terminated.
352
Technical appendix
Technical appendix
Optical components
■ General terms
Insertion loss
A1
Return loss
Directivity
A2
Coupling ratio
■ Optical taps
The table below lists typical attenuation values for the tap loss of optical taps at different tap ratios:
Tap ratio Type A1 A2
50/50 50 4.1 4.1

55/45 55 3.6 4.5
60/40 60 3.1 5.1
65/35 65 2.7 5.7
70/30 70 Attenuation 2.4 6.3
75/25 75 in dB 2.2 7.1
80/20 80 1.8 8.1
85/15 85 1.5 9.5
90/10 90 1.3 11.5
95/5 95 1 14.5
■ Optical splitters
The table below lists typical attenuation values for the through loss of an optical splitter for
different splitting ratios from 1 : 2 to 1 : 64:
1
2 1:2 1:3 1:4 1:8 1 : 16 1 : 32 1 :64
Configuration 1
2 2:2 2:3 2:4 2:8 2 : 16 2 : 32 2 : 64
Max. attenuation (dB) N 3.9 6.0 7.4 10.8 14.1 17.3 21.1

Technical appendix
Optical components
■ Wave-length multiplexers
Wave-length multiplexers and demultiplexers find their CATV equivalent in diplexers and filters. Just like these, they diplex
frequency ranges or allow these to be multiplexed together. The optical frequencies are located in the Terahertz range and are
generally in “nm”. The optical filter or optical diplexer is generally termed a multiplexer.
In general, one differentiates between three types of wave-length multiplexers:
1. WDM, which diplex the wave-length ranges 1,310 nm and 1,550 nm.
Mode of operation of a WDM for 1,310/1,550 nm: WDM
Insert ion Loss (for Ȝ = 1, 310 nm )

Isolat ion (for Ȝ = 1, 550 nm )
1,310 nm
1,310 & 1,550 nm, Direct ivit y
1,550 nm
Insert ion Loss (for Ȝ = 1, 550 nm )

Isolat ion (for Ȝ = 1, 310 nm )
2. CWDM Coarse WDM
This technology currently allows one to diplex or multiplex 18 wave lengths in a 20 nm channel plan, whereby eight of these
channels will be available for practical use. The CWDM wave lengths and CWDM channel grid are standardised according to
ITU G.694.2. HFC return paths are often realised in CWDM technology in order to transport various return paths to the headend
on a single fibre in a cost-efficient way and to split up existing clusters.
ITU CWDM channel grid, 20 nm spacing
Channel no. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
Wave length in nm 1,271 1,291 1,311 1,331 1,351 1,371 1,391 1,411 1,431 1,451 1,471 1,491 1,511 1,531 1,551 1,571 1,591 1,611
CWDM spectrum
The following graphic shows CWDM channels in the optical spectrum in relation to the following wave length ranges including
tolerance:
■ 1,310 nm/1,550 nm downstream wave length window ■ DWDM wave length window
■ Wave length window for amplification of EDFAs ■ Typical wave-length dependent fibre attenuation
WDM
DWDM
CWDM
1 C02
2 ...3C044 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
Wave length
EDFA
CWDM channels currently available
354
Technical appendix
Technical appendix
Optical components
ITU-T G.692 optical ranges
O-Band nm 1,260 ... 1,360 C-Band nm 1,530 ... 1,565

E-Band nm 1,360 ... 1,460 L-Band nm 1,565 ... 1,625
S-Band nm 1,460 ... 1,530 U-Band nm 1,625 ... 1,675
CWDM Mux and Demux (Multiplexer and Demultiplexer)
The graphic below shows the mode of operation of a CWDM Mux/DeMux assembly of four wave lengths:
Rx CWDM Tx
CWDM
1 GF
An ideal multiplexer could in fact also be operated as a demultiplexer as their components are reciprocal.
However, due to real conditions, the non-ideal characteristics lead to one having to use components that are optimised and
purpose adapted. The following characteristics have to be taken into account when optical multiplexers are used:
Port isolation - this is normally much lower in multiplexers than in demultiplexers.
Influence of the “optical frequency response” on the through loss of individual wave lengths.
The “optical slope” is compensated over the combination Mux/DeMux.
Mux Demux Mux/Demux
The graphic below shows typical parameters specified for a CWDM Mux/Demux.
λ1 λ2 λ3 λ4
non adjacent channels
adjacent channels
Isolation
Isolation
Channel spacing Passband

Technical appendix
Optical components
Optical Add-Drop Multiplexers (OADM)
Optical Add-Drop Multiplexers are used to filter out (drop) and to add single wave lengths in a used CWDM or DWDM spectrum.
The graphics show the symbol (left) and the configuration (right) for more clarity.
OADM Reflect
Input Transmit (Pass)
Input
Reflect
Transmit (Pass)
3. DWDM (Dense WDM)
DWDM is standardised in ITU G.694.1 and is normally applied in purely digital systems. In the HFC field, DWDM is used to
insert cluster-specific content (narrowcast) in the downstream broadcast-signal fibre. The optical downstream receiver thus
receives a broadcast wave length as well as a narrowcast wave length and then generates a broadcast signal containing both
contents. The optical coupling must be calculated very carefully in order to guarantee a high signal quality for the broadcast
signal. System design is difficult.
DWDM channels are situated very close to one another (channel spacing: < 1 nm). DWDM channel spacing is normally speci-
fied in Gigahertz (GHz) (e.g. 200 GHz, 100 GHz, 50 GHz).
CWDM/DWDM spectrum
1,531 nm = CWDM Ch 14 +/- 6 nm 1,551 nm = CWDM Ch 15 +/- 6 nm
DWDM grid
4 5 6 7 8 9 10 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40
58 52 40 33 26
Comparison DWDM to CWDM
DWDM/CWDM DWDM (100 GHz) CWDM
Tolerance of laser wave length (0-40 °C) nm ± 0.16 ± 6.5

Channel bandwidth nm 0.8 20
Max. no. of available channels 40 8
Suitable for optical gain Yes No
356
Technical appendix
Technical appendix
Optical components
ITU-DWDM frequencies and wave lengths (100 GHz spacing)
Channel no. Frequency (THz) Wave length (nm) Channel no. Frequency (THz) Wave length (nm)
1 190.10 1,577.03 31 193.10 1,552.52

2 190.20 1,576.20 32 193.20 1,551.72
3 190.30 1,575.37 33 193.30 1,550.92
4 190.40 1,574.54 34 193.40 1,550.12
5 190.50 1,573.71 35 193.50 1,549.32
6 190.60 1,572.89 36 193.60 1,548.51
7 190.70 1,572.06 37 193.70 1,547.72
8 190.80 1,571.24 38 193.80 1,546.92
9 190.90 1,570.42 39 193.90 1,546.12
10 191.00 1,569.59 40 194.00 1,545.32
11 191.10 1,568.77 41 194.10 1,544.53
12 191.20 1,567.95 42 194.20 1,543.73
13 191.30 1,567.13 43 194.30 1,542.94
14 191.40 1,566.31 44 194.40 1,542.14
1,5 191.50 1,565.50 45 194.50 1,541.35
16 191.60 1,564.68 46 194.60 1,540.56
17 191.70 1,563.86 47 194.70 1,539.77
18 191.80 1,563.05 48 194.80 1,538.98
19 191.90 1,562.23 49 194.90 1,538.19
20 192.00 1,561.42 50 195.00 1,537.40
21 192.10 1,560.61 51 195.10 1,536.61
22 192.20 1,559.79 52 195.20 1,535.82
23 192.30 1,558.98 53 195.30 1,535.04
24 192.40 1,558.17 54 195.40 1,534.25
25 192.50 1,557.36 55 195.50 1,533.47
26 192.60 1,556.55 56 195.60 1,532.68
27 192.70 1,555.75 57 195.70 1,531.90
28 192.80 1,554.94 58 195.80 1,531.12
29 192.90 1,554.13 59 195.90 1,530.33
30 193.00 1,553.33

Technical appendix
TV standards
Country VHF UHF Colour Country VHF UHF Colour Country VHF UHF Colour
system system system
Albania B G PAL India B - PAL Pakistan B - PAL
Algeria B G PAL Indonesia B - PAL Philippines M - NTSC
Argentina N - PAL Iran B G SECAM Poland D K PAL
Australia B B PAL Iraq B G SECAM Portugal B G PAL
Austria B G PAL Ireland I I PAL Qatar B G PAL
Bahrain B G PAL Israel B G PAL Romania D K PAL
Belgium B H PAL Italy B G PAL Russia D K SECAM
Bulgaria D K SECAM Japan M M NTSC Saudi Arabia B G SECAM
Canada M M NTSC Jordan B G PAL Singapore B G PAL
China D K PAL Korea (South) M M NTSC Slovakia D K SECAM
Croatia B G PAL Kuwait B G PAL Slovenia B G PAL
Cyprus B G SECAM Latvia D K SECAM South Africa I I PAL
Czech Lebanon B G SECAM Spain B G PAL
D K SECAM
Republic
Denmark B G PAL Libya B G SECAM Sri Lanka B - PAL
Egypt B G SECAM Lithuania D K SECAM Sweden B G PAL
England - I PAL Luxembourg B G/L PAL Switzerland B G PAL
Estonia D K SECAM Malaysia B G PAL Syria B G PAL
Finland B G PAL Malta B - PAL Thailand B G PAL
France L L SECAM Mexico M M NTSC Tunisia B G SECAM/PAL
Germany B G PAL Monaco -/L G PAL/SECAM Turkey B G PAL

Morocco B G SECAM United Arab
Gibraltar B G PAL B G NTSC
Emirates
Greece B G PAL Netherlands B G PAL USA M M NTSC
Hong Kong - I PAL New Zealand B G PAL Vietnam D K SECAM
Hungary D G PAL Nigeria B I PAL Yemen B - PAL
Iceland B G PAL Oman B G PAL Yugoslavia B G PAL
(Rest)
CCIR standard B D G H I K K1 L M N
Lines 625 625 625 625 625 625 625 625 625 625
Channel bandwidth MHz 7 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 6 6
Video bandwidth MHz 5 6 5 5 5.5 6 8 6 4.2 4.2
Video/Audio + 5.5 + 5.5
MHz + 6.5 + 5.5 +6 + 6.5 + 6.5 + 6.5 + 4.5 + 4.5
frequency spacing (+ 5.742) (+ 5.742)
Vestigial sideband MHz 0.75 0.75 0.75 1.25 1.25 0.75 1.25 1.25 0.75 0.75
Video modulation Neg. Neg. Neg. Neg. Neg. Neg. Neg. Pos. Neg. Neg.
Audio modulation FM FM FM FM FM FM FM AM FM FM
Channel allocation: B I, USB, B III, OSB standard B Channel allocation ESB, B IV, B V standard G
Video Colour Audio Video Colour Audio

carrier carrier carrier carrier carrier carrier
4.43 4.43
1.25 0.25 1.25 1.25
5.5 5.5
5.742 2nd audio carrier

5.742 2nd audio carrier
358
Technical appendix
Technical appendix
Channel allocation
Channel Video 1st audio Mid-fre- Channel Video 1st audio Mid-fre-
limits carrier carrier 1) quency limits carrier carrier 1) quency
Range Channel Range Channel
(DVB-T) (DVB-T)
(MHz) (MHz) (MHz) (MHz) (MHz) (MHz) (MHz) (MHz)
Standard B & G Europa (and H, I, K, L for B IV/V) 2)
Standard B & G Europa (and H, I, K, L for B IV/V) 2)
2 47-54 48.25 53.75 50.5 38 606-614 607.25 612.75 610.0
I 3 54-61 55.25 60.75 57.5 39 614-622 615.25 620.75 618.0
4 61-68 62.25 67.75 64.5 40 622-630 623.25 628.75 626.0
41 630-638 631.25 636.75 634.0
S2 109-117 - - 113.0
42 638-646 639.25 644.75 642.0
S3 117-125 - - 121.0
43 646-654 647.25 652.75 650.0
S4 125-132 126.25 131.75 128.5
44 654-662 655.25 660.75 658.0
Midband S5 132-139 133.25 138.75 135.5
45 662-670 663.25 668.75 666.0
S6 139-146 140.25 145.75 142.5
46 670-678 671.25 676.75 674.0
(USB) S7 146-153 147.25 152.75 149.5
47 678-686 679.25 684.75 682.0
S8 153-160 154.25 159.75 156.5
48 686-694 687.25 692.75 690.0
S9 160-167 161.25 166.75 163.5
49 694-702 695.25 700.75 698.0
S 10 167-174 168.25 173.75 170.5
50 702-710 703.25 708.75 706.0
5 174-181 175.25 180.75 177.5 51 710-718 711.25 716.75 714.0
6 181-188 182.25 187.75 184.5 52 718-726 719.25 724.75 722.0
7 188-195 189.25 194.75 191.5 53 726-734 727.25 732.75 730.0
V 54 734-742 735.35 740.75 738.0
8 195-202 196.25 201.75 198.5
III 9 202-209 203.25 208.75 205.5 55 742-750 743.25 748.75 746.0
10 209-216 210.25 215.75 212.5 56 750-758 751.25 756.75 754.0
11 216-223 217.25 222.75 219.5 57 758-766 759.25 764.75 762.0
12 223-230 224.25 229.75 226.5 58 766-774 767.25 772.75 770.0
59 774-782 775.25 780.75 778.0
S 11 230-237 231.25 236.75 233.5 60 782-790 783.25 788.75 786.0
S 12 237-244 238.25 243.75 240.5 61 790-798 791.25 796.75 794.0
S 13 244-251 245.25 250.75 247.5 62 798-806 799.25 804.75 802.0
S 14 251-258 252.25 257.75 254.5 63 806-814 807.25 812.75 810.0
Superband S 15 258-265 259.25 264.75 261.5 64 814-822 815.25 820.75 818.0
(OSB) S 16 265-272 266.25 271.75 268.5 65 822-830 823.25 828.75 826.0
S 17 272-279 273.25 278.75 275.5 66 830-838 831.25 836.75 834.0
S 18 279-286 280.25 285.75 282.5 67 838-846 839.25 844.75 842.0
S 19 286-293 287.25 292.75 289.5 68 846-854 847.25 852.75 850.0
S 20 293-300 294.25 299.75 296.5 69 854-862 855.25 860.75 858.0
S 21 302-310 303.25 308.75 306.0 Standard D OIRT
S 22 310-318 311.25 316.75 314.0
S 23 318-326 319.25 324.75 322.0 R I 48.5-56.5 49.75 56.25
S 24 326-334 327.25 332.75 330.0 BI R II 58-66 59.25 65.75
S 25 334-342 335.25 340.75 338.0 R III 76-84 77.25 83.75
S 26 342-350 343.25 348.75 346.0
R IV 84-92 85.25 91.75
S 27 350-358 351.25 356.75 354.0 (B II)
R V 92-100 93.25 99.75
S 28 358-366 359.25 364.75 362.0
Hyperband S 29 366-374 367.25 372.75 370.0 s1 110-118 111.25 117.75
(ESB) S 30 374-382 375.25 380.75 378.0 s2 118-126 119.25 125.75
S 31 382-390 383.25 388.75 386.0 s3 126-134 127.25 133.75
S 32 390-398 391.25 396.75 394.0 Special s4 134-142 135.25 141.75
S 33 398-406 399.25 404.75 402.0 channels s5 142-150 143.25 149.75
S 34 406-414 407.25 412.75 410.0 s6 150-158 151.25 157.75
S 35 414-422 415.25 420.75 418.0 s7 158-166 159.25 165.75
S 36 422-430 423.25 428.75 426.0 s8 166-174 167.25 173.75
S 37 430-438 431.25 436.75 434.0
R VI 174-182 175.25 181.75
S 38 438-446 439.25 444.75 442.0
R VII 182-190 183.25 189.75
21 470-478 471.25 476.75 474.0 R VIII 190-198 191.25 197.75
22 478-486 479.25 484.75 482.0 (B III) R IX 198-206 198.25 205.75
23 486-494 487.25 492.75 490.0 RX 206-214 207.25 213.75
24 494-502 495.25 500.75 498.0 R XI 214-222 215.25 221.75
25 502-510 503.25 508.75 506.0 R XII 222-230 223.25 229.75
26 510-518 511.25 516.75 514.0
s9 230-238 231.25 237.75
27 518-526 519.25 524.75 522.0 Special
... ... ... ...
28 526-534 527.25 532.75 530.0 channels
s38 462-470 463.25 469.75
IV 29 534-542 535.25 540.75 538.0
30 542-550 543.25 548.74 546.0
31 550-558 551.25 556.75 554.0 1)
2nd audio carrier = video carrier + 5.742 MHz
32 558-566 559.25 564.75 562.0 2)
Deviant audio carriers
33 566-574 567.25 572.75 570.0
34 574-582 575.25 580.75 578.0 Standard I: audio carrier = video carrier + 6 MHz
35 582-590 583.25 588.75 586.0 Standard K, L: audio carrier = video carrier + 6.5 MHz
36 590-598 591.25 596.75 594.0
37 598-606 599.25 604.75 602.0

Technical appendix
Channel allocation
Video Audio Video Audio

Channel limits Channel limits
Range Channel carrier carrier Range Channel carrier carrier
(MHz) (MHz)
(MHz) (MHz) (MHz) (MHz)
Standard B Italy Standard M USA
A 52.5-59.5 53.75 59.25 A 14 470-476 471.25 475.75
I B 61-68 62.25 67.75 A 15 476-482 477.25 481.75
A 16 482-488 483.25 487.75
(II) C 81-88 82.25 87.75
A 17 488-494 489.25 493.75
D 174-181 175.25 180.75 A 18 494-500 495.25 499.75
E 182.5-189.5 183.75 189.25 A 19 500-506 501.25 505.75
F 191-198 192.25 197.75 A 20 506-512 507.25 511.75
(III) G 200-207 201.25 206.75 A 21 512-518 513.25 517.75
H 209-216 210.25 215.75 A 22 518-524 519.25 523.75
H1 216-223 217.25 222.75 A 23 524-530 525.25 529.75
H2 223-230 224.25 229.75 A 24 530-536 531.25 535.75
A 25 536-542 537.25 541.75
Standard L France A 26 542-548 543.25 547.75
2 49.00-57.00 55.75 49.25 A 27 548-554 549.25 553.75
I 3 53.75-61.75 60.50 54.00 IV A 28 554-560 555.25 559.75
4 57.00-65.00 63.75 57.25 A 29 560-566 561.25 565.75
A 30 566-572 567.25 571.75
5 174.75-182.75 176.00 182.50 A 31 572-578 573.25 577.75
6 182.75-190.75 184.00 190.50 A 32 578-584 579.25 583.75
7 190.75-198.75 192.00 198.50 A 33 584-590 585.25 589.75
III 8 198.75-206.75 200.00 206.50 A 34 590-596 591.25 595.75
9 206.75-214.75 208.00 214.50 A 35 596-602 597.25 601.75
10 214.75-222.75 216.00 222.50 A 36 602-608 603.25 607.75
A 37 608-614 609.25 613.75
Standard I Ireland
A 38 614-620 615.25 619.75
A 44.5-52.5 45.75 51.75 A 39 620-626 621.25 625.75
I B 52.5-60.5 53.75 59.75 A 40 626-632 627.25 631.75
C 60.5-68.5 61.75 67.75 A 41 632-638 633.25 637.75
A 42 638-644 639.25 643.75
D 174-182 175.25 181.25
E 182-190 183.25 189.25 A 43 644-650 645.25 649.75
F 190-198 191.25 197.25 A 44 650-656 651.25 655.75
III G 198-206 199.25 205.25 A 45 656-662 657.25 661.75
H 206-214 207.25 213.25 A 46 662-668 663.25 667.75
I 214-222 215.25 221.25 A 47 668-674 669.25 673.75
J 222-230 223.25 229.25 A 48 674-680 675.25 679.75
A 49 680-686 681.25 685.75
Standard I South Africa
A 50 686-692 687.25 691.75
4 174-182 175.25 181.25 A 51 692-698 693.25 697.75
5 182-190 183.25 189.25 A 52 698-704 699.25 703.75
6 190-198 191.25 197.25 A 53 704-710 705.25 709.75
7 198-206 199.25 205.25 A 54 710-716 711.25 715.75
8 206-214 207.25 213.25 A 55 716-722 717.25 721.75
III 9 214-222 215.25 221.25 A 56 722-728 723.25 727.75
10 222-230 223.25 229.25 A 57 728-734 729.25 733.75
11 230-238 231.25 237.25 A 58 734-740 735.25 739.75
(12) 238-246 not used A 59 740-746 741.25 745.75
13 246-254 247.43 253.443 A 60 746-752 747.25 751.75
A 61 752-758 753.25 757.75
Standard M USA A 62 758-764 759.25 763.75
A 02 54-60 55.25 59.75 V A 63 764-770 765.25 769.75
A 03 60-66 61.25 65.75 A 64 770-776 771.25 775.75
I A 04 66-72 67.25 71.75 A 65 776-782 777.25 781.75
A 05 76-82 77.25 81.75 A 66 782-788 783.25 787.75
A 06 82-88 83.75 87.75 A 67 788-794 789.25 793.75
A 68 794-800 795.25 799.75
A 07 174-180 175.25 179.75 A 69 800-806 801.25 805.75
A 08 180-186 181.25 185.75 A 70 806-812 807.25 811.75
A 09 186-192 187.25 191.75 A 71 812-818 813.25 817.75
III A 10 192-198 193.25 197.75 A 72 818-824 819.25 823.75
A 11 198-204 199.25 203.75 A 73 824-830 825.25 829.75
A 12 204-210 205.25 209.75 A 74 830-836 831.25 835.75
A 13 210-216 211.25 215.75 A 75 836-842 837.25 841.75
A 76 842-848 843.25 847.75
A 77 848-854 849.25 853.75
A 78 854-860 855.25 859.75
A 79 860-866 861.25 865.75
A 80 866-872 867.25 871.75
A 81 872-878 873.25 877.75
A 82 878-884 879.25 883.75
A 83 884-890 885.25 889.75
360
Technical appendix
Technical appendix
CENELEC channel plan
The output levels for broadband amplifiers were determined

according to the following channel assignment:
CENELEC CENELEC
Range Channel Carrier channel plan1) Range Channel Carrier channel plan 1)
Band PAL (MHz) 19/29/42 Band PAL (MHz) 19/29/42
channels channels
2 48.25 ● 21 471.25
3 55.25 22 479.25 ●
I
4 62.25 23 487.25
Pilot 80.15 24 495.25 ●
S 2 112.25 25 503.25
S 3 119.25 ● 26 511.25 ●
S 4 126.25 27 519.25
S 5 133.25 28 527.25 ●
Midband (USB) S 6 140.25 IV 29 535.25
S 7 147.25 30 543.25 ●
S 8 154.25 31 551.25
S 9 161.25 32 559.25
S 10 168.25 33 567.25 ●
5 175.25 ● 34 575.25
6 182.25 35 583.25 ●
7 189.25 36 591.25
191.25 ● 37 599.25 ●
8 196.25 38 607.25
III 9 203.25 39 615.25
207.25 ● 40 623.25
10 210.25 41 631.25
11 217.25 42 639.25
223.25 ● 43 647.25
12 224.25 44 655.25
S 11 231.25 ● 45 663.25 ●
S 12 238.25 46 671.25
S 13 245.25 47 679.25 ●
247.25 ● 48 687.25
S 14 252.25 49 695.25 ●
S 15 259.25 50 703.25
Superband (OSB)
263.25 ● 51 711.25 ●
S 16 266.25 52 719.25
S 17 273.25 V 53 727.25 ●
S 18 280.25 54 735.25
S 19 287.25 ● 55 743.25 ●
S 20 294.25 56 751.25
S 21 303.25 57 759.25 ●
S 22 311.25 ● 58 767.25
S 23 319.25 59 775.25 ●
S 24 327.25 ● 60 783.25
S 25 335.25 61 791.25 ●
S 26 343.25 ● 62 799.25
S 27 351.25 63 807.25 ●
S 28 359.25 ● 64 815.25
S 29 367.25 65 823.25 ●
S 30 375.25 ● 66 831.25
Hyperband (ESB) S 31 383.15 67 839.25 ●
S 32 391.25 ● 68 847.25
S 33 399.25 69 855.25 ●
S 34 407.25 ●
S 35 415.25 1)
As per EN 60728-3,
S 36 423.25 ● 19 channels up to 450 MHz, 29 channels up to 606 MHz,
S 37 431.25 42 channels up to 862 MHz
S 38 439.25 ●
S 39 447.25 ●
S 40 455.25
S 41 463.25 ●

Technical appendix
Catalogue data
1. Impedance
The technical values provided in this catalogue apply to an impedance of 75 Ω, unless stated otherwise.
2. Gain values
The gain values for terrestrial antennas refer to the dipole. For terrestrial antenna gain values that refer to the isotropic
radiator, the following applies: catalogue value + 2.15 dB.
The gain values for parabolic antennas refer to the isotropic radiator.
3. Wind load values
The stated values are based on a dynamic pressure of 800 N/m2.

A dynamic pressure of 800 N/m2 corresponds to a wind speed of 36 m/s or approximately 130 km/h, i.e. wind force 12.
When installed higher than 20 m above the ground, a dynamic pressure of 1,100 N/m2 is to be applied.
A dynamic pressure of 1,100 N/m2 corresponds to a wind force of 42 m/s or approximately 150 km/h.
, Conversion factor: Wind load (1,100 N/m2) = Wind load (800 N/m2) x 1.37
Unless otherwise stated, a maximum permissible wind speed of 150 km/h applies for the antennas.
4. Maximum output/operating level

Calculated using
For Signal-to-noise ratio
measuring procedures
TV channel amplifiers EN 50083-5/Point 3.1 54 dB, 3rd order
60 dB, 2nd order *)

Range amplifiers EN 50083-5/Point 3.3, Point 3.2
66 dB, 3rd order
House connection ampli- 60 dB CTB

EN 60728-3
fiers/broadband amplifiers 60 dB CSO
Return path amplifiers EN 60728-3/Point 4.7 CINR (see figure below)

35 dB, 2nd order
Sat amplifiers EN 60728-3
35 dB, 3rd order
*) For interference products induced by signals in the FM range
CINR (Composite Intermodulation Noise Ratio)
The graphic is only meant to improve your understanding of the terms “input level frequency” and “dynamic range”.
No electrical data can be derived from it. See also EN 60728-3 (point 4.7).
Dynamic range (dB)
Input level density (dBμV/Hz)
362
Technical appendix
Technical appendix
Catalogue data
5. Labelling
Kathrein uses the CE mark to indicate the conformance of the products with the respective directives
(EMC and Low Voltage Directive) and the standards 60728-11, EN 50083-2 and EN 60065 including the
supplements.
Receivers also conform to the standards EN 55013, EN 55020 and EN 61000.
The labelling is found in the catalogue and where possible on the product, packaging, instructions for use and
operating manuals.
The class A label is used to identify products which fulfill the increased shielding requirements of class A in the
EN 50083-2.
Labelling is found in the catalogue and where possible on the product, packaging, instructions for use and
operating manuals.
On active products, the class A label is also proof of conformance with EN 50083-2.
Labelling is found in the catalogue and where possible on the product.

The class A label is a registered trademark® of ZVEI.
Kathrein has disposal contracts with ISD-INTERSEROH-Dienstleistungs GmbH for all packaging placed in
circulation in Germany
Contract no. 80312
Kathrein has a disposal contract with ISD-INTERSEROH-Dienstleistungs GmbH to participate in the

DUALES SYSTEM INTERSEROH, for all packaging placed in circulation in Germany that is marked
with the “Grüner Punkt”.
Contract no. 80312
Kathrein is licensed as a manufacturer in accordance with the requirements of the EU directive

(WEEE 2002/96/EG) and the German Elektro-G in the Elektro-Altgeräte-Register (EAR)
(waste electrical equipment register)
WEEE reg. no. DE 38438502
This symbol indicates that electronic equipment is not household waste, in accordance with directive
2002/96/EC OF THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND THE COUNCIL dated 27th January 2003 on used
electrical and electronic equipment, it must thus be disposed of properly
6. Changes, errors
The physical appearance of the listed articles and any values related to the articles were valid at the time this catalogue went
to print. Please understand that we reserve the right to make changes and errors are excepted.
For the latest information on our products, please visit the product database on our website at “www.kathrein.de”,
“Broadband communication systems”, “Product search”.

Technical appendix
Planning and installation instructions
1. Mast calculation
The calculated values for the mechanical stability of the antenna components (wind loads and bending moments)
correspond with EN 60728-11.
When selecting the installation site, structural building features are to be taken into account (e.g. susceptibility to
oscillation, installation on roof or building edges, installation on cylindrical structures) which could lead to increased
wind loads according to DIN 1055, part 4/2005-03 or DIN 4131. The dynamic properties of the antenna and the structure
can mutually influence each other and cause detrimental changes.
2. Maximum operating level
The maximum operating level for range/multi-range amplifiers for community systems with a maximum of 12 TV channels
is dependent on the catalogue value for the maximum output level and the number of transmission channels.
The maximum operating level is the smaller of the two following values:
a) Output level for 66 dB XMod minus the level reduction

or
b) Output level for 60 dB 2nd order IMod (only applies to amplifiers with interference signal immunity in the FM range)
Output level reduction
If more than two channels (up to max. 12 channels) are transmitted, the output level is to be reduced according to the table
below.
If the FM channels are transmitted at a level that is approximately 10 dB lower than the TV level, these can be left unconsi-
dered. If the levels are the same, they should be counted like TV channels.
Level reduction is only to be performed in the output level values for 60 dB or 66 dB XMod.
The output levels for 60 dB signal-to-noise ratio 2nd order do not have to be reduced.
Number of Level reduction

transmission channels (dB)
2 0
3 2
4 3.5
5 4.5
6 5
7 5.5
8 6
9 6.5
10 7
11 7.5
12 8
When cascading at the same signal-to-noise ratio, the output level is to be reduced by 3 dB each per doubled number of
cascaded amplifiers.
364
Technical appendix
Technical appendix
Planning and installation instructions
3. EMC threshold values
3.1 For active devices, according to EN 50083-2, the following values apply for the maximum permitted
radiated interference power:
Frequency range (MHz) Max. perm. radiated interference power (dBpW)
5-30 27-20
30-950 20
950-2,500 43
3.2 For passive devices, according to EN 50083-2, the following values apply for the screening factor:
Frequency range (MHz) Class A Threshold value (dB) Class B
5-30 85 75
30-300 85 75
300-470 80 75
470-950 75 65
950-3,000 55 55
3.3 For coaxial cables, according to EN 50117 the following values apply for coupling resistance and screening attenuation:
Coupling resistance
Frequency range (MHz) Class A Threshold value mΩ/m Class B
5-30 ≤5 ≤ 15
Screening attenuation
Frequency range (MHz) Class A Threshold value (dB) Class B
30-1,000 85 75
1,000-2,000 75 65
2,000-3,000 65 55
4. Signal-to-noise ratio/noise figure
The signal-to-noise ratio is the difference between the level of the useful signal and the noise level.
The noise figure indicates by how many dB an amplifier additionally reduces the signal-to-noise ratio.
The noise level on a 75 Ω resistor, in reference to the bandwidth of a TV channel (5 MHz), is 2 dBμV.
Signal-to-noise ratio = Level on amplifier input - noise figure - 2 dBμV
Example calculation: Antenna level = 50 dBμV, noise figure = 4 dB

► Signal-to-noise ratio = 50 dBμV - 4 dB - 2 dBμV = 44 dB
5. Signal-to-noise ratio, picture quality
Signal-to-noise ratio Over 46 dB 37 dB 30 dB Below 26 dB
Noise Noise-free Visible, but does not interfere Clearly visible, annoying Noise predominates
Picture quality Very good Good Poor Useless

Technical appendix
Wires for antenna systems (as per EN 60728-11)
Earthing
Copper 16 mm2 solid wire (Ø: 4.5 mm), bare or insulated

Aluminium 25 mm2 solid wire (Ø: 5.6 mm), insulated
50 mm2 solid wire (Ø: 8 mm) or ribbon, 2.5 x 20 mm
Steel, galvanised
(as per DIN 48801)
Potential equalisation
Copper 4 mm2 (Ø: 2.3 mm), bare or insulated
Limits for useful levels

on antenna outlets (as per EN 50083-7)
Level
Range
Min. (dBμV) Max.
FM (Mono) 40 70
FM (Stereo) 50 70
AM-RSB television and radio 60 77 *)
Frequency-modulated TV signals 47 77
DVB-C (64 QAM) 47 67
(256 QAM) 54 74
DVB-S(2) (QPSK, 8PSK) 47 77
DVB-T (16 QAM; FEC 2/3) 36 74
(64 QAM; FEC 2/3) 45 74
*) 80 dBμV for systems with less than 20 channels
Additional performance requirement for digitally

modulated signals (as per draft EN 60728-1)
Bit Error Rate BER

To ensure practically uninterrupted service, the Bit Error Rate (BER) for a DVB signal must be lower than 10-4 prior to the
Reed-Solomon error correction.
Modulation Error Rate MER (Note: This performance requirement is only to be regarded as information)
The Modulation Error Rate (MER) for each DVB signal should not be lower than the value listed in the following table:
Signal modulation Modulation Error Rate MER (dB)
QPSK 15
64 QAM 30
COFDM 30
Media law
The media laws of individual countries govern the permission for programme reception.
Information on this topic is provided by the respective regional authorities for commercial broadcasting.
366
Technical appendix
Technical appendix
Guidelines, standards
The standards series EN 50083 and EN 60728 apply for antenna reception and distribution systems.
1. Overview of the European standards series EN 50083 and EN 60728

(The standards series EN 50083 is gradually being replaced by EN 60728;
italic → The standard is still in the draft phase)
Cable distribution systems for television signals, audio signals and interactive multimedia services
EN 60728-11 (EN 50083-1): 1. Safety requirements

EN 60728-2 (EN 50083-2): 2. Electromagnetic compatibility of equipment
EN 60728-3 (EN 50083-3): 3. Active broadband equipment for coaxial cable networks
EN 60728-4 (EN 50083-4): 4. Passive broadband equipment for coaxial cable networks
EN 60728-5 (EN 50083-5): 5. Equipment for headends
EN 60728-6 (EN 50083-6): 6. Optical equipment
EN 60728-1 (EN 50083-7): 7. System requirements
EN 60728-12 (EN 50083-8): 8. Electromagnetic compatibility of cable distribution networks
EN 60728-9 (EN 50083-8): 9. Interfaces for CATV/SMATV headends and comparable
professional equipment for DVB/MPEG 2 transport streams
EN 60728-10 (EN 50083-10): 10. Return channel system requirements
EN 60728, part 11, concerns all pertinent safety regulations such as

earthing, lightning protection, potential equalisation, mechanical stability, etc. and refers,
among other things, to the standard EN 60065, which is valid for power supply units.
EN 50083, part 2, contains all the important regulations pertaining to EMC such as screening factor,
interference emission/irradiation, short-circuit current, interference suppression, etc.
Low Voltage Directive 2006/95/EG
EMC Directive 2004/108/EG
The CE mark on Kathrein products is proof of their conformance with these standards.
2. Explanations on the safety specification EN 60728-11
Including calculation examples, VDE papers volume 6, 4th revised edition 2005
3. Standard overview coaxial cables for cable distribution systems EN 50117
EN 50117-1 Generic specification

EN 50117-2 Basic specification for cables for cable distribution systems
EN 50117-2-1 House installation cables (5-1,000 MHz)
EN 50117-2-2 Outdoor cables (5-1,000 MHz)
EN 50117-2-3 Splitter and line cables (5-1,000 MHz)
EN 50117-2-4 House installation cables (5-3,000 MHz)
EN 50117-2-5 Outdoor cables (5-3,000 MHz)
EN 60966-2-4 Connection cable for radio and TV sets
4. Mechanical stability standards
DIN 1055, part 4 Structural load specifications

DIN 4131 Antenna support structures made of steel
5. RGA guidelines 8th edition, version: August 2000
Issued by the broadcasting reception system workgroup
6. Technical guidelines for large community antenna systems
Issued by the trade association for satellite & cable in the ZVEI

Technical appendix
Guidelines, standards
7. Recommendations from the ANGA-ZVEI forum
TV cable networks: guaranteed future due to installation of

interactive broadband networks
Part I/Part II Network set-up - May 2006

Part III Access networks - August 1999
Part IV DVB measurement technology - September 1998
Part V Cable modems - July 2001
Part VI Planning guidelines - May 2004
Part VII Selection criteria for headends - May 2004
Part VIII Installation strategy for optical fibre networks
Passive components for network infrastructure
Sources
DIN standards BEUTH-Verlag GmbH

EN standards Burggrafenstraße 4-7, 10787 Berlin/GERMANY
RGA specifications VDE-Verlag

P.O. Box 12 01 43, 10591 Berlin/GERMANY
Technical Zentralverband Elektrotechnik- und

specifications Elektronikindustrie e.V.
Fachverband Satellit & Kabel
Stresemannallee 13, 60596 Frankfurt/GERMANY
ANGA/ZVEI Zentralverband Elektrotechnik- und

recommendations Elektronikindustrie e.V.
Fachverband Satellit & Kabel
Stresemannallee 13, 60596 Frankfurt/GERMANY
368
Technical appendix
Glossary
FTA CWD
WD
DM DOCSIS
MPEGLNB
G Multiple
ulti
t plex
lex
Smartcar HDTV
H DTV
D
DTTVF G VoIP
Specialist Terms and Abbreviations 370-378
369
Specialist Terms and Abbreviations
Glossary
 8PSK  BK2K2
Digital modulation scheme used for HDTV satellite A system that with almost complete retention of existing
transmission. Phase modulation with eight phase states network structures can expand the transmission
frequency spectrum from 450 MHz to up to 862 MHz
 10/100BaseT and that can be equipped with an active return path
General term for three 100 Mbit/s Ethernet standards
with a maximum segment length of 100 m and RJ 45  Broadcast
connectors Transmission of miscellaneous information to any
number of subscribers
 AC
Alternating Current  Hum modulation
Share of network frequencies in the useful signal
 AGC (signal-to-noise ratio in dB)
Automatic Gain Control
 Burst Mode
 AM Operational mode in which signal packets are briefly
Amplitude modulation transmitted
 AMVSB  Cable simulation

Amplitude Modulation Vestigial Side Band Simulates a section of non-existing cable and is used
when the frequency response at the connection point of
 Antenna gain the amplifier has no level response characteristics
Antenna gain as a measurement in dB in relation to the
isotropic radiator (dBi)  CA module
Conditional Access Module - Decoder that decodes
 AP coded TV and radio signals using a smart card
Amplifier point - the location of a broadband amplifier
 CATV
 APC Cable Television
Angled Polish Contact - angled polish (generally 8°) on
optical connectors to avoid reflections  CENELEC
Commité Européen de Normalisation Électrotechnique
 ASK (European standardisation committee)
Amplitude Shift Keying
 Chromatic dispersion
 Auto-Cross-over The spreading of a light pulse in bandwidth units of the
Automatism which allows the connection of Ethernet source signal in optical fibre. It is caused by the different
cross-over and straight cables group propagation times of the different wave lengths
 Auto-Negotiation  CINR
Automatism for Ethernet devices to find the best Carrier Intermodulation Noise Ratio - disturbance ratio
possible data rate of the intermodulation noise in dB
 Azimuth  Cladding
Horizontal angle of the parabolic antenna‘s alignment Sheathing of optical fibre
 Baseline Privacy  Class-of-Service
A security standard for cable networks developed in the Priority levels that under unfavourable operating
USA conditions in data networks guarantee a prioritised
handling of specific data
 Baud rate
The baud rate of data transmission must be the same at  CLIP
the transmission and reception end. A baud is the speed Calling Line Identification Presentation - the call number
at which a symbol is transmitted per second. of the calling user is forwarded to the called user and
displayed
 BER
Bit Error Ratio  Cluster
Subnet in an HFC network. An HFC network consists of
 BK several clusters
Broadband communication
370
Appendix
Glossary
 CMTS  CW carrier
Cable Modem Termination System - The CMTS supplies Continuous Wave Carrier - a continuously transmitted
and controls all cable modems in a network signal
 CNR  CXMD
Also C/N, Carrier to Noise Ratio - The ratio of signal Composite Cross Modulation Distance - Modulation
power to noise power The higher the C/N, the better the adoption by a carrier from another modulated carrier
reception quality due to non-linearities
 Codec  Data rate

Functional unit consisting of a coder and a decoder Transmitted data bits per second. Is specified in kbit/s
used for digital voice transmission or Mbit/s. The greater the data rate, the better the
transmitted signal
 Combiner
Combines several lines. The reverse of this is a splitter  dB
Decibel, attenuation or amplification is specified in dB
 Comfort Noise (10log (P1/P2)), relative measurement
Light, artificial noise on digital telephone lines. The user
is given the impression that the connection is not "dead"  dBμV
dB related to one microvolt, absolute level specification
 Connection loss of the output power of amplifiers
Value specifying the attenuation the trunk input and the
TV, data and RF output
 dBc
dB related to carrier frequency level
 Connector
Optical or electrical plug connection
 dBi
dB related to the isotropic radiator
 Core
Highly transparent core of a fibre optic cable for
 dBm
transmitting signals dB related to one milliwatt, absolute level specification of
the optical output power of optical transmitters
 CPU
 DC
Central Processing Unit - main processor of an
Direct Current
electronic computer
 De-emphasis
 Coupling attenuation Amplitude response with low values towards higher
A value specifying the attenuation between the outputs frequencies (e.g. cable)
 Cross-polarisation decoupling  Demultiplexer
Decoupling in dB of the horizontal from the vertical level The opposite of a multiplexer. Splits a multiplex signal
from a multiplexer into its original components and
 CSO allocates each original signal an own output
Composite Second Order Intermodulation
 Desktop Media Client
 CSOD Provides the operating comfort of television such as
Composite Second Order Intermodulation Distance simple channel selection and electronic programme
guides for PC screens
 CTB
Composite Triple Beat Intermodulation  DFB laser
Distributed Feedback Laser - laser diodes in which the
 CTBD active material is periodically structured. The spectral
Composite Triple Beat Intermodulation Distance bandwidth of a DFB laser is very low
 CWDM  DHCP
Coarse Wavelength Modulation Multiplex - Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol - enables
a standard with a maximum of 18 wavelengths at a assignment of network configurations to clients via a
distance of 20 nm in a wavelength range of 1,290 to server
1,610 nm
Appendix 371
Glossary
 Directional coupler  DWDM

A device that distributes an optical signal in a Dense Wavelength Modulation Multiplex - Dense
predesignated way to the output connections if light is wavelength multiplex according to ITU G.694.1 in a
fed into a specified input. A comparable component also standardised wavelength plan
exists in HF technology
 E-2000
 Directional loss Plug connector type from the Diamond company
Directional loss at the tap of a directional coupler
 EDFA
 Directivity With erbium-doped fibre amplifiers a conventional glass
Directional loss - decoupling of two lines or glass fibres fibre is doped with erbium over a length of approx. 100
in dB. The outputs of a splitter are decoupled with metres. This fibre section is then optically pumped with
directivity for example the aid of a semiconductor laser
 DiSEqCTM  Egress
Digital Satellite Equipment Control - a communication Radiated interference of a device
system between receiver and the peripheral Sat
components such as LNBs, multi-switches, rotatable  Element Management System
antenna systems The EMS is responsible for reading out all information
from the network devices and providing this in suitable
 Distribution loss form
A value specifying the loss between the main input and
several main outputs  Elevation
Vertical angle of the parabolic reflector alignment
 DNS
Dynamic Name Server - a server providing name  EPG
resolution. This enables names of computers or services Electronic programme guide providing information about
to be resolved into an address (IP address) that can be programmes and broadcast content for televisions
processed by a computer
 ESA
 DOCSIS Designation for an externally modulated transmitter from
Data over Cable Service Interface Specification - Kathrein
a specification for the interfaces of cable modems
and corresponding peripheral devices that defines the  Ethernet
requirements for data transmission in a broadband cable A technology specifying software and hardware for
network cable-connected data networks
 Dolby Digital®  EuroDOCSIS

Dolby Digital is a sound transmission process enabling European DOCSIS specification
digital sound surround on a home cinema
 EuroPacketCable
 Downstream European adaptation of the American PacketCable
Downstream direction of the signal (from the headend to standard
the user)
 Fabry-Perot Laser
 DVB-C Laser diode with Fabry-Perot resonator and wide output
Cable standard for the DVB standard (QAM-modulated spectrum for defining the wavelength
MPEG signals in the DVB protocol)
 FEC
 DVB-S Forward Error Correction - a technology reducing failure
Sat standard for the DVB standard (QPSK-modulated rates with data transmission
MPEG signals in the DVB protocol)
 Fibre Management
 DVB-S(2) A switching station that implements fibre management
Secondary DVB-S signal with wide modulation types for
HDTV with improved quality  Fibre Node
A device for converting optical signals into electrical HF
 DVB-T signals that are then transmitted via coaxial cables
Terrestrial standard for the DVB standard (COFDM-
modulated MPEG signals in the DVB protocol)
372
Appendix
Glossary
 Frequency Stacking  HMS

Several return path ranges are transmitted via frequency Hybrid Management Sublayer - an open standard for
multiplex over an optical path transmission of the SNMP protocol via an HFC network
to the network device (amplifier, fibre node)
 Frequency Multiplex
A common method for transferring several modulated  HRL
HF carriers via the same medium. Well-known examples High Return Loss - "low return loss", designating optical
are FM radio and TV radio plugs with low return loss (skew angle)
 Front end  HTML

With client server applications the programme running Hyper Text Markup Language -
on the client is the front end and the programme on the an internet programming language
server is the back end
 HTP
 FSK A house transfer point is the location of the cable
Frequency Shift Keying transition from the outer underground cable of the cable
television network to the installation within the building
 FttB with defined levels "at the end of the network"
Fibre-to-the-Building
 ID
 FttH Identity - a unique designation
Fibre-to-the-Home
 IEC
 GaAs International Electrotechnical Commission -
Gallium arsenide (GaAs) is a semiconductor material for an international standards organisation in Geneva
manufacturing electronic components for high frequency for norms in the sector of electrical technology and
technology electronics
 GaN  IMA2
Gallium nitride (GaN) is a III-V semiconductor with Second Order Intermodulation - expresses the ratio
a wide electronic band gap used in opto-electronics between the largest frequency conversion product and
especially for blue and green LEDs the carrier amplitude in dB
 Half-Power Beam Width  Ingress

The angle at which antenna gain lapses by approx. 3 dB Electromagnetic disturbance occurring in coaxial cables
from transmission systems, domestic appliances,
 HDMI switch-mode power supply units etc.
Digital interface for digital video and audio transmission
between a TV and a receiver (used preferentially with  Ingress Control Switch
HDTV) Controlled via the element management system for
attenuating or deactivating the return path to cut out
 HDTV ingress from the downstream network or to identify the
High resolution television with up to five times greater or source of ingress
finer resolution than PAL or NTSC
 Insertion Loss
 HE Usually the through-loss of a component
Height unit in a 19" rack = 13/4 inches = 44.45 mm
 Intermodulation
 Headend The occurrence of undesired spectral components via
Headend in the centre of an HFC network from which non-linear transmission functions of switching units
signals are fed into the network when at least two differing frequencies are processed
 HF  Interstage
Radio frequency - high frequency Switching units on the signal path that are located
between two amplifier stages are in "interstage"
 HFC
Hybrid Fibre Coax - transmission network consisting of  IP
glass fibre and coaxial cable network sections Internet Protocol - a network protocol forming the basis
for the internet. Standardised in RFC 791 and RFC 2460
 High Band
Satellite frequency range between 11.7 and 12.75 GHz
Appendix 373
Glossary
 IP Address  MER
A number or code for uniquely identifying computers or Modulation Error Ratio. With QAM modulations the
servers via the internet measure for the deviation of a symbol from its ideal
position
 IPTV
TV via IP protocol  MIB
Management Information Base - the MIB is a file that
 ITU wavelengths stores information about a network device and that can
The ITU has defined six transmission bands for be queried or manipulated via the network management
transmission in optical networks. These are the O-Band, system
E-Band, S-Band, C-Band, L-Band and U-Band in the
wavelength range of 1,260 nm to 1,675 nm  Mini Node/Micro Node
Mini nodes connect glass fibre and coaxial cable
 KES technology transmission media and are used for the opto-electric
Special plug technology for terminated taps conversion of broadband downstream signals in HFC
networks
 KOBRA
Optical broadband platform. HFC transmission system  Mono-mode fibre
from Kathrein Fibre optic cable of quartz glass with a core diameter
of approx. 0.8 μm. Standard fibre for analogue CATV
 LAN transmission
Local Area Network - a local data network
 MPEG
 LC/APC Abbreviation for Moving Picture Experts Group, a work
Optical plug connector of the LC type with skew angle group issuing internationally valid standards for the
(APC = Angled Physical Contact) digital compression of audio and video. Coding standard
for digital television
 LCD
Liquid Crystal Display  Multifeed
Simultaneous reception of several satellite positions
 LED
Light Emitting Diode  Multiplexer
The opposite of a demultiplexer. Creates a multiplex
 LINUX signal from several original signals for bonded
Free, Unix-similar multi-user operating systems based transmission and makes the multiplex signal available
on the Linux core and essentially on GNU software at an output
 LMTP  Adjacent channel

LMTP is intended for sending mails within a local Adjacent channels in telecommunications technology
organisation, i.e. for the transport between various local are the nearest transmission channels to the used
server components transmission channel
 LNB  Narrowcast
Low Noise Block Converter - a feed system that Offers that are very precisely defined for a specific user
converts downlink satellite frequencies into the Sat-IF group or single subscribers. The opposite are broadcast
signals that are simultaneously made available to all
 LON network subscribers
A field bus used mainly in building automation
 NL3
 Low Band Network Level 3 - regional broadband cable networks
Satellite frequency range between 10.7 and 11.7 GHz that, outgoing from the main splitters via the cable
branch boxes, transport and distribute the signals to
 MAC address private households in the localities
A unique 48 bit number for a LAN user that ensures that
all systems in an ethernet are specifically addressed  NL4
Network Level 4 - part of the broadband cable network
 MCPC constructed for signal transmission within the properties
Multi Channel Per Carrier - a satellite transmission and buildings
system that uses only one transponder transmission
channel for several channels
374
Appendix
Glossary
 Network topology  Pilot frequency

The physical construction of a network and its logical A pilot tone in telecommunications is a signal (usually
structures. Star, ring or bus are possible a single frequency) transmitted via a communications
channel externally to and independently of the actual
 nm useful signal, and serves for reference purposes and for
Nanometre 10-9 m, a unit of length specifying the measurement and levelling
transmission frequency (or more specifically the
wavelength) of optical components  PLC
Planar Lightwave Circuit - light transmitting structures
 OLT attached to a planar substrate (usually by doping). Used
Optical cable termination - the network side interface of for the production of broadband splitters and couplers
the optical component of the access network connected
with one or several optical distribution networks  Plug and play
For the connection of new devices without the need for
 Optical modulation index installing drivers or making settings
The specification in per cent for peak value/mean value
of optical power; modulation value with direct modulated  PON
optical transmitters Passive Optical Networks - optical access networks
consisting of passive components (without own power
 ORA supply, without switching functionality) located between
Optical Receiver - Kathrein type designation the telephone exchange and the customer location
for an optical receiver
 POTS
 Overlay Network Plain Old Telephone Services - analogue telephony or
An overlay network is a network set up on an existing analogue telephone connections
network (the underlay). The overlay network is therefore
used for setting up an additional topology  Power passing
The capability of conducting remote feed current
 P2P Ethernet
Point-to-point ethernet  Prechirping technology
Distortion of the useful signal before modulation of the
 PacketCable laser to transmit a signal ideal for a specific fibre length
North American process enabling IP telephony in
DOCSIS systems  Predistortion technology
Distortion of HF signals to compensate for non-
 Pass Channel linearities of the laser diode
This channel is forwarded from the component to the
pass port. The other channels are output to another  Pre-emphasis
port. Thus the pass channel is separated from all other Level increasing to higher frequency values, also called
channels slope
 Patch cable  Proxy (server)

A cable type for network technology and Utility programme for computer networks making data
telecommunications. Patch cables are usually ready for transfer more rapid and efficient and increasing security
use via control mechanisms
 PDL  Prx
Polarisation Dependant Loss Abbreviation for optical reception power
 PSK
 PG 11 Phase shift keying
PG glands are used with cable connections to
devices, switching cabinets, branching boxes and plug  Pump laser
connectors Pump lasers in optical amplifiers are for pumping the
doped fibres that with aid of the pump energy are able
 Pigtail to amplify the useful signal (useful wavelength)
A short cable equipped at both ends with HF plugs or
sockets for high frequency technology  Push-pull technology
The output transistors of the end stage of an amplifier
are switched with push-pull to achieve high output levels
Appendix 375
Glossary
 QAM  RJ 45
Quadrature Amplitude Modulation - a digital modulation Internationally standardised 8-pole plug connection for
process with phase shift keying used for transmissions LAN and ISDN cables
in cable networks (DVB-C, DOCSIS)
 RMS
 QPSK Root Mean Square. Effective value of a measured HF
Quadrature Phase Shift Keying - a digital modulation signal or alternating voltage
process used with satellite transmission (8PSK also
used in connection with HDTV)  Router
A device that interconnects two networks and ensures
 Quality of Service data exchange between these networks (network
Requisite minimum properties a network must have for connection on OSI layer 3)
specific services
 Noise accumulation A serial computer interface for transmission on
Noise addition when several noise sources (e.g. symmetric lines
amplifiers) cause a stronger, accumulated total noise
 Noise current density A serial computer standard for transmission on
Specification for noise in a photo diode symmetric lines
 Redundancy  Return loss

For ensuring data, transmission links, networks and Specifies the ratio of transmitted power to reflected
devices. Redundancy is inseparable from availability power
and can be related equally to the redundancy of
data, protocols, network infrastructures and system  S/N
components Signal to noise ratio - logarithmic measure of the ratio of
signal power to noise power following demodulation
 Reflect Channel
Optical wavelength (also called channel). A channel  Sampling Rate
filtered out/reflected via a WDM The frequency with which a continuous signal is
scanned and converted to a discrete-time signal
 Reflection band
A wavelength range (also called band). A wavelength  SAT-IF
band filtered out/reflected via a WDM Satellite intermediate frequency. The frequency at which
signals from the LNB and possibly existing terrestrial
 Responsivity signals are transmitted on an own line to users
The ratio of electrical output quantity to optical input
quantity of an optical receiver at a specified wavelength  SBS
Stimulated Brillouin Scattering. A non-linear fibre effect
 RFoG that strongly aggravates the coupling of greater optical
Radio Frequency over Glass - high frequency via glass powers into the fibre
fibre. A pure glass fibre network expanded up to the
subscriber (FttB) in which the coaxial part of an HFC  SC/APC
network is replaced by passive optical architecture with Optical plug connector of the SC type with skew angle
glass fibre technology (APC = Angled Physical Contact)
 RF Overlay  SC/PC
Specifies the optical downstream transmission of Optical plug connector of the SC type without skew
analogue TV signals on PON structures angle (PC = Physical Contact)
 RIN  Slope
Relative Intensity Noise. Noise value with optical Difference in level between both outer ends of a
transmitters frequency spectrum
 RJ 11  SCPC
Plug connection on the device side cable end for Single Channel Per Carrier - satellite transmission
connecting telephones, fax devices and modems with system that uses a defined range for a channel on a
a line transponder
376
Appendix
Glossary
 SDTV  TE
Standard Definition Television or SDTV is a collective Subunit in a 19" rack = 5.079 mm
term for television or video standards with resolutions
significantly lower than with HDTV (e.g. PAL or NTSC)  TFTP
Trivial File Transfer Protocol (TFTP) is a very simple
 Set Top Box data transmission protocol. It merely supports the
A device in the entertainment electronics sector reading or writing of files
connected to another device, usually a television, to
offer users additional usage options. The STB converts  Through loss
digital signals into standard-compliant television signals Value that specifies the attenuation between the main
input and main output with transmission through the
 SNMP component
Simple Network Management Protocol - a network
protocol for monitoring and controlling network devices  Timeshift
(e.g. routers, servers, switches, printers, computers etc.) Delayed playback of recorded programmes
from a central station
 Traffic Shaping
 Standby A function of a computer network for controlling the data
Readiness of an electronic device flow of IP packages, ATM cells, ethernet frames and
other transfer units according to specified criteria
 STUN
A simple network protocol for identifying the presence  Transceiver
and type of firewalls and NAT routers and to penetrate Usually the component responsible for transmitting
the latter. It is intended to enable the simple use and receiving signals via the transmission medium
of devices (e.g. SIP telephones) and computer (combined transmitter and receiver)
programmes in home networks receiving data from the
internet  Transponder
1) Frequency converter that receives TV and radio
 Switch signals transmitted from earth, converts these and then
Several subnets or individual end systems can be transmits these with the modified frequency back to
interconnected for data transmission via the connection earth
outputs of a switch
2) In HFC networks, a module for monitoring of
 Symbol amplifiers, fibre nodes etc.
A symbol consists of several (data) bits
 Triple Play
 Symbol Rate The combined offer of three services: television (incl.
The symbol rate specifies the data quantity (in symbols) video on demand), telephony and internet
transmitted per second
 Twisted Pair
 System quality (G/T) Symmetric cable for data transmission
The system quality is the logarithm from the quotients of
antenna gain and noise temperature of the antenna and  USW
LNB. The greater the system quality, the less noise the Ultra-short wave (radio frequency)
output signal of the antenna has
 Unicast
 Tap loss The transmission of messages between a single
Value representing the attenuation between the trunk transmitter and a receiver
input and tap output
 USB
 TCP Universal Serial Bus - a serial bus system for connecting
Transmission Control Protocol - a data transmission a computer with external devices
protocol regulating the method via which data is
exchanged between computers  Video on demand
Specifies the option of downloading digital video on
 TDMA request from an internet provider or service, or to view
Time Division Multiple Access - a time-division multiplex this directly via video stream with suitable software
access process. One of several multiple access
processes with transmission media  VLAN
Virtual Local Area Network - a logical subnet within a
physical data network that may contain several VLANs
Appendix 377
Glossary
 VNC
Virtual Network Computing - software that displays
the screen content of a remote computer (server) on
a local computer and transmits keyboard and mouse
movements of the local computer to the remote
computer
 VoIP
Voice over IP - voice transmission or telephony via
IP protocol
 VSB
Vestigial Side Band - vestigial sideband modulation
(used in PAL systems)
 WAN
Wide Area Network
 WDM
WDM or Wavelength Division Multiple Access (WDMA) -
an optical wavelength multiplex process, analogue to an
electrical frequency multiplex process, with which sev-
eral wavelengths are transmitted at predefined intervals
via a common glass fibre
 Web Browser
Special computer programmes for displaying web
pages in the world wide web or for generally displaying
documents and data
 Wind load
The wind load is one of the climatically changeable
effects on buildings or structures. It arises from the
pressure distribution around the building construction or
antenna unit exposed to wind
 YEDFA
As EDFA, but additionally doped with ytterbium.
This achieves a higher output power
 μP
Microprocessor
378
Appendix
Addresses
■ International representatives - Africa 383

- Europe 380-382 - Asia 383
- Australia 382
- America 382 Addresses in Germany 384
379
International representatives
Europe
KATHREIN- Gnigler Str. 56 Tel.: +43 662 87 5531/32 E-mail: salzburg@kathrein-gmbh.at

Vertriebs-Ges.m.b.H A-5020 Salzburg Fax: +43 662 878 3449 Internet: www.kathrein-gmbh.at
KATHREIN- Landesstr. 18 Tel.: +43 512 304602 E-mail: innsbruck@kathrein-gmbh.at

Vertriebs-Ges.m.b.H A-6176 Völs Fax: +43 512 30460213 Internet: www.kathrein-gmbh.at
Austria
KATHREIN- Herta-Kräftner-Gasse 4A Tel.: +43 1 332 2321 E-mail: wien@kathrein-gmbh.at
Vertriebs-Ges.m.b.H A-1210 Wien Fax: +43 1 332 231 722 Internet: www.kathrein-gmbh.at
KATHREIN- Harter Str. 29 Tel.: +43 3124 23 620 E-mail: graz@kathrein-gmbh.at

Vertriebs-Ges.m.b.H A-8101 Gratkorn/Graz Fax: +43 3124 23 6209 Internet: www.kathrein-gmbh.at
Merksemsesteenweg 40 Tel.: +32 3 360 3929 E-mail: info@deltronic.be

Belgium Deltronic NV-SA
B-2100 Deurne Fax: +32 3 326 4818 Internet: www.deltronic.be
17 Elemag str. Tel.: +359 2 866 2210 E-mail: marcotec@cablebg.net

Bulgaria Marcotec Sofia Ltd.
BG-1113 Sofia Fax: +359 2 865 9605 Internet:
Dujsinova 3 Tel.: +385 1 614 5319 E-mail: pa@skyline.si

Croatia Skyline Zagreb d. o. o
HR-10000 Zagreb Fax: +385 1 614 5319 Internet: www.pro.skyline.si
AEC Elektrotechnika Na Rovinách 390/6 Tel.: +420 241 710 048 E-mail: info@aec-eltech.cz
Czech Republic
spol. s.r.o. CZ-14200 Praha 4 Fax: +420 241 710 003 Internet: www.aec-eltech.cz
Park Allé 287 A Tel.: +45 70 224 228 E-mail: bo@dk.intensa.se

Intensa Danmark
DK-2605 Brøndby Fax: +45 70 226 228 Internet: www.dk.intensa.se
Denmark
Birkemosevej 11 - P.O.Box 400 Tel.: +45 75 522 020 E-mail: info@blichfeld.dk
Erik Blichfeld A/S
DK-6000 Kolding Fax: +45 75 567 007 Internet: www.blichfeld.dk
Polttolinja 17 D Tel.: +358 14 336 8250 E-mail: jouni.rautio@trafin.fi

Finland Oy Trafin AB
FIN-40520 Jyväskylä Fax: +358 14 685 230 Internet: www.trafin.fi
B.P. 51,7 Rue des Gardes Tel.: +33 1 6953 6453 E-mail: kathrein@kathrein.fr
France KATHREIN France F-91371
Verrières le Buisson Cedex Fax: +33 1 6953 6454 Internet: www.kathrein.fr
Fylis Str. 16 Tel.: +30 210 823 1188 E-mail: iva@otenet.gr

Greece LYRA S.A.
GR-10433 Athens Fax: +30 210 823 1680 Internet: www.kathrein.gr
Gyár u. 2 (BITEP) Tel.: +36 23 444 838 E-mail: kte@kte.hu

KT-Electronic KFT
H-2040 Budaörs Fax: +36 23 444 926 Internet: www.kte.hu
Hungary
Raktotrade Fö u. 29 Tel.: +36 23 457 187 E-mail: rakotrade@rakotrade.hu
Handels GmbH H-2092 Budakeszi Fax: +36 23 457 188 Internet: www.rakotrade.hu
Nóatúni 4 Tel.: +354 520 3000 E-mail: halldorh@sminor.is

Iceland Smith & Norland
IS-105 Reykjavik Fax: +354 520 3011 Internet: www.sminor.is
Tougher Business Park Naas Tel.: +353 45 487 866 E-mail: info@aertech.ie
Aertech
Ireland Unit W5B
Communications Ltd. Fax: +353 45 487 826 Internet: www.aertech.ie
IRL-Co. Kildare
380
Addresses
Europe
ELCART Via Michelangelo Buonarroti 46 Tel.: +39 02 2511 7300 E-mail: elettronico@elcart.it
Italy
DISTRIBUTION SPA I-20093 Cologno Monzese (MI) Fax: +39 02 2511 7600 Internet: www.elcart.it
Z.A.R.E. Ouest Tel.: +352 57 4344 E-mail: dme@dme.lu

Luxembourg D.M.E. SARL
L-4384 Ehlerange Fax: +352 57 4357 Internet: www.dme.lu
P. O. Box Falcon Alliance, Tel.: +356 21 257 126 E-mail: info@falconalliance.com

Malta FalCom Ltd. Luqa Airport / Gate 1
MALTA Fax: +356 21 257 126 Internet: www.falconalliance.com
Ondernemingsweg 66-H Tel.: +31 172 422 455 E-mail: info@air-parts.com

Netherlands Air Parts B.V
NL-2404 HN Alphen aan den Rijn Fax: +31 172 421 022 Internet: www.air-parts.com
Vestvollveien 6 D Tel.: +47 64 838 100 E-mail: firmapost@tantec.no

Norway TANTEC Norge A.S.
N-2019 Skedsmokorset
Fax: +47 64 838 101 Internet: www.tantec.no
KATHREIN ul. Bokserska 64 Tel.: +48 22 420 2122 E-mail: info@kathrein.pl
Poland
Poland Sp. z o.o. PL-02-690 Warszawa Fax: +48 22 420 2111 Internet: www.kathrein.pl
Rua Francisco Canas no. 23

Tel.: +351 21 966 7400 E-mail: mail@antnet.pt
Núcleo Empresarial Loures A/8
Antnet
Portugal Bloco 3, Fracção AP
Comunicaçoes S.A.
A-das-Lebres
Fax: +351 21 966 7409 Internet: www.antnet.pt
P-2660-500 Santo Antão do Tojal
Str. Dristor 5, Bl. A 20, Tel.: +40 21 322 7440 E-mail: office@romkatel.ro
Romania ROMKATEL S.R.L. Scara 2, Ap.16
RO-031531 Bucharest Fax: +40 21 320 4408 Internet: www.romkatel.ro
Please contact our P.O. Box 100 444 Tel.: +49 8031 184 380 E-mail: catv@kathrein.de
Russia
headquarters 83004 Rosenheim/GERMANY Fax: +49 8031 184 385 Internet: www.kathrein.de
Tel.: +381 21 4720 644 E-mail: office@panosing.com

PANOS Bul.Oslobodjenja 127/IX
Serbia
engineering d.o.o SCG-21000 Novi Sad
Fax: +381 21 4720 693 Internet: www.panosing.com
Tel.: +386 1 500 5001 E-mail: pa@skyline.si

Celovska 150
Slovenia SKYLINE d.o.o.
SI-1000 Ljubljana
Fax: +386 1 500 5005 Internet: www.pro.skyline.si
Parque Empresarial Tactica Tel.: +34 96 134 0797 E-mail: esb@esbsistemas.com

ESB
Spain C/Coeters nr 9 Nave nr 5
Sistemas España SL
E-46980 Paterna (Valencia) Fax: +34 96 134 0800 Internet: www.esbsistemas.com
kundsupport.teledatasakerhet@
Norrvikenleden 97 Tel.: +46 8 923 500 E-mail:
Sweden Elektroskandia AB elektroskandia.se
S-19183 Sollentuna
Fax: +46 8 923 980 Internet: www.elektroskandia.se
Please contact our P.O. Box 100 444 Tel.: +49 8031 184 380 E-mail: catv@kathrein.de
Switzerland
headquarters 83004 Rosenheim/GERMANY Fax: +49 8031 184 385 Internet: www.kathrein.de
SIEMENS Yakacik CAD. No. 111 Tel.: +90 216 459 2000 E-mail: webmaster.tr@siemens.com
San. ve Ticaret A.S. TR-34870 Kartal - Istanbul Fax: +90 216 459 2011 Internet: www.siemens.com.tr
Turkey
Gayrettepe Mah. Basak Sok. Tel.: +90 212 275 8833 E-mail: info@endam.com.tr
ENDAM Mühendislik
Caglayan Apt. No:2/2
ve Müsavirlik A.S. Fax: +90 212 275 1788 Internet: www.endam.com.tr
TR-34349 Besiktas - Istanbul
Addresses 381
Europe
Sobranetskaya st. 3 Tel.: +38 0312 630 242 E-mail: admin@abcom.com.ua

Ukraine ABCOM Ukraine
88000 Uzhgorod Fax: +38 0312 630 242 Internet: www.abcom.com.ua
Hollins Business Centre Tel.: +44 1785 259 090 E-mail: pfjsales@aol.com
PFJ
Unit 14, Rowley Street
Communications Ltd. Fax: +44 1785 259 090 Internet:
United GB-Stafford ST16 2RH
Kingdom Anvil Court, Tel.: +44 1865 883 758 E-mail: sales@kathrein.co.uk
KATHREIN UK Ltd. Stanton Harcourt Road
GB-Eynsham OX29 4UD Fax: +44 1865 883 729 Internet:
Australia
Unit 9, 15B Rodborough Rd, Tel.: +61 2 9452 6062 E-mail: info@maser.com.au
Maser Technology
Australia P. O. Box 6298
Group Pty Ltd.
AUS-NSW 2086 Frenchs Forest Fax: +61 2 9452 6340 Internet: www.maser.com.au
Brazil and America
KATHREIN Mobilcom Rua das Baiadeiras, 280/290 Tel.: +55 11 5685 4290 E-mail: marketing@kathrein.com.br
Brazil
Brasil Ltda. BRA-04675-210 Sao Paulo - SP Fax: +55 11 5685 4292 Internet: www.kathrein.com.br
Ave. 5ta e/76 y 78 Tel.: +53 7 204 8600 E-mail: friedrich.eisenhauer@mtc.co.cu

Cuba FECOM S.A.
C. Habana Fax: +53 7 204 3336 Internet:
communications@
KATHREIN Inc., P.O. Box 4580 Tel.: +1 541 779 6500 E-mail:
USA kathrein.com
Scala Division USA-Medford, Oregon 97501
Fax: +1 541 779 3991 Internet: www.kathrein-scala.com
382
Addresses
Africa
Lord Tele- 42, Ahmed Hosny Street, Tel.: +202 2261 7428 E-mail: ltc@tedata.net.eg
communications Co. District # 1 - Nasr City, Cairo Fax: +202 2401 7916 Internet:
Egypt
91 El Hegaz St., 2nd Floor, Sui- Tel.: +202 2635 0215 E-mail: info@hurbtrade.com
Hurb Trade
te 201, -11351 Heliopolis - Cairo Fax: +202 2632 3859 Internet: www.hurbtrade.com
Boulevard Ahl Loghlam, Tel.: +212 2 2753 531 E-mail: b.e.primarios@primarios.ma

Morocco Electra S.A. P. O. Box 2569 E
MA-20250 Casablanca Fax: +212 2 2753 554 Internet:
P.O. Box 2074 Tel.: +27 31 701 0196 E-mail: sanjay@tvae.co.za

TVAE Ltd.
ZA-3600 Pineton, KZN Fax: +27 31 701 8850 Internet: www.tvae.co.za
South Africa
KATHREIN-South P.O.Box 1008 Tel.: +27 21 8818 200 E-mail: info@kathrein.co.za
Africa (Pty) Ltd. ZA-7129 Somerset West Fax: +27 21 8818 201 Internet: www.kathrein.co.za
+216 7177 2288

71, Rue Alain Savary C 64 Tel.: E-mail: teletek@gnet.tn
Tunisia TELETEK +216 7177 3388
TU-1003 Tunis
Fax: +216 7177 0553 Internet:
Asia
Cable TV Tower, Suite 10A Tel.: +852 24 920 598 E-mail: email@kathreinchina.com
China KATHREIN China Ltd. 9 Hoi Shing Road
PRC-Hong Kong-Tsuen Wan N.T. Fax: +852 24 923 518 Internet: www.kathreinchina.com
Industry Manor, Prabhadevi Tel.: +91 22 6652 6600 E-mail: sales@kathrein.co.in

KATHREIN - India
India 4-B4 3rd Floor
Private Limited
IND-400 025 Mumbai (Bombay) Fax: +91 22 6652 6699 Internet: www.kathrein.co.in
P. O. Box 15875 - 5995 Tel.: +98 21 8833 8245 E-mail: info@simaran.com

Simaran P. J. S. Co. No.151, Karimkhan Ave
IR-15856 Tehran Fax: +98 21 883 5073 Internet: www.simaran.com
Iran
No. 21 # 17 7th Floor, Africa Str. Tel.: +98 21 2201 62401 E-mail: info@antenkar-co.com
Antenkar Industrial
Golshahr Blvd.
Electronics Co. Fax: +98 21 2201 9333 Internet:
IR-1915676981 Tehran
Sali Center, P.O. Box 77 Tel.: +972 4 956 0734 E-mail: sales@anet-tv.com
Israel A-Net Broadband
IL-24905 Abu Snan Fax: +971 4 956 0734 Internet: www.anet-tv.com
KATHREIN ASIA 7-18, Sincheon-Dong, SongpaGu Tel.: +82 2 2423 7015 E-mail: khlee@kathrein.co.kr
Korea
Seoul Co., Ltd. ROK-138-727 Seoul
Fax: +82 2 2423 7012 Internet: www.kathrein.co.kr
+603 8024 8089
UEP Subang Jaya Tel.: E-mail: kathrein@kathreinmalaysia.com
KATHREIN SEA (M) +603 8024 9089
Malaysia MAL-47630 Subang Jaya /
SDN BHD
Selangor Darul Ehsan Fax: +603 8024 7089 Internet: www.kathreinmalaysia.com
+66 2 578 83003 centralsale@kathrein-

17/151 Moo 1 Sukonthasawat Tel.: E-mail:
KATHREIN +66 2 578 82523 indochina.com
Thailand Road, Latprao District, Latprao,
Indochina Co. Ltd.
TH-10230 Bangkok Fax: +66 2 570 9289 Internet: www.kathrein-indochina.com
United Arab P.O. Box 293607 Tel.: +971 4204 5041 E-mail: contact@kathrein.ae
KATHREIN
Emirates & Dubai Airport Free Zone
Middle East FZCO Fax: +971 4204 5042 Internet: www.kathrein.ae
GCC countries UAE-Dubai
Addresses 383
Addresses in Germany
Head office
KATHREIN-Werke KG Tel: +49 8031 184-0

Anton-Kathrein-Straße 1-3 Fax: +49 8031 184-306
83004 Rosenheim
Germany E-mail:
Business unit SAT - sat@kathrein.de
Business unit HFC - catv@kathrein.de
Internet:
www.kathrein.de
Service centre in Germany
ESC Elektronik Service Chiemgau GmbH Hotline:

Bahnhofstraße 108 Tel.: +49 8641 9545-0
83224 Grassau Fax: +49 8641 9545-35 / 9545-36
Germany
E-mail: service@esc-kathrein.de
Internet: www.esc-kathrein.de
Technical support service
KATHREIN-Werke KG Hotline:
Anton-Kathrein-Straße 1-3 Tel.: +49 8031 184-700
83004 Rosenheim Fax: +49 8031 184-676
Germany
E-mail:
technische-kundenberatung@kathrein.de
384
Addresses
Notes
385
Notes
386
Quality leads the way
Technical data subject to change.

99811852/3/0312/ZWT/Schätzl
Internet: www.kathrein.de • E-mail: catv@kathrein.de

KATHREIN-Werke KG • Phone +49 (0) 80 31 1 84-0 • Fax +49 (0) 80 31 1 84 - 3 85
Anton-Kathrein-Straße 1 - 3 • P.O. Box 100 444 • D-83004 Rosenheim/GERMANY

Kathrein Cat 2013

Caricato da

Informazioni sul documento

Copyright

Formati disponibili

Condividi questo documento

Condividi o incorpora il documento

Opzioni di condivisione

Hai trovato utile questo documento?

Questo contenuto è inappropriato?

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

Kathrein Cat 2013

Caricato da

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

Broadband

General Terms and Conditions

In Germany: Our products are sold through wholesalers. Our specialist

“Quality leads the way”

Professional satellite reception systems

The components of professional

Optical Broadband Platform

General 58 Broadband amplifier 76

Optical transmission systems

Optical compact receivers 104-114 ■ Optical BK components

Radio Frequency over Glass (RFoG)

General 148-149 Optical Mux/Demux 170-173

Passive optical components

Overview couplers and patch cables 184-185 1550

Optical couplers 186 1 C02 ... C04 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

Optical patch cables 187-188 Pa

Passive racking 19” 189 Pa

Overview passive optical components 189 Optical CWDM multiplexers/

Overview FTTX/RFoG splitters 190

Optical attenuators 214

FTTX/RFoG splitters 191-193 Pass-Band

Overview optical splitters and taps 194

General 216 Overview optical network termination

■ Compact amplifiers Dääm

Compact amplifiers, controlled 238-247 855 - 862 MHz

Compact amplifiers, uncontrolled 248-250

Distribution network amplifiers 251-254

Power injection filters 285-286

■ IPTV rackmount system ■ Hotel software for IPTV systems

Multi-media capable building distribution

Taps and splitters

Overview taps and splitters 320-321 1-way taps

Cables, plugs and accessories

19” support frame 334 Cable transfer point/housing ducts 343

Television standards 358

Specialist Terms and Abbreviations 370-378

■ International representatives - Africa 383

A BOD 05C-1310- BWMR 1550-1310-

ERZ 940 24510059 265 F MSW 4000 V 26210106 226

TFN 44 24410092 288 VGF 9040 24410109 248 ZSO 27 23710012 37

The components of a professional reception unit

The components of Kathrein antenna heating systems

The components of a Sat-IF downlead from Kathrein

Information on mounting offset parabolic antennas

In order to ensure perfect reception, there must

1 TÜRKSAT 42° East

Ensure that there are no obstacles between the

Professional satellite reception systems 15

Offset parabolic antennas

CAS 90ws/HD 21610031

 Includes reflector, feed system support and

 Reflector made of aluminium, powder coated, no logo

 Feed system support made of galvanised sheet steel,

 Clamping piece made of sheet steel, hot-dip galvanised

 Optimal electrical data in smallest mechanical

 Available in graphite and white

 No additional components are required to be able to

 HD: For sites with demanding requirements,

Type CAS 90ws/HD CAS 90gr/HD

Diameter/colour mm 987/white 987/gray

Offset parabolic antennas

CAS 124 216236

 Proven aluminium reflector, powder-coated,

 Feed system support of squared aluminium tubing